addftinfo, addr2line, afmtodit, alias, alloc, apply, apropos, ar, as, asa, at,...

· Home

+ man pages

-> Linux

-> FreeBSD

-> OpenBSD

-> NetBSD

-> Tru64 Unix

-> HP-UX 11i

-> IRIX

· Linux HOWTOs

· FreeBSD Tips

· *niX Forums

man pages->FreeBSD man pages

addftinfo(1) -- add information to troff font files for use with groff

addftinfo reads a troff font file and adds some additional font-metric information that is used by the groff system. The font file with the information added is written on the standard output. The inf...

addr2line(1) -- convert addresses into file names and line numbers.

addr2line translates program addresses into file names and line numbers. Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging information in the executable to figure out which file name and line ...

afmtodit(1) -- create font files for use with groff -Tps

afmtodit creates a font file for use with groff and grops. afmtodit is written in perl; you must have perl version 3 or newer installed in order to run afmtodit. afm_file is the AFM (Adobe Font Metric...

alias(1) -- shell builtin commands

Shell builtin commands are commands that can be executed within the running shell's process. Note that, in the case of csh(1) builtin commands, the command is executed in a subshell if it occurs as a...

alloc(1) -- shell builtin commands

apply(1) -- apply a command to a set of arguments

The apply utility runs the named command on each argument argument in turn. Character sequences of the form ``%d'' in command, where `d' is a digit from 1 to 9, are replaced by the d'th following ...

apropos(1) -- search the whatis database

apropos searches a set of database files containing short descriptions of system commands for keywords and displays the result on the standard output. whatis displays only complete word matches. keywo...

ar(1) -- create, modify, and extract from archives

The GNU ar program creates, modifies, and extracts from archives. An archive is a single file holding a collection of other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve the original individ...

as(1) -- the portable GNU assembler.

GNU as is really a family of assemblers. If you use (or have used) the GNU assembler on one architecture, you should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another architecture. Each ver...

asa(1) -- interpret carriage-control characters

The asa utility reads files sequentially, mapping FORTRAN carriage-control characters to line-printer control sequences, and writes them to the standard output. The first character of each line is int...

at(1) -- queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution

The at and batch utilities read commands from standard input or a specified file which are to be executed at a later time, using sh(1). at executes commands at a specified time; atq lists the user's ...

atq(1) -- queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution

atrm(1) -- queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution

awk(1) -- pattern-directed scanning and processing language

Awk scans each input file for lines that match any of a set of patterns specified literally in prog or in one or more files specified as -f progfile. With each pattern there can be an associated actio...

b64decode(1) -- encode/decode a binary file

The uuencode and uudecode utilities are used to transmit binary files over transmission mediums that do not support other than simple ASCII data. The b64encode utility is synonymous with uuencode with...

b64encode(1) -- encode/decode a binary file

basename(1) -- return filename or directory portion of pathname

The basename utility deletes any prefix ending with the last slash `/' character present in string (after first stripping trailing slashes), and a suffix, if given. The suffix is not stripped if it i...

batch(1) -- queue, examine or delete jobs for later execution

bc(1) -- An arbitrary precision calculator language

bc is a language that supports arbitrary precision numbers with interactive execution of statements. There are some similarities in the syntax to the C programming language. A standard math library is...

bdes(1) -- encrypt/decrypt using the Data Encryption Standard (DES)

The bdes utility implements all DES modes of operation described in FIPS PUB 81, including alternative cipher feedback mode and both authentication modes. The bdes utility reads from the standard inpu...

bg(1) -- shell builtin commands

biff(1) -- be notified if mail arrives and who it is from

The biff utility informs the system whether you want to be notified on your terminal when mail arrives. Affected is the first terminal associated with the standard input, standard output or standard e...

bind(1) -- shell builtin commands

bindkey(1) -- shell builtin commands

brandelf(1) -- mark an ELF binary for a specific ABI

This command marks an ELF binary to be run under a certain ABI for FreeBSD. The options are as follows: -f ELF_ABI_number forces branding with the supplied ELF ABI number. Incompatible with the -t opt...

break(1) -- shell builtin commands

breaksw(1) -- shell builtin commands

bsnmpd(1) -- simple and extendable SNMP daemon

The snmpd daemon servers the internet SNMP (Simple Network Managment Protocol). It is intended to server only the absolute basic MIBs and implement all other MIBs through loadable modules. In this way...

bthost(1) -- look up Bluetooth host names and Protocol Service Multiplexor values

The bthost utility looks for information about Bluetooth hosts and Protocol Service Multiplexor (PSM) values. It gets this information from the /etc/bluetooth/hosts and /etc/bluetooth/protocols files....

btsockstat(1) -- show Bluetooth sockets information

The btsockstat utility symbolically displays the contents of various Bluetooth sockets related data structures. There are few output formats, depending on the options for the information presented. Th...

builtin(1) -- shell builtin commands

builtins(1) -- shell builtin commands

bunzip2(1) -- a block-sorting file compressor, v1.0.2

bzip2 compresses files using the Burrows-Wheeler block sorting text compression algorithm, and Huffman coding. Compression is generally considerably better than that achieved by more conventional LZ77...

byacc(1) -- an LALR(1) parser generator

The yacc utility reads the grammar specification in the file filename and generates an LR(1) parser for it. The parsers consist of a set of LALR(1) parsing tables and a driver routine written in the C...

bzcat(1) -- decompresses files to stdout

bzegrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

grep searches the named input FILEs (or standard input if no files are named, or the file name - is given) for lines containing a match to the given PATTERN. By default, grep prints the matching lines...

bzfgrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

bzgrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

bzip2(1) -- a block-sorting file compressor, v1.0.2

c++(1) -- GNU project C and C++ Compiler (gcc-3.2.1)

The C and C++ compilers are integrated. Both process input files through one or more of four stages: preprocessing, compilation, assembly, and linking. Source filename suffixes identify the source lan...

c89(1) -- POSIX.2 C language compiler

This is the name of the C language compiler as required by the IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') standard. The c89 compiler accepts the following options: -c Suppress the link-edit phase of the compilat...

c99(1) -- standard C language compiler

This is the name of the C language compiler as required by the IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (``POSIX.1'') standard. The c99 compiler accepts the following options: -c Suppress the link-edit phase of the com...

cal(1) -- displays a calendar and the date of easter

The cal utility displays a simple calendar in traditional format and ncal offers an alternative layout, more options and the date of easter. The new format is a little cramped but it makes a year fit ...

calendar(1) -- reminder service

The calendar utility checks the current directory for a file named calendar and displays lines that begin with either today's date or tomorrow's. On the day before a weekend (normally Friday), event...

cap_mkdb(1) -- create capability database

The cap_mkdb utility builds a hashed database out of the getcap(3) logical database constructed by the concatenation of the specified files. The database is named by the basename of the first file arg...

case(1) -- shell builtin commands

cat(1) -- concatenate and print files

The cat utility reads files sequentially, writing them to the standard output. The file operands are processed in command-line order. If file is a single dash (`-') or absent, cat reads from the stan...

catman(1) -- preformat man pages

The catman utility preformats all the man pages in directories using the nroff -man command. Directories may be separated by colons instead of spaces. If no directories are specified, the contents of ...

cc(1) -- GNU project C and C++ Compiler (gcc-3.2.1)

CC(1) -- GNU project C and C++ Compiler (gcc-3.2.1)

cd(1) -- shell builtin commands

cdcontrol(1) -- compact disc control utility

The cdcontrol utility is a program to control audio features of a CD drive. The device is a name such as cd0 or acd0. If no command is given, then cdcontrol enters an interactive mode, reading command...

chdir(1) -- shell builtin commands

checknr(1) -- check nroff/troff files

The checknr utility checks a list of nroff(1) or troff(1) input files for certain kinds of errors involving mismatched opening and closing delimiters and unknown commands. If no files are specified, c...

chflags(1) -- change file flags

The chflags utility modifies the file flags of the listed files as specified by the flags operand. The options are as follows: -H If the -R option is specified, symbolic links on the command line are ...

chfn(1) -- add or change user database information

The chpass utility allows editing of the user database information associated with user or, by default, the current user. The chfn, chsh, ypchpass, ypchfn and ypchsh utilities behave identically to ch...

chgrp(1) -- change group

The chgrp utility sets the group ID of the file named by each file operand to the group ID specified by the group operand. The following options are available: -H If the -R option is specified, symbol...

chio(1) -- medium changer control utility

The chio utility is used to control the operation of medium changers, such as those found in tape and optical disk jukeboxes. The options are as follows: -f changer Use the device changer rather than ...

chkey(1) -- change your encryption key

The chkey utility prompts the user for their login password, and uses it to encrypt a new encryption key for the user to be stored in the publickey(5) database.

chmod(1) -- change file modes

The chmod utility modifies the file mode bits of the listed files as specified by the mode operand. The options are as follows: -f Do not display a diagnostic message if chmod could not modify the mod...

chpass(1) -- add or change user database information

chsh(1) -- add or change user database information

ci(1) -- check in RCS revisions

ci stores new revisions into RCS files. Each pathname matching an RCS suffix is taken to be an RCS file. All others are assumed to be working files containing new revisions. ci deposits the contents o...

ckdist(1) -- check software distributions

The ckdist utility reads "checksum" files (which are assumed to specify components of a software distribution) and verifies the integrity of the distribution by validating the checksum of each compo...

cksum(1) -- display file checksums and block counts

The cksum utility writes to the standard output three whitespace separated fields for each input file. These fields are a checksum CRC, the total number of octets in the file and the file name. If no ...

clear(1) -- terminal capability interface

The tput utility makes terminal-dependent information available to users or shell applications. When invoked as the clear utility, the screen will be cleared as if tput clear had been executed. The op...

cmp(1) -- compare two files

The cmp utility compares two files of any type and writes the results to the standard output. By default, cmp is silent if the files are the same; if they differ, the byte and line number at which the...

co(1) -- check out RCS revisions

co retrieves a revision from each RCS file and stores it into the corresponding working file. Pathnames matching an RCS suffix denote RCS files; all others denote working files. Names are paired as ex...

col(1) -- filter reverse line feeds from input

The col utility filters out reverse (and half reverse) line feeds so that the output is in the correct order with only forward and half forward line feeds, and replaces white-space characters with tab...

colcrt(1) -- filter nroff output for CRT previewing

The colcrt utility provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (cha...

colldef(1) -- convert collation sequence source definition

The colldef utility converts a collation sequence source definition into a format usable by the strxfrm() and strcoll() functions. It is used to define the many ways in which strings can be ordered an...

colrm(1) -- remove columns from a file

The colrm utility removes selected columns from the lines of a file. A column is defined as a single character in a line. Input is read from the standard input. Output is written to the standard outpu...

column(1) -- columnate lists

The column utility formats its input into multiple columns. Rows are filled before columns. Input is taken from file operands, or, by default, from the standard input. Empty lines are ignored. The opt...

comm(1) -- select or reject lines common to two files

The comm utility reads file1 and file2, which should be sorted lexically, and produces three text columns as output: lines only in file1; lines only in file2; and lines in both files. The filename ``-...

command(1) -- shell builtin commands

compile_et(1) -- error table compiler

Compile_et converts a table listing error-code names and associated messages into a C source file suitable for use with the com_err(3) library. The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.et''...

complete(1) -- shell builtin commands

compress(1) -- compress and expand data

The compress utility reduces the size of the named files using adaptive Lempel-Ziv coding. Each file is renamed to the same name plus the extension ``.Z''. As many of the modification time, access t...

continue(1) -- shell builtin commands

cp(1) -- copy files

In the first synopsis form, the cp utility copies the contents of the source_file to the target_file. In the second synopsis form, the contents of each named source_file is copied to the destination t...

cpio(1) -- copy files to and from archives

This manual page documents the GNU version of cpio. cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, which is a file that contains other files plus information about them, such as their file na...

cpp(1) -- The GNU C-Compatible Compiler Preprocessor.

The C preprocessor is a macro processor that is used automatically by the C compiler to transform your program before actual compilation. It is called a macro processor because it allows you to define...

crontab(1) -- maintain crontab files for individual users (V3)

The crontab utility is the program used to install, deinstall or list the tables used to drive the cron(8) daemon in Vixie Cron. Each user can have their own crontab, and though these are files in /va...

crunchgen(1) -- generates build environment for a crunched binary

A crunched binary is a program made up of many other programs linked together into a single executable. The crunched binary main() function determines which component program to run by the contents of...

crunchide(1) -- hides symbol names from ld, for crunching programs together

The crunchide utility hides the global symbols of object-file such that they are ignored by subsequent runs of the linker, ld(1). Some symbols may be left visible via the -k keep-symbol and -f keep-li...

crypt(1) -- very simple file encryption

The enigma utility, also known as crypt is a very simple encryption program, working on a ``secret-key'' basis. It operates as a filter, i. e. it encrypts or decrypts a stream of data from standard ...

csh(1) -- C shell with file name completion and command line editing

tcsh is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley UNIX C shell, csh(1). It is a command language interpreter usable both as an interactive login shell and a shell script command pr...

csplit(1) -- split files based on context

The csplit utility splits file into pieces using the patterns args. If file is a dash (`-'), csplit reads from standard input. The options are as follows: -f prefix Give created files names beginning...

ctags(1) -- create a tags file

The ctags utility makes a tags file for ex(1) from the specified C, Pascal, Fortran, yacc(1), lex(1), and Lisp sources. A tags file gives the locations of specified objects in a group of files. Each l...

ctm(1) -- source code mirror program

The ctm utility was originally ``Cvs Through eMail'', but now instead it seems more fitting to call it ``Current Through eMail''. The ctm utility is now meant to be the definitive way to make and ...

ctm_dequeue(1) -- send and receive ctm(1) deltas via mail

In conjunction with the ctm(1) command, ctm_smail, ctm_dequeue and ctm_rmail are used to distribute changes to a source tree via email. The ctm_smail utility is given a compressed ctm delta, and a mai...

ctm_rmail(1) -- send and receive ctm(1) deltas via mail

ctm_smail(1) -- send and receive ctm(1) deltas via mail

cu(1) -- connect to a remote system

The tip and cu utilities establish a full-duplex connection to another machine, giving the appearance of being logged in directly on the remote CPU. It goes without saying that you must have a login o...

cursor(1) -- set cursor shape for the pcvt VT220 video driver

The cursor utility allows the user to set the cursor shape in a given virtual screen of the above mentioned driver. The options are as follows: -d Specifies a device for which the cursor shape is set....

cut(1) -- select portions of each line of a file

The cut utility selects portions of each line (as specified by list) from each file and writes them to the standard output. If no file arguments are specified, or a file argument is a single dash (`-...

cvs(1) -- Concurrent Versions System

CVS is a version control system, which allows you to keep old versions of files (usually source code), keep a log of who, when, and why changes occurred, etc., like RCS or SCCS. Unlike the simpler sys...

date(1) -- display or set date and time

When invoked without arguments, the date utility displays the current date and time. Otherwise, depending on the options specified, date will set the date and time or print it in a user-defined way. T...

dc(1) -- an arbitrary precision calculator

Dc is a reverse-polish desk calculator which supports unlimited precision arithmetic. It also allows you to define and call macros. Normally dc reads from the standard input; if any command arguments ...

dd(1) -- convert and copy a file

The dd utility copies the standard input to the standard output. Input data is read and written in 512-byte blocks. If input reads are short, input from multiple reads are aggregated to form the outpu...

default(1) -- shell builtin commands

df(1) -- display free disk space

The df utility displays statistics about the amount of free disk space on the specified file system or on the file system of which file is a part. Values are displayed in 512-byte per block counts. If...

dialog(1) -- display dialog boxes from shell scripts

Dialog is a program which allows you to present a variety of questions or display messages in dialog box form from a shell script. The following types of dialog objects are currently supported: yes/no...

diff(1) -- find differences between two files

In the simplest case, diff compares the contents of the two files from- file and to-file. A file name of - stands for text read from the standard input. As a special case, diff - - compares a copy of ...

diff3(1) -- find differences between three files

The diff3 command compares three files and outputs descriptions of their differences. The files to compare are mine, older, and yours. At most one of these three file names may be -, which tells diff3...

dig(1) -- send domain name query packets to name servers

Dig (domain information groper) is a flexible command line tool which can be used to gather information from the Domain Name System servers. Dig has two modes: simple interactive mode for a single que...

dirname(1) -- return filename or directory portion of pathname

dirs(1) -- shell builtin commands

dnskeygen(1) -- generate public, private, and shared secret keys for DNS Security

Dnskeygen (DNS Key Generator) is a tool to generate and maintain keys for DNS Security within the DNS (Domain Name System). Dnskeygen can generate public and private keys to authenticate zone data, an...

dnsquery(1) -- query domain name servers using resolver

The dnsquery program is a general interface to nameservers via BIND resolver library calls. The program supports queries to the nameserver with an opcode of QUERY. This program is intended to be a rep...

do(1) -- shell builtin commands

domainname(1) -- set or print name of current YP/NIS domain

The domainname utility prints the name of the current YP/NIS domain. The super-user can set the domain name by supplying an argument; this is usually done in the network initialization script /etc/rc....

done(1) -- shell builtin commands

doscmd(1) -- run a subset of real-mode DOS programs

The doscmd utility can either emulate a subset of DOS and run the single command cmd args, or it can be used to emulate a PC and boot DOS, which allows it to run a larger variety of DOS applications. ...

dtmfdecode(1) -- decodes DTMF tones from A-law audio data

The dtmfdecode utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to detect DTMF tones in the audio stream. It reads audio G.711 A-Law coded data from stdin and outputs the detected numbers values as...

du(1) -- display disk usage statistics

The du utility displays the file system block usage for each file argument and for each directory in the file hierarchy rooted in each directory argument. If no file is specified, the block usage of t...

echo(1) -- write arguments to the standard output

The echo utility writes any specified operands, separated by single blank (` ') characters and followed by a newline (`\n') character, to the standard output. The following option is available: -n ...

echotc(1) -- shell builtin commands

ed(1) -- text editor

The ed utility is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files. When invoked as red, the editor runs in "restricted" mode, in which the only...

edit(1) -- easy editor

The ee utility is a simple screen oriented text editor. It is always in text insertion mode unless there is a prompt at the bottom of the terminal, or a menu present (in a box in the middle of the ter...

ee(1) -- easy editor

egrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

elfdump(1) -- display information about ELF files

The elfdump utility dumps various information about the specified ELF file. The options are as follows: -a Dump all information. -c Dump shared headers. -d Dump dynamic symbols. -e Dump ELF header. -G...

elif(1) -- shell builtin commands

else(1) -- shell builtin commands

end(1) -- shell builtin commands

endif(1) -- shell builtin commands

endsw(1) -- shell builtin commands

enigma(1) -- very simple file encryption

env(1) -- set and print environment

The env utility executes utility after modifying the environment as specified on the command line. The option name=value specifies an environment variable, name, with a value of value. The options are...

eqn(1) -- format equations for troff

This manual page describes the GNU version of eqn, which is part of the groff document formatting system. eqn compiles descriptions of equations embedded within troff input files into commands that ar...

esac(1) -- shell builtin commands

eval(1) -- shell builtin commands

ex(1) -- text editors

Vi is a screen oriented text editor. Ex is a line-oriented text editor. Ex and vi are different interfaces to the same program, and it is possible to switch back and forth during an edit session. View...

exec(1) -- shell builtin commands

exit(1) -- shell builtin commands

expand(1) -- expand tabs to spaces, and vice versa

The expand utility processes the named files or the standard input writing the standard output with tabs changed into blanks. Backspace characters are preserved into the output and decrement the colum...

export(1) -- shell builtin commands

expr(1) -- evaluate expression

The expr utility evaluates expression and writes the result on standard output. All operators and operands must be passed as separate arguments. Several of the operators have special meaning to comman...

f77(1) -- GNU project Fortran 77 compiler

The g77 command supports all the options supported by the gcc command. All gcc and g77 options are accepted both by g77 and by gcc (as well as any other drivers built at the same time, such as g++), s...

false(1) -- return false value

The false utility always returns with a non-zero exit code. Some shells may provide a builtin false command which is identical to this utility. Consult the builtin(1) manual page.

fc(1) -- shell builtin commands

fdformat(1) -- format floppy disks

The fdformat utility formats a floppy disk at device, where device may either be given as a full path name of a device node for a floppy disk drive (e.g. /dev/fd0), or using an abbreviated name that w...

fdread(1) -- read floppy disks

The fdread utility reads floppy disks. Effective read blocking based on the track size is performed, and floppy-specific error recovery of otherwise bad blocks can be enabled. The fdread utility will ...

fdwrite(1) -- format and write floppy disks

The fdwrite utility formats and writes one and more floppy disks. Any floppy disk device capable of formatting can be used. The fdwrite utility will ask the user (on /dev/tty) to insert a new floppy a...

fetch(1) -- retrieve a file by Uniform Resource Locator

The fetch utility provides a command-line interface to the fetch(3) library. Its purpose is to retrieve the file(s) pointed to by the URL(s) on the command line. The following options are available: -...

fg(1) -- shell builtin commands

fgrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

fi(1) -- shell builtin commands

file(1) -- determine file type

This manual page documents version 3.41 of the file utility which tests each argument in an attempt to classify it. There are three sets of tests, performed in this order: file system tests, magic num...

file2c(1) -- convert file to c-source

The file2c utility reads a file from stdin and writes it to stdout, converting each byte to its decimal representation on the fly. If the first [string] is present, it is printed before the data; if t...

filetest(1) -- shell builtin commands

find(1) -- walk a file hierarchy

The find utility recursively descends the directory tree for each pathname listed, evaluating an expression (composed of the ``primaries'' and ``operands'' listed below) in terms of each file in t...

finger(1) -- user information lookup program

The finger utility displays information about the system users. Options are: -4 Forces finger to use IPv4 addresses only. -6 Forces finger to use IPv6 addresses only. -s Display the user's login name...

flex(1) -- fast lexical analyzer generator

flex is a tool for generating scanners: programs which recognize lexical patterns in text. flex reads the given input files, or its standard input if no file names are given, for a description of a sc...

flex++(1) -- fast lexical analyzer generator

fmt(1) -- simple text formatter

The fmt utility is a simple text formatter which reads the concatenation of input files (or standard input if none are given) and produces on standard output a version of its input with lines as close...

fold(1) -- fold long lines for finite width output device

The fold utility is a filter which folds the contents of the specified files, or the standard input if no files are specified, breaking the lines to have a maximum of 80 columns. The options are as fo...

fontedit(1) -- edit fonts

The fontedit utility is used to edit the down line reloadable character set (DRCS) of a VT220 terminal. The editor has two display areas, one for displaying the entry currently being manipulated, and ...

for(1) -- shell builtin commands

foreach(1) -- shell builtin commands

from(1) -- print names of those who have sent mail

The from utility prints out the mail header lines from the invoker's mailbox. The following options are available: -c Just print a count of messages and exit. -f file The supplied file is examined in...

fstat(1) -- identify active files

The fstat utility identifies open files. A file is considered open by a process if it was explicitly opened, is the working directory, root directory, active executable text, or kernel trace file for ...

fsync(1) -- synchronize a file's in-core state with that on disk

The fsync utility causes all the modified data and meta-data of all the files named on the command line to be written to a permanent storage device. The fsync utility uses the fsync(2) function call.

ftp(1) -- Internet file transfer program

ftp is the user interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. The program allows a user to transfer files to and from a remote network site. The last five arguments will fetch a file usin...

g++(1) -- GNU project C and C++ Compiler (gcc-3.2.1)

g711conv(1) -- conversions according to G.711

The g711conv utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to convert between the A-Law and u-law formats as specified in ITU G.711. It is based on a freely available and freely usable reference...

gasp(1) -- the GNU Assembler Macro Preprocessor

gasp is the GNU Assembler Macro Preprocessor. The argument infile is processed and the resulting text is sent to the standard output. The options are as follows: -a Enter enter alternate macro mode. A...

gate-ftp(1) -- Internet file transfer program

gcc(1) -- GNU project C and C++ Compiler (gcc-3.2.1)

gcore(1) -- get core images of running process

The gcore utility creates a core image of the specified process, suitable for use with gdb(1). By default, the core is written to the file ``core.''. The process identifier, pid, must be given ...

gcov(1) -- coverage testing tool

gcov is a test coverage program. Use it in concert with GCC to analyze your programs to help create more efficient, faster running code. You can use gcov as a profiling tool to help discover where you...

gdb(1) -- The GNU Debugger

The purpose of a debugger such as GDB is to allow you to see what is going on ``inside'' another program while it executes--or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed. GDB can do fou...

gencat(1) -- NLS catalog compiler

The gencat utility merges the text NLS input files input-files... into a formatted message catalog file output-file. The file output-file will be created if it does not already exist. If output-file d...

gensnmptree(1) -- generate C and header files from a MIB description file

The gensnmptree utility is used to either generate C language tables and header files from a MIB description or to numeric OIDs from MIB descriptions. The first form is used only for maintaining the s...

getconf(1) -- retrieve standard configuration variables

The getconf utility prints the value of a POSIX or X/Open path or system configuration variable to the standard output. If the specified variable is undefined, the string ``undefined'' is output. Th...

getfacl(1) -- get ACL information

The getfacl utility writes discretionary access control information associated with the specified file(s) to standard output. If the getconf(1) utility indicates that {_POSIX_ACL_EXTENDED} is not in e...

getNAME(1) -- get name sections from manual pages

The getNAME utility get name sections from manual pages. Without options getNAME building apropos(1) database entries. The options are as follows: -i For building intro entries. -t For building toc. -...

getopt(1) -- parse command options

The getopt utility is used to break up options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for legal options. Optstring is a string of recognized option letters (see getopt(3))...

getopts(1) -- shell builtin commands

glob(1) -- shell builtin commands

goto(1) -- shell builtin commands

gperf(1) -- generate a perfect hash function from a key set

GNU `gperf' generates perfect hash functions. If a long option shows an argument as mandatory, then it is mandatory for the equivalent short option also. Input file interpretation: -e, --delimiters=D...

gprof(1) -- display call graph profile data

The gprof utility produces an execution profile of C, Pascal, or Fortran77 programs. The effect of called routines is incorporated in the profile of each caller. The profile data is taken from the cal...

grep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

grn(1) -- groff preprocessor for gremlin files

grn is a preprocessor for including gremlin pictures in groff input. grn writes to standard output, processing only input lines between two that start with .GS and .GE. Those lines must contain grn co...

grodvi(1) -- convert groff output to TeX dvi format

grodvi is a driver for groff that produces TeX dvi format. Normally it should be run by groff -Tdvi. This will run troff -Tdvi; it will also input the macros in /usr/share/tmac/dvi.tmac. The dvi file ...

groff(1) -- front-end for the groff document formatting system

This document describes the groff program, the main front-end for the groff document formatting system. The groff program and macro suite is the implementation of a roff(7) system within the free soft...

grog(1) -- guess options for groff command

grog reads files and guesses which of the groff(1) options -e, -man, -me, -mm, -mom, -ms, -mdoc, -mdoc-old, -p, -R, -g, -G, -s, and -t are required for printing files, and prints the groff command inc...

grolbp(1) -- groff driver for Canon CAPSL printers (LBP-4 and LBP-8 series laser printers).

grolbp is a driver for groff that produces output in CAPSL and VDM format suitable for Canon LBP-4 and LBP-8 printers. For compatibility with grolj4 there is an additional drawing command available: ...

grolj4(1) -- groff driver for HP Laserjet 4 family

grolj4 is a driver for groff that produces output in PCL5 format suitable for an HP Laserjet 4 printer. There is an additional drawing command available: \D'R dh dv' Draw a rule (solid black rectan...

grops(1) -- PostScript driver for groff

grops translates the output of GNU troff to PostScript. Normally grops should be invoked by using the groff command with a -Tps option. (Actually, this is the default for groff.) If no files are given...

grotty(1) -- groff driver for typewriter-like devices

grotty translates the output of GNU troff into a form suitable for typewriter-like devices. Normally grotty should be invoked by using the groff command with a -Tascii, -Tlatin1, -Tkoi8-r or -Tutf8 op...

groups(1) -- show group memberships

The groups utility has been obsoleted by the id(1) utility, and is equivalent to ``id -Gn [user]''. The command ``id -p'' is suggested for normal interactive use. The groups utility displays the g...

gunzip(1) -- compress or expand files

Gzip reduces the size of the named files using Lempel-Ziv coding (LZ77). Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership modes, access and modi...

gzcat(1) -- compress or expand files

gzexe(1) -- compress executable files in place

The gzexe utility allows you to compress executables in place and have them automatically uncompress and execute when you run them (at a penalty in performance). For example if you execute ``gzexe /bi...

gzip(1) -- compress or expand files

hash(1) -- shell builtin commands

hashstat(1) -- shell builtin commands

hd(1) -- ASCII, decimal, hexadecimal, octal dump

The hexdump utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or the standard input, if no files are specified, in a user specified format. The options are as follows: -b One-byte octal display....

head(1) -- display first lines of a file

This filter displays the first count lines or bytes of each of the specified files, or of the standard input if no files are specified. If count is omitted it defaults to 10. If more than a single fil...

hesinfo(1) -- find out what is stored in the Hesiod database

The hesinfo utility takes two arguments, a name to be resolved and a string, known as a HesiodNameType. It then prints the information returned by the Hesiod nameserver. The value returned by hesinfo ...

hexdump(1) -- ASCII, decimal, hexadecimal, octal dump

history(1) -- shell builtin commands

host(1) -- look up host names using domain server

Host looks for information about Internet hosts. It gets this information from a set of interconnected servers that are spread across the world. By default, it simply converts between host names and I...

hostname(1) -- set or print name of current host system

The hostname utility prints the name of the current host. The super-user can set the hostname by supplying an argument; this is usually done in the network initialization script /etc/rc.network, norma...

hpftodit(1) -- create font description files for use with groff -Tlj4

hpftodit creates a font file for use with groff -Tlj4 from an HP tagged font metric file. tfm_file is the name of the tagged font metric file for the font. map_file is a file giving the groff names fo...

hup(1) -- shell builtin commands

id(1) -- return user identity

The id utility displays the user and group names and numeric IDs, of the calling process, to the standard output. If the real and effective IDs are different, both are displayed, otherwise only the re...

ident(1) -- identify RCS keyword strings in files

ident searches for all instances of the pattern $keyword: text $ in the named files or, if no files are named, the standard input. These patterns are normally inserted automatically by the RCS command...

idprio(1) -- execute, examine or modify a utility's or process's realtime or idletime scheduling priority

The rtprio utility is used for controlling realtime process scheduling. The idprio utility is used for controlling idletime process scheduling, and can be called with the same options as rtprio. A pro...

if(1) -- shell builtin commands

indent(1) -- indent and format C program source

The indent utility is a C program formatter. It reformats the C program in the input-file according to the switches. The switches which can be specified are described below. They may appear before or ...

indxbib(1) -- make inverted index for bibliographic databases

indxbib makes an inverted index for the bibliographic databases in filename... for use with refer(1), lookbib(1), and lkbib(1). The index will be named filename.i; the index is written to a temporary ...

info(1) -- read Info documents

Read documentation in Info format.

install(1) -- install binaries

The file(s) are copied to the target file or directory. If the destination is a directory, then the file is copied into directory with its original filename. If the target file already exists, it is e...

install-info(1) -- update info/dir entries

Install or delete dir entries from INFO-FILE in the Info directory file DIR-FILE.

intro(1) -- introduction to general commands (tools and utilities)

Section one of the manual contains most of the commands which comprise the BSD user environment. Some of the commands included in section one are text editors, command shell interpreters, searching an...

introduction(1) -- introduction to general commands (tools and utilities)

ipcrm(1) -- remove the specified message queues, semaphore sets, and shared segments

The ipcrm utility removes the specified message queues, semaphores and shared memory segments. These System V IPC objects can be specified by their creation id or any associated key. The following opt...

ipcs(1) -- report System V interprocess communication facilities status

The ipcs utility provides information on System V interprocess communication (IPC) facilities on the system. The options are as follows: -a Show the maximum amount of information possible when display...

ipftest(1) -- test packet filter rules with arbitrary input.

ipftest is provided for the purpose of being able to test a set of filter rules without having to put them in place, in operation and proceed to test their effectiveness. The hope is that this minimis...

ipnat(1) -- user interface to the NAT

ipnat opens the filename given (treating "-" as stdin) and parses the file for a set of rules which are to be added or removed from the IP NAT. Each rule processed by ipnat is added to the kernels i...

ipresend(1) -- resend IP packets out to network

ipresend was designed to allow packets to be resent, once captured, back out onto the network for use in testing. ipresend supports a number of different file formats as input, including saved snoop/t...

ipsend(1) -- sends IP packets

ipsend can be compiled in two ways. The first is used to send one-off packets to a destination host, using command line options to specify various attributes present in the headers. The destination mu...

iptest(1) -- automatically generate a packets to test IP functionality

iptest ...

jobid(1) -- shell builtin commands

jobs(1) -- shell builtin commands

join(1) -- relational database operator

The join utility performs an ``equality join'' on the specified files and writes the result to the standard output. The ``join field'' is the field in each file by which the files are compared. Th...

jot(1) -- print sequential or random data

The jot utility is used to print out increasing, decreasing, random, or redundant data, usually numbers, one per line. The following options are available: -r Generate random data instead of the defau...

kbdcontrol(1) -- keyboard control and configuration utility

The kbdcontrol command is used to set various keyboard related options for the syscons(4) console driver and the keyboard drivers, such as key map, keyboard repeat and delay rates, bell characteristic...

kbdmap(1) -- front end for syscons

The kbdmap utility allows easy setting of available keymaps. The vidfont command allows the setting of fonts. Both examine a database for the keymaps and fonts. Descriptions are in English by default,...

kcon(1) -- pcvt keyboard control and remapping

The kcon utility is used for controlling all aspects of keyboard configuration for the 'pcvt' video driver. The available options are: -d delay Specifies the delay after which the last key entered w...

kdestroy(1) -- destroy the current ticket file

kdestroy remove the current set of tickets. Supported options: -c cachefile -cache=cachefile The cache file to remove. --no-unlog Do not remove AFS tokens. --no-delete-v4 Do not remove v4 tickets.

kdump(1) -- display kernel trace data

The kdump command displays the kernel trace files produced with ktrace(1) in human readable format. By default, the file ktrace.out in the current directory is displayed. The options are as follows: -...

kenv(1) -- dump or modify the kernel environment

The kenv utility will dump the kernel environment if invoked without arguments. If the -h option is specified, it will limit the report to kernel probe hints. If an optional variable name is specified...

keylogin(1) -- decrypt and store secret key

The keylogin utility prompts the user for their login password, and uses it to decrypt the user's secret key stored in the publickey(5) database. Once decrypted, the user's key is stored by the loca...

keylogout(1) -- delete stored secret key

The keylogout utility deletes the key stored by the key server process keyserv(8) to be used by any secure network services, such as NFS. Further access to the key is revoked, however current session ...

kill(1) -- terminate or signal a process

The kill utility sends a signal to the processes specified by the pid operand(s). Only the super-user may send signals to other users' processes. The options are as follows: -s signal_name A symbolic...

killall(1) -- kill processes by name

The killall utility kills processes selected by name, as opposed to the selection by pid as done by kill(1). By default, it will send a TERM signal to all processes with a real UID identical to the ca...

kinit(1) -- acquire initial tickets

kinit is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as principal, or if none is given, a system generated default (typically your login name at the default realm), and acquire a ticket granting ticke...

klist(1) -- list Kerberos credentials

klist reads and displays the current tickets in the crential cache (also known as the ticket file). Options supported: -c cache, --cache=cache credentials cache to list -s, -t, --test Test for there b...

kpasswd(1) -- Kerberos 5 password changing program

kpasswd is the client for changing passwords.

krb5-config(1) -- give information on how to link code against Heimdal libraries

krb5-config tells the application programmer what special flags to use to compile and link programs against the libraries installed by Heimdal. Options supported: --prefix[=dir] Print the prefix if no...

ktrace(1) -- enable kernel process tracing

The ktrace utility enables kernel trace logging for the specified processes. Kernel trace data is logged to the file ktrace.out. The kernel operations that are traced include system calls, namei trans...

lam(1) -- laminate files

The lam utility copies the named files side by side onto the standard output. The n-th input lines from the input files are considered fragments of the single long n-th output line into which they are...

last(1) -- indicate last logins of users and ttys

The last utility will either list the sessions of specified users, ttys, and hosts, in reverse time order, or list the users logged in at a specified date and time. Each line of output contains the us...

lastcomm(1) -- show last commands executed in reverse order

The lastcomm utility gives information on previously executed commands. With no arguments, lastcomm prints information about all the commands recorded during the current accounting file's lifetime. T...

ld(1) -- Using LD, the GNU linker

ld combines a number of object and archive files, relocates their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in compiling a program is to run ld. ld accepts Linker Command Language file...

ld-elf.so.1(1) -- run-time link-editor

The ld-elf.so.1 utility is a self-contained shared object providing runtime support for loading and link-editing shared objects into a process' address space. It is also commonly known as the dynamic...

ld.so(1) -- run-time link-editor

ldd(1) -- list dynamic object dependencies

The ldd utility displays all shared objects that are needed to run the given program or to load the given shared object. Contrary to nm(1), the list includes ``indirect'' dependencies that are the r...

leave(1) -- remind you when you have to leave

The leave utility waits until the specified time, then reminds you that you have to leave. You are reminded 5 minutes and 1 minute before the actual time, at the time, and every minute thereafter. Whe...

less(1) -- opposite of more

Less is a program similar to more (1), but which allows backward movement in the file as well as forward movement. Also, less does not have to read the entire input file before starting, so with large...

lesskey(1) -- specify key bindings for less

Lesskey is used to specify a set of key bindings to be used by less. The input file is a text file which describes the key bindings, If the input file is "-", standard input is read. If no input fil...

lex(1) -- fast lexical analyzer generator

lex++(1) -- fast lexical analyzer generator

limit(1) -- shell builtin commands

limits(1) -- set or display process resource limits

The limits utility either prints or sets kernel resource limits, and may optionally set environment variables like env(1) and run a program with the selected resources. Three uses of the limits utilit...

link(1) -- make links

The ln utility creates a new directory entry (linked file) which has the same modes as the original file. It is useful for maintaining multiple copies of a file in many places at once without using up...

lint(1) -- a C program verifier

The lint utility attempts to detect features of the named C program files that are likely to be bugs, to be non-portable, or to be wasteful. It also performs stricter type checking than does the C com...

lkbib(1) -- search bibliographic databases

lkbib searches bibliographic databases for references that contain the keys key... and prints any references found on the standard output. lkbib will search any databases given by -p options, and then...

ln(1) -- make links

loadfont(1) -- pcvt utility for loading fonts into VGA/EGA boards

The loadfont utility is used to load fonts needed for proper operation of the pcvt VT220 driver on EGA and VGA boards into the font ram of this boards. The options are as follows: -c Specifies the slo...

locale(1) -- get locale-specific information

The locale utility is supposed to provide most locale specific information to the standard output. When locale is invoked without arguments, it will print out a summary of the current locale environme...

locate(1) -- find filenames quickly

The locate program searches a database for all pathnames which match the specified pattern. The database is recomputed periodically (usually weekly or daily), and contains the pathnames of all files w...

lock(1) -- reserve a terminal

The lock utility requests a password from the user, reads it again for verification and then will normally not relinquish the terminal until the password is repeated. There are two other conditions un...

lockf(1) -- execute a command while holding a file lock

The lockf utility acquires an exclusive lock on a file, creating it if necessary. While holding the lock, it executes a command with optional arguments. After the command completes, lockf releases the...

log(1) -- shell builtin commands

logger(1) -- make entries in the system log

The logger utility provides a shell command interface to the syslog(3) system log module. The following options are available: -4 Force logger to use IPv4 addresses only. -6 Force logger to use IPv6 a...

The login utility logs users (and pseudo-users) into the computer system. If no user is specified, or if a user is specified and authentication of the user fails, login prompts for a user name. Authen...

logname(1) -- display user's login name

The logname utility writes the user's login name to standard output followed by a newline. The logname utility explicitly ignores the LOGNAME and USER environment variables because the environment ca...

logout(1) -- shell builtin commands

look(1) -- display lines beginning with a given string

The look utility displays any lines in file which contain string as a prefix. As look performs a binary search, the lines in file must be sorted. If file is not specified, the file /usr/share/dict/wor...

lookbib(1) -- search bibliographic databases

lookbib prints a prompt on the standard error (unless the standard input is not a terminal), reads from the standard input a line containing a set of keywords, searches the bibliographic databases fil...

lorder(1) -- list dependencies for object files

The lorder utility uses nm(1) to determine interdependencies in the list of object files specified on the command line. The lorder utility outputs a list of file names where the first file contains a ...

lp(1) -- front-end to the print spooler

The lp utility is a front-end to the print spooler as required by the IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') specification. It effectively invokes lpr(1) with the proper set of arguments. It generally prints...

lpq(1) -- spool queue examination program

The lpq utility examines the spooling area used by lpd(8) for printing files on the line printer, and reports the status of the specified jobs or all jobs associated with a user. The lpq utility invok...

lpr(1) -- off line print

The lpr utility uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed. The following single letter options are used to not...

lprm(1) -- remove jobs from the line printer spooling queue

The lprm utility will remove a job, or jobs, from a printer's spool queue. Since the spooling directory is protected from users, using lprm is normally the only method by which a user may remove a jo...

lptest(1) -- generate lineprinter ripple pattern

The lptest utility writes the traditional "ripple test" pattern on standard output. In 96 lines, this pattern will print all 96 printable ASCII characters in each position. While originally created ...

ls(1) -- list directory contents

For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displ...

ls-F(1) -- shell builtin commands

lsvfs(1) -- list installed virtual filesystems

The lsvfs command lists information about the currently loaded virtual file system modules. When vfsname arguments are given, lsvfs lists information about the specified VFS modules. Otherwise, lsvfs ...

m4(1) -- macro language processor

The m4 utility is a macro processor that can be used as a front end to any language (e.g., C, ratfor, fortran, lex, and yacc). The m4 utility reads from the standard input and writes the processed tex...

mail(1) -- send and receive mail

Mail(1) -- send and receive mail

mailq(1) -- print the mail queue

Mailq prints a summary of the mail messages queued for future delivery. The first line printed for each message shows the internal identifier used on this host for the message with a possible status c...

mailx(1) -- send and receive mail

make(1) -- maintain program dependencies

The make utility is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications describing dependency relationships between the generation of files and prog...

makeinfo(1) -- translate Texinfo documents

Translate Texinfo source documentation to various other formats, by default Info files suitable for reading online with Emacs or standalone GNU Info. General options: --error-limit=NUM quit after NUM ...

makewhatis(1) -- create whatis database

The makewhatis utility collects the names and short descriptions from all the unformatted man pages in the directories and puts them into a file used by the whatis(1) and apropos(1) commands. Director...

man(1) -- format and display the on-line manual pages

Man formats and displays the on-line manual pages. This version knows about the MANPATH and PAGER environment variables, so you can have your own set(s) of personal man pages and choose whatever progr...

manpath(1) -- determine user's search path for man pages

Manpath tries to determine the user's manpath from a set of system defaults and the user's PATH, echoing the result to the standard output. Warnings and errors are written to the standard error. If ...

md5(1) -- calculate a message-digest fingerprint (checksum) for a file

The md5 utility takes as input a message of arbitrary length and produces as output a 128-bit ``fingerprint'' or ``message digest'' of the input. It is conjectured that it is computationally infea...

merge(1) -- three-way file merge

merge incorporates all changes that lead from file2 to file3 into file1. The result ordinarily goes into file1. merge is useful for combining separate changes to an original. Suppose file2 is the orig...

mesg(1) -- display (do not display) messages from other users

The mesg utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to a terminal device. Write access is allowed by default, and programs such as talk(1) and write(1) may display messages on th...

minigzip(1) -- minimal implementation of the 'gzip' compression tool

The minigzip utility is a minimal implementation of the gzip(1) utility. It supports compression and decompression of individual files, as well as streaming compression and decompression via standard ...

mkdep(1) -- construct Makefile dependency list

The mkdep utility takes a set of flags for the C compiler and a list of C source files as arguments and constructs a set of include file dependencies which are written into the file ``.depend''. An ...

mkdir(1) -- make directories

The mkdir utility creates the directories named as operands, in the order specified, using mode rwxrwxrwx (0777) as modified by the current umask(2). The options are as follows: -m mode Set the file p...

mkfifo(1) -- make fifos

The mkfifo utility creates the fifos requested, in the order specified. The options are as follows: -m Set the file permission bits of the created fifos to the specified mode, ignoring the umask(2) of...

mklocale(1) -- make LC_CTYPE locale files

The mklocale utility reads a LC_CTYPE source file from standard input and produces a LC_CTYPE binary file on standard output suitable for placement in /usr/share/locale/language/LC_CTYPE. The format o...

mkstr(1) -- create an error message file by massaging C source

The mkstr utility creates files containing error messages extracted from C source, and restructures the same C source, to utilize the created error message file. The intent of mkstr was to reduce the ...

mktemp(1) -- make temporary file name (unique)

The mktemp utility takes each of the given file name templates and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may ...

mmroff(1) -- reference preprocessor

mmroff is a simple preprocessor for groff, it is used for expanding references in mm, see groff_mm(7). groff is executed twice, first with -z and -rRef=1 to collect all references and then to do the r...

more(1) -- opposite of more

mptable(1) -- display MP configuration table

The mptable command finds and analyzes the MP configuration table on an Intel(tm) MP spec capable motherboard. It is useful for debugging an SMP kernel that will not boot, as well as examining the con...

msgs(1) -- system messages and junk mail program

The msgs utility is used to read system messages. These messages are sent by mailing to the login `msgs' and should be short pieces of information which are suitable to be read once by most users of ...

mt(1) -- magnetic tape manipulating program

The mt utility is used to give commands to a magnetic tape drive. By default mt performs the requested operation once. Operations may be performed multiple times by specifying count. Note that tapenam...

mv(1) -- move files

In its first form, the mv utility renames the file named by the source operand to the destination path named by the target operand. This form is assumed when the last operand does not name an already ...

nawk(1) -- pattern-directed scanning and processing language

ncal(1) -- displays a calendar and the date of easter

ncplist(1) -- displays various information about ncplib and NetWare servers

The ncplist command used to display state of ncplib and NetWare servers. The first argument is a one letter command following by optional args. The commands are: b server type [pattern] Lists bindery ...

ncplogin(1) -- create permanent connection to a NetWare server

Connections to a NetWare server can be created and used independently of the mount_nwfs(8) command. Connections can be created by any user. Each user can have multiple connections, but each NetWareSer...

ncplogout(1) -- schedule permanent connection to close

The ncplogout utility will schedule a connection created by ncplogin(1) command to be closed. If the connection is busy (i.e. used by other processes) it will be closed when the last process using it ...

neqn(1) -- format equations for ascii output

The neqn program is actually just a shell script which invokes the eqn(1) command with the ascii output device. Note that eqn does not support low-resolution, typewriter-like devices (although it may ...

netstat(1) -- show network status

The netstat command symbolically displays the contents of various network-related data structures. There are a number of output formats, depending on the options for the information presented. netstat...

newaliases(1) -- rebuild the data base for the mail aliases file

Newaliases rebuilds the random access data base for the mail aliases file /etc/mail/aliases. It must be run each time this file is changed in order for the change to take effect. Newaliases is identic...

newgrp(1) -- change to a new group

The newgrp utility creates a new shell execution environment with modified real and effective group IDs. The options are as follows: -l Simulate a full login. The environment and umask are set to what...

nex(1) -- text editors

nfsstat(1) -- display NFS statistics

The nfsstat command displays statistics kept about NFS client and server activity. The options are as follows: -c Only display client side statistics -M Extract values associated with the name list fr...

nice(1) -- execute a utility at an altered scheduling priority

The nice utility runs utility at an altered scheduling priority, by incrementing its ``nice'' value by the specified increment, or a default value of 10. The lower the nice value of a process, the h...

nl(1) -- line numbering filter

The nl utility reads lines from the named file or the standard input if the file argument is ommitted, applies a configurable line numbering filter operation and writes the result to the standard outp...

nm(1) -- list symbols from object files

GNU nm lists the symbols from object files objfile.... If no object files are listed as arguments, nm assumes the file a.out. For each symbol, nm shows: o The symbol value, in the radix selected by op...

nohup(1) -- invoke a utility immune to hangups

The nohup utility invokes utility with its arguments and at this time sets the signal SIGHUP to be ignored. If the standard output is a terminal, the standard output is appended to the file nohup.out ...

notify(1) -- shell builtin commands

nroff(1) -- emulate nroff command with groff

The nroff script emulates the nroff command using groff. Only ascii, latin1, koi8-r, utf8, and cp1047 are valid arguments for the -T option, selecting the output encoding emitted by grotty, groff's T...

nvi(1) -- text editors

nview(1) -- text editors

objcopy(1) -- copy and translate object files

The GNU objcopy utility copies the contents of an object file to another. objcopy uses the GNU BFD Library to read and write the object files. It can write the destination object file in a format diff...

objdump(1) -- display information from object files.

objdump displays information about one or more object files. The options control what particular information to display. This information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the compila...

objformat(1) -- reports default binary format

This program is obsolete and is now just a compatibility stub. It reports the object file format as ``elf''.

od(1) -- octal, decimal, hex, ASCII dump

The od utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user specified format. The options are as follows: -A base Specify the input address ba...

omshell(1) -- OMAPI Command Shell

The OMAPI Command Shell, omshell, provides an interactive way to connect to, query, and possibly change, the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the Object Management API. By using OMAPI and omshell, ...

onintr(1) -- shell builtin commands

opieinfo(1) -- Extract sequence number and seed for future OPIE challenges.

opieinfo takes an optional user name and writes the current sequence number and seed found in the OPIE key database for either the current user or the user specified. opiekey is compatible with the ke...

opiekey(1) -- Programs for computing responses to OTP challenges.

opiekey takes the optional count of the number of responses to print along with a (maximum) sequence number and seed as command line args. It prompts for the user's secret pass phrase and produces an...

opiepasswd(1) -- Change or set a user's password for the OPIE authentication system.

opiepasswd will initialize the system information to allow one to use OPIE to login. opiepasswd is downward compatible with the keyinit(1) program from the Bellcore S/Key Version 1 distribution.

otp-md4(1) -- Programs for computing responses to OTP challenges.

otp-md5(1) -- Programs for computing responses to OTP challenges.

otp-sha(1) -- Programs for computing responses to OTP challenges.

pagesize(1) -- print system page size

The pagesize utility prints the size of a page of memory in bytes, as returned by getpagesize(3). This program is useful in constructing portable shell scripts.

passwd(1) -- modify a user's password

The passwd utility changes the user's local, Kerberos, or NIS password. If the user is not the super-user, passwd first prompts for the current password and will not continue unless the correct passw...

paste(1) -- merge corresponding or subsequent lines of files

The paste utility concatenates the corresponding lines of the given input files, replacing all but the last file's newline characters with a single tab character, and writes the resulting lines to st...

patch(1) -- apply a diff file to an original

Patch will take a patch file containing any of the four forms of difference listing produced by the diff program and apply those differences to an original file, producing a patched version. By defaul...

pathchk(1) -- check pathnames

The pathchk utility checks whether each of the specified pathname arguments is valid or portable. A diagnostic message is written for each argument that: +o Is longer than PATH_MAX bytes. +o Contains ...

pawd(1) -- print automounter working directory

pawd is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to reflect proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter for the shortest possible path. In particular, the path printed b...

pax(1) -- read and write file archives and copy directory hierarchies

The pax utility will read, write, and list the members of an archive file, and will copy directory hierarchies. These operations are independent of the specific archive format, and support a wide vari...

pfbtops(1) -- translate a PostScript font in .pfb format to ASCII

pfbtops translates a PostScript font in .pfb format to ASCII, splitting overlong lines in text packets into smaller chunks. If pfb_file is omitted the pfb file will be read from the standard input. Th...

pftp(1) -- Internet file transfer program

pic(1) -- compile pictures for troff or TeX

This manual page describes the GNU version of pic, which is part of the groff document formatting system. pic compiles descriptions of pictures embedded within troff or TeX input files into commands t...

pkg_add(1) -- a utility for installing software package distributions

The pkg_add command is used to extract packages that have been previously created with the pkg_create(1) command.

pkg_check(1) -- handle package signatures

The pkg_sign utility embeds a cryptographic signature within a gzip file file. type can be pgp (default), sha1, or x509. If type is pgp, it will always prompt you for a passphrase to unlock your priva...

pkg_create(1) -- a utility for creating software package distributions

The pkg_create command is used to create packages that will subsequently be fed to one of the package extraction/info utilities. The input description and command line arguments for the creation of a ...

pkg_delete(1) -- a utility for deleting previously installed software package distributions

The pkg_delete command is used to delete packages that have been previously installed with the pkg_add(1) command.

pkg_info(1) -- a utility for displaying information on software packages

The pkg_info command is used to dump out information for packages, either packed up in files with the pkg_create(1) command or already installed on the system with the pkg_add(1) command.

pkg_sign(1) -- handle package signatures

pkg_version(1) -- summarize installed versions of packages

The pkg_version command is used to produce a report of non-base software packages installed using the pkg_add(1) command. Each package's version number is checked against one of two sources to see if...

popd(1) -- shell builtin commands

pr(1) -- print files

The pr utility is a printing and pagination filter for text files. When multiple input files are specified, each is read, formatted, and written to standard output. By default, the input is separated ...

printenv(1) -- print out the environment

The printenv utility prints out the names and values of the variables in the environment, with one name/value pair per line. If name is specified, only its value is printed. Some shells may provide a ...

printf(1) -- formatted output

The printf utility formats and prints its arguments, after the first, under control of the format. The format is a character string which contains three types of objects: plain characters, which are s...

ps(1) -- process status

The ps utility displays a header line followed by lines containing information about your processes that have controlling terminals. This information is sorted by controlling terminal, then by process...

psroff(1) -- send troff to PostScript printer

The psroff program is actually just a shell script which invokes the groff(1) command to print the troff files to a PostScript printer.

pushd(1) -- shell builtin commands

pwd(1) -- return working directory name

The pwd utility writes the absolute pathname of the current working directory to the standard output. Some shells may provide a builtin pwd command which is similar or identical to this utility. Consu...

quota(1) -- display disk usage and limits

The quota utility displays users' disk usage and limits. By default only the user quotas are printed. The following options are available: -g Print group quotas for the group of which the user is a m...

ranlib(1) -- generate index to archive.

ranlib generates an index to the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a member of an archive that is a relocatable object file. You may use nm -s...

rcp(1) -- remote file copy

The rcp utility copies files between machines. Each file or directory argument is either a remote file name of the form ``rname@rhost:path'', or a local file name (containing no `:' characters, or ...

rcs(1) -- change RCS file attributes

rcs creates new RCS files or changes attributes of existing ones. An RCS file contains multiple revisions of text, an access list, a change log, descriptive text, and some control attributes. For rcs ...

rcsclean(1) -- clean up working files

rcsclean removes files that are not being worked on. rcsclean -u also unlocks and removes files that are being worked on but have not changed. For each file given, rcsclean compares the working file a...

rcsdiff(1) -- compare RCS revisions

rcsdiff runs diff(1) to compare two revisions of each RCS file given. Pathnames matching an RCS suffix denote RCS files; all others denote working files. Names are paired as explained in ci(1). The op...

rcsfreeze(1) -- freeze a configuration of sources checked in under RCS

rcsfreeze assigns a symbolic revision number to a set of RCS files that form a valid configuration. The idea is to run rcsfreeze each time a new version is checked in. A unique symbolic name (C_number...

rcsintro(1) -- introduction to RCS commands

The Revision Control System (RCS) manages multiple revisions of files. RCS automates the storing, retrieval, logging, identification, and merging of revisions. RCS is useful for text that is revised f...

rcsmerge(1) -- merge RCS revisions

rcsmerge incorporates the changes between two revisions of an RCS file into the corresponding working file. Pathnames matching an RCS suffix denote RCS files; all others denote working files. Names ar...

read(1) -- shell builtin commands

readelf(1) -- Displays information about ELF files.

readelf displays information about one or more ELF format object files. The options control what particular information to display. elffile... are the object files to be examined. At the moment, reade...

readlink(1) -- display file status

The stat utility displays information about the file pointed to by file. Read, write or execute permissions of the named file are not required, but all directories listed in the path name leading to t...

readonly(1) -- shell builtin commands

realpath(1) -- return resolved physical path

The realpath utility uses the realpath(3) function to resolve all symbolic links, extra `/' characters and references to /./ and /../ in path.

red(1) -- text editor

ree(1) -- easy editor

refer(1) -- preprocess bibliographic references for groff

This file documents the GNU version of refer, which is part of the groff document formatting system. refer copies the contents of file- name... to the standard output, except that lines between .[ and...

rehash(1) -- shell builtin commands

repeat(1) -- shell builtin commands

reset(1) -- terminal initialization

The tset utility initializes terminals. It first determines the type of terminal that you are using. This determination is done as follows, using the first terminal type found. +o The terminal argumen...

rev(1) -- reverse lines of a file

The rev utility copies the specified files to the standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, the standard input is read. FreeBSD 5.2.1 June 9, 1993 Fr...

rfcomm_sppd(1) -- RFCOMM Serial Port Profile daemon

The rfcomm_sppd utility is a Serial Port Profile daemon. It opens RFCOMM connection to the specified server's BD_ADDR and channel. Once connection is established, the rfcomm_sppd utility provides acc...

rlog(1) -- print log messages and other information about RCS files

rlog prints information about RCS files. Pathnames matching an RCS suffix denote RCS files; all others denote working files. Names are paired as explained in ci(1). rlog prints the following informati...

rlogin(1) -- remote login

The rlogin utility starts a terminal session on a remote host host. The rlogin utility first attempts to use the Kerberos authorization mechanism, described below. If the remote host does not support ...

rm(1) -- remove directory entries

The rm utility attempts to remove the non-directory type files specified on the command line. If the permissions of the file do not permit writing, and the standard input device is a terminal, the use...

rmdir(1) -- remove directories

The rmdir utility removes the directory entry specified by each directory argument, provided it is empty. Arguments are processed in the order given. In order to remove both a parent directory and a s...

rpcgen(1) -- an RPC protocol compiler

The rpcgen utility is a tool that generates C code to implement an RPC protocol. The input to rpcgen is a language similar to C known as RPC Language (Remote Procedure Call Language). The rpcgen utili...

rs(1) -- reshape a data array

The rs utility reads the standard input, interpreting each line as a row of blank-separated entries in an array, transforms the array according to the options, and writes it on the standard output. Wi...

rsh(1) -- remote shell

The rsh utility executes command on host. The rsh utility copies its standard input to the remote command, the standard output of the remote command to its standard output, and the standard error of t...

rtld(1) -- run-time link-editor

rtprio(1) -- execute, examine or modify a utility's or process's realtime or idletime scheduling priority

rup(1) -- remote status display

The rup utility displays a summary of the current system status of a particular host or all hosts on the local network. The output shows the current time of day, how long the system has been up, and t...

ruptime(1) -- show host status of local machines

The ruptime utility gives a status line like uptime(1) for each machine on the local network; these are formed from packets broadcast by each host on the network once every three minutes. If no operan...

rusers(1) -- who is logged in to machines on local network

The rusers command produces output similar to who(1), but for the list of hosts or all machines on the local network. For each host responding to the rusers query, the hostname with the names of the u...

rwall(1) -- send a message to users logged on a host

The rwall command sends a message to the users logged into the specified host. The message to be sent can be typed in and terminated with EOF or it can be in a file.

rwho(1) -- who is logged in on local machines

The rwho command produces output similar to who(1), but for all machines on the local network. If no report has been received from a machine for 5 minutes then rwho assumes the machine is down, and do...

sasc(1) -- set the options of the asc scanner device

The sasc utility provides shell level access to the ioctl requests served by the handy scanner device driver asc. Please see asc(4) for the exact meaning of the requests. Generally they modify the out...

sched(1) -- shell builtin commands

scon(1) -- controls screen modes for pcvt video driver

The scon utility controls several aspects of the runtime behaviour of the pcvt vt220 driver. The options are as follows: -a Returns a string describing the video adaptor found by pcvt, the string retu...

scp(1) -- secure copy (remote file copy program)

scp copies files between hosts on a network. It uses ssh(1) for data transfer, and uses the same authentication and provides the same security as ssh(1). Unlike rcp(1), scp will ask for passwords or p...

script(1) -- make typescript of terminal session

The script utility makes a typescript of everything printed on your terminal. It is useful for students who need a hardcopy record of an interactive session as proof of an assignment, as the typescrip...

sdiff(1) -- find differences between two files and merge interactively

The sdiff command merges two files and interactively outputs the results to outfile. If from-file is a directory and to-file is not, sdiff compares the file in from-file whose file name is that of to-...

sed(1) -- stream editor

The sed utility reads the specified files, or the standard input if no files are specified, modifying the input as specified by a list of commands. The input is then written to the standard output. A ...

send-pr(1) -- send problem report (PR) to a central support site

send-pr is a tool used to submit problem reports (PRs) to a central support site. In most cases the correct site will be the default. This argument indicates the support site which is responsible for ...

sendbug(1) -- send problem report (PR) to a central support site

set(1) -- shell builtin commands

setenv(1) -- shell builtin commands

setfacl(1) -- set ACL information

The setfacl utility sets discretionary access control information on the specified file(s). The following options are available: -b Remove all ACL entries except for the three required entries. If the...

settc(1) -- shell builtin commands

setty(1) -- shell builtin commands

setvar(1) -- shell builtin commands

sftp(1) -- Secure file transfer program

sftp is an interactive file transfer program, similar to ftp(1), which performs all operations over an encrypted ssh(1) transport. It may also use many features of ssh, such as public key authenticati...

sgsc(1) -- set the options of the gsc scanner device

The sgsc utility provides shell level access to the ioctl requests served by the handy scanner device driver gsc. Please see gsc(4) for the exact meaning of the requests. Generally they modify the out...

sh(1) -- command interpreter (shell)

The sh utility is the standard command interpreter for the system. The current version of sh is in the process of being changed to conform with the IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') specification for th...

shar(1) -- create a shell archive of files

The shar command writes a sh(1) shell script to the standard output which will recreate the file hierarchy specified by the command line operands. Directories will be recreated and must be specified b...

shift(1) -- shell builtin commands

size(1) -- list section sizes and total size.

The GNU size utility lists the section sizes---and the total size---for each of the object or archive files objfile in its argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each object fi...

sleep(1) -- suspend execution for an interval of time

The sleep command suspends execution for a minimum of seconds. If the sleep command receives a signal, it takes the standard action.

slogin(1) -- OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program)

ssh (SSH client) is a program for logging into a remote machine and for executing commands on a remote machine. It is intended to replace rlogin and rsh, and provide secure encrypted communications be...

smbutil(1) -- interface to the SMB requester

The smbutil command is used to control SMB requester and issue various commands. There are two types of options -- global and local to the specified command. Global options are as follows: -h Print a ...

sockstat(1) -- list open sockets

The sockstat command lists open Internet or UNIX domain sockets. The following options are available: -4 Show AF_INET (IPv4) sockets. -6 Show AF_INET6 (IPv6) sockets. -c Show connected sockets. -l Sho...

soelim(1) -- interpret .so requests in groff input

soelim reads files and replaces lines of the form .so file by the contents of file. It is useful if files included with so need to be preprocessed. Normally, soelim should be invoked with the -s optio...

sort(1) -- sort lines of text files

Write sorted concatenation of all FILE(s) to standard output. Ordering options: Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. -b, --ignore-leading-blanks ignore leading blan...

source(1) -- shell builtin commands

split(1) -- split a file into pieces

The split utility reads the given file and breaks it up into files of 1000 lines each. If file is a single dash (`-') or absent, split reads from the standard input. The options are as follows: -a Us...

sscop(1) -- SSCOP transport protocol

The sscop tool implements the Q.2110 transport protocol. Normally the program reads from standard input and sends this input over the SSCOP protocol on the standard output file descriptor. This means,...

ssh(1) -- OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program)

ssh-add(1) -- adds RSA or DSA identities to the authentication agent

ssh-add adds RSA or DSA identities to the authentication agent, ssh-agent(1). When run without arguments, it adds the files $HOME/.ssh/id_rsa, $HOME/.ssh/id_dsa and $HOME/.ssh/identity. Alternative fi...

ssh-agent(1) -- authentication agent

ssh-agent is a program to hold private keys used for public key authentication (RSA, DSA). The idea is that ssh-agent is started in the beginning of an X-session or a login session, and all other wind...

ssh-keygen(1) -- authentication key generation, management and conversion

ssh-keygen generates, manages and converts authentication keys for ssh(1). ssh-keygen can create RSA keys for use by SSH protocol version 1 and RSA or DSA keys for use by SSH protocol version 2. The t...

ssh-keyscan(1) -- gather ssh public keys

ssh-keyscan is a utility for gathering the public ssh host keys of a number of hosts. It was designed to aid in building and verifying ssh_known_hosts files. ssh-keyscan provides a minimal interface s...

startslip(1) -- dial up and login to a slip server

The startslip utility opens the specified device. Once carrier is asserted (if modem control is enabled) startslip attempts to login as the specified user with the given password. Standard login: & Pa...

stat(1) -- display file status

stop(1) -- shell builtin commands

strings(1) -- print the strings of printable characters in files.

For each file given, GNU strings prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable character....

strip(1) -- Discard symbols from object files.

GNU strip discards all symbols from object files objfile. The list of object files may include archives. At least one object file must be given. strip modifies the files named in its argument, rather ...

stty(1) -- set the options for a terminal device interface

The stty utility sets or reports on terminal characteristics for the device that is its standard input. If no options or operands are specified, it reports the settings of a subset of characteristics ...

su(1) -- substitute user identity

The su utility requests appropriate user credentials via PAM and switches to that user ID (the default user is the superuser). A shell is then executed. PAM is used to set all policy. By default, the ...

sum(1) -- display file checksums and block counts

suspend(1) -- shell builtin commands

switch(1) -- shell builtin commands

systat(1) -- display system statistics on a crt

The systat utility displays various system statistics in a screen oriented fashion using the curses screen display library, ncurses(3). While systat is running the screen is usually divided into two w...

tabs(1) -- set terminal tabs

The tabs utility displays a series of characters that clear the hardware terminal tab settings then initialises tab stops at specified positions, and optionally adjusts the margin. In the first synops...

tail(1) -- display the last part of a file

The tail utility displays the contents of file or, by default, its standard input, to the standard output. The display begins at a byte, line or 512-byte block location in the input. Numbers having a ...

talk(1) -- talk to another user

The talk utility is a visual communication program which copies lines from your terminal to that of another user. Options available: person If you wish to talk to someone on your own machine, then per...

tar(1) -- tape archiver; manipulate "tar" archive files

Tar is short for ``tape archiver'', so named for historical reasons; the tar program creates, adds files to, or extracts files from an archive file in tar format, called a tarfile. A tarfile is ofte...

tbl(1) -- format tables for troff

This manual page describes the GNU version of tbl, which is part of the groff document formatting system. tbl compiles descriptions of tables embedded within troff input files into commands that are u...

tcopy(1) -- copy and/or verify mag tapes

The tcopy utility is designed to copy magnetic tapes. The only assumption made about the tape is that there are two tape marks at the end. The tcopy utility with only a source tape (/dev/sa0 by defaul...

tcpdump(1) -- dump traffic on a network

Tcpdump prints out the headers of packets on a network interface that match the boolean expression. It can also be run with the -w flag, which causes it to save the packet data to a file for later ana...

tcpslice(1) -- extract pieces of and/or glue together tcpdump files

The tcpslice utility extracts portions of packet-trace files generated using tcpdump(1)'s -w flag. It can also be used to glue together several such files, as discussed below. The basic operation of ...

tcsh(1) -- C shell with file name completion and command line editing

tee(1) -- pipe fitting

The tee utility copies standard input to standard output, making a copy in zero or more files. The output is unbuffered. The following options are available: -a Append the output to the files rather t...

telltc(1) -- shell builtin commands

telnet(1) -- user interface to the TELNET protocol

The telnet command is used to communicate with another host using the TELNET protocol. If telnet is invoked without the host argument, it enters command mode, indicated by its prompt (``telnet>''). ...

test(1) -- condition evaluation utility

The test utility evaluates the expression and, if it evaluates to true, returns a zero (true) exit status; otherwise it returns 1 (false). If there is no expression, test also returns 1 (false). All o...

texindex(1) -- sort Texinfo index files

Generate a sorted index for each TeX output FILE. Usually FILE... is specified as `foo.??' for a document `foo.texi'.

tfmtodit(1) -- create font files for use with groff -Tdvi

tfmtodit creates a font file for use with groff -Tdvi. tfm_file is the name of the TeX font metric file for the font. map_file is a file giving the groff names for characters in the font; this file sh...

tftp(1) -- trivial file transfer program

The tftp utility is the user interface to the Internet TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol), which allows users to transfer files to and from a remote machine. The remote host may be specified on the...

then(1) -- shell builtin commands

time(1) -- time command execution

The time utility executes and times the specified utility. After the utility finishes, time writes to the standard error stream, (in seconds): the total time elapsed, the time used to execute the util...

tip(1) -- connect to a remote system

top(1) -- display and update information about the top cpu processes

Top displays the top processes on the system and periodically updates this information. If standard output is an intelligent terminal (see below) then as many processes as will fit on the terminal scr...

touch(1) -- change file access and modification times

The touch utility sets the modification and access times of files to the current time of day. If the file doesn't exist, it is created with default permissions. The following options are available: -...

tput(1) -- terminal capability interface

tr(1) -- translate characters

The tr utility copies the standard input to the standard output with substitution or deletion of selected characters. The following options are available: -C Complement the set of characters in string...

trace(1) -- enable kernel process tracing

trap(1) -- shell builtin commands

troff(1) -- the troff processor of the groff text formatting system

This manual page describes the GNU version of troff. It is part of the groff document formatting system. It is functionally compatible with UNIX troff, but has many extensions, see groff_diff(7). Usua...

true(1) -- return true value

The true utility always returns with an exit code of zero. Some shells may provide a builtin true command which is identical to this utility. Consult the builtin(1) manual page.

truncate(1) -- truncate or extend the length of files

The truncate utility adjusts the length of each regular file given on the command-line. The following options are available: -c Do not create files if they do not exist. The truncate utility does not ...

truss(1) -- trace system calls

The truss utility traces the system calls called by the specified process or program. Output is to the specified output file, or standard error by default. It does this by stopping and restarting the ...

tset(1) -- terminal initialization

tsort(1) -- topological sort of a directed graph

The tsort utility takes a list of pairs of node names representing directed arcs in a graph and prints the nodes in topological order on standard output. Input is taken from the named file, or from st...

tty(1) -- return user's terminal name

The tty utility writes the name of the terminal attached to standard input to standard output. The name that is written is the string returned by ttyname(3). If the standard input is not a terminal, t...

type(1) -- shell builtin commands

ul(1) -- do underlining

The ul utility reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified b...

ulimit(1) -- shell builtin commands

umask(1) -- shell builtin commands

unalias(1) -- shell builtin commands

uname(1) -- display information about the system

The uname command writes the name of the operating system implementation to standard output. When options are specified, strings representing one or more system characteristics are written to standard...

uncomplete(1) -- shell builtin commands

uncompress(1) -- compress and expand data

unexpand(1) -- expand tabs to spaces, and vice versa

unhash(1) -- shell builtin commands

unifdef(1) -- remove preprocessor conditionals from code

The unifdef utility selectively processes conditional cpp(1) directives. It removes from a file both the directives and any additional text that they specify should be removed, while otherwise leaving...

unifdefall(1) -- remove preprocessor conditionals from code

uniq(1) -- report or filter out repeated lines in a file

The uniq utility reads the specified input_file comparing adjacent lines, and writes a copy of each unique input line to the output_file. If input_file is a single dash (`-') or absent, the standard ...

units(1) -- conversion program

The units program converts quantities expressed in various scales to their equivalents in other scales. The units program can only handle multiplicative scale changes. It cannot convert Celsius to Fah...

unlimit(1) -- shell builtin commands

unlink(1) -- remove directory entries

unset(1) -- shell builtin commands

unsetenv(1) -- shell builtin commands

until(1) -- shell builtin commands

unvis(1) -- revert a visual representation of data back to original form

The unvis utility is the inverse function of vis(1). It reverts a visual representation of data back to its original form on standard output.

uptime(1) -- show how long system has been running

The uptime utility displays the current time, the length of time the system has been up, the number of users, and the load average of the system over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes.

usbhidaction(1) -- perform actions according to USB HID controls

The usbhidaction utility can be used to execute commands when certain values appear on HID controls. The normal operation for this program is to read the configuration file and then become a daemon an...

usbhidctl(1) -- manipulate USB HID devices

The usbhidctl utility can be used to dump the state of a USB HID (Human Interface Device). Each named item is printed. The options are as follows: -a Show all items. -f device Specify a path name for ...

users(1) -- list current users

The users utility lists the login names of the users currently on the system, in sorted order, space separated, on a single line.

uudecode(1) -- encode/decode a binary file

uuencode(1) -- encode/decode a binary file

uuidgen(1) -- generate universally unique identifiers

The uuidgen utility by default generates a single universally unique identifier (UUID), also known as a globally unique identifier (GUID). The UUID is written to stdout by default. The following optio...

vacation(1) -- E-mail auto-responder

Vacation returns a message, ~/.vacation.msg by default, to the sender informing them that you are currently not reading your mail. The message is only sent to each sender once per reply interval (see ...

vgrind(1) -- grind nice listings of programs

The vgrind utility formats the program sources which are arguments in a nice style using troff(1) Comments are placed in italics, keywords in bold face, and the name of the current function is listed ...

vi(1) -- text editors

vidcontrol(1) -- system console control and configuration utility

The vidcontrol command is used to set various options for the syscons(4) console driver, such as video mode, colors, cursor shape, screen output map, font and screen saver timeout. The following comma...

vidfont(1) -- front end for syscons

view(1) -- text editors

vis(1) -- display non-printable characters in a visual format

The vis utility is a filter for converting non-printable characters into a visual representation. It differs from `cat -v' in that the form is unique and invertible. By default, all non-graphic chara...

vt220keys(1) -- define SHIFTED function keys on VT220 terminal

The vt220keys utility sets up a ``vt220 terminal'' in vt200 mode to allow user definition of the SHIFTED function keys. Each keyname specified on the command line will be loaded with the correspondi...

vttest(1) -- test VT100-type terminal

The vttest utility is a program designed to test the functionality of a VT100 terminal (or emulator thereof). It tests both display (escape sequence handling) and keyboard. The program is menu-driven ...

w(1) -- display who is logged in and what they are doing

The w utility prints a summary of the current activity on the system, including what each user is doing. The first line displays the current time of day, how long the system has been running, the numb...

wait(1) -- shell builtin commands

wall(1) -- write a message to users

The wall utility displays the contents of file or, by default, its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. Only the super-user can write on the terminals of users who have c...

wc(1) -- word, line, character, and byte count

The wc utility displays the number of lines, words, and bytes contained in each input file (or standard input, by default) to the standard output. A line is defined as a string of characters delimited...

what(1) -- show what versions of object modules were used to construct a file

The what utility searches each specified file for sequences of the form ``@(#)'' as inserted by the source code control system. It prints the remainder of the string following this marker, up to a N...

whatis(1) -- search the whatis database

where(1) -- shell builtin commands

whereis(1) -- locate programs

The whereis utility checks the standard binary, manual page, and source directories for the specified programs, printing out the paths of any it finds. The supplied program names are first stripped of...

which(1) -- locate a program file in the user's path

The which utility takes a list of command names and searches the path for each executable file that would be run had these commands actually been invoked. The following options are available: -a List ...

while(1) -- shell builtin commands

who(1) -- display who is on the system

The who utility displays information about currently logged in users. By default, this includes the login name, tty name, date and time of login and remote hostname if not local. The options are as fo...

whoami(1) -- display effective user id

The whoami utility has been obsoleted by the id(1) utility, and is equivalent to ``id -un''. The command ``id -p'' is suggested for normal interactive use. The whoami utility displays your effecti...

whois(1) -- Internet domain name and network number directory service

The whois utility looks up records in the databases maintained by several Network Information Centers (NICs). The options are as follows: -a Use the American Registry for Internet Numbers (ARIN) datab...

window(1) -- window environment

The window utility implements a window environment on ASCII terminals. A window is a rectangular portion of the physical terminal screen associated with a set of processes. Its size and position can b...

write(1) -- send a message to another user

The write utility allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs. When you run the write command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form: Mes...

xargs(1) -- construct argument list(s) and execute utility

The xargs utility reads space, tab, newline and end-of-file delimited strings from the standard input and executes utility with the strings as arguments. Any arguments specified on the command line ar...

xstr(1) -- extract strings from C programs to implement shared strings

The xstr utility maintains a file strings into which strings in component parts of a large program are hashed. These strings are replaced with references to this common area. This serves to implement ...

yacc(1) -- an LALR(1) parser generator

yes(1) -- be repetitively affirmative

The yes utility outputs expletive, or, by default, ``y'', forever.

ypcat(1) -- print the values of all keys in a YP database

The ypcat utility prints out the values of all keys from the YP database specified by mapname, which may be a map name or a map nickname. The options are as follows: -d domainname Specify a domain oth...

ypchfn(1) -- add or change user database information

ypchpass(1) -- add or change user database information

ypchsh(1) -- add or change user database information

ypmatch(1) -- print the values of one or more keys in a YP database

The ypmatch utility prints out the values of one or more keys from the YP database specified by mapname, which may be a map name or a map nickname. The options are as follows: -d domainname Specify a ...

yppasswd(1) -- modify a user's password

ypwhich(1) -- return hostname of YP server of map master

The ypwhich utility tells which YP server supplies YP services to a client, or which is the master for a map. If invoked without arguments, it gives the YP server for the local machine. If host is spe...

yyfix(1) -- extract tables from y.tab.c

Programs have historically used a script (often named ``:yyfix'') to extract tables from the yacc(1) generated file y.tab.c. As the names of the tables generated by the current version of yacc(1) ar...

zcat(1) -- compress or expand files

zcmp(1) -- compare compressed files

Zcmp and zdiff are used to invoke the cmp or the diff program on compressed files. All options specified are passed directly to cmp or diff. If only 1 file is specified, then the files compared are fi...

zdiff(1) -- compare compressed files

zegrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

zfgrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

zforce(1) -- force a '.gz' extension on all gzip files

zforce forces a .gz extension on all gzip files so that gzip will not compress them twice. This can be useful for files with names truncated after a file transfer. For example, 12345678901 is renamed ...

zgrep(1) -- print lines matching a pattern

zmore(1) -- file perusal filter for crt viewing of compressed text

Zmore is a filter which allows examination of compressed or plain text files one screenful at a time on a soft-copy terminal. zmore works on files compressed with compress, pack or gzip, and also on u...

znew(1) -- recompress .Z files to .gz files

Znew recompresses files from .Z (compress) format to .gz (gzip) format. If you want to recompress a file already in gzip format, rename the file to force a .Z extension then apply znew.

[(1) -- condition evaluation utility

accept(2) -- accept a connection on a socket

The argument s is a socket that has been created with socket(2), bound to an address with bind(2), and is listening for connections after a listen(2). The accept() system call extracts the first conne...

access(2) -- check accessibility of a file

The access() and eaccess() system calls check the accessibility of the file named by the path argument for the access permissions indicated by the mode argument. The value of mode is either the bitwis...

acct(2) -- enable or disable process accounting

The acct() system call enables or disables the collection of system accounting records. If the argument file is a nil pointer, accounting is disabled. If file is an existing pathname (null-terminated)...

adjtime(2) -- correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock

The adjtime() system call makes small adjustments to the system time, as returned by gettimeofday(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the cl...

aio_cancel(2) -- cancel an outstanding asynchronous I/O operation (REALTIME)

The aio_cancel() system call cancels the outstanding asynchronous I/O request for the file descriptor specified in fildes. If iocb is specified, only that specific asynchronous I/O request is cancelle...

aio_error(2) -- retrieve error status of asynchronous I/O operation (REALTIME)

The aio_error() system call returns the error status of the asynchronous I/O request associated with the structure pointed to by iocb.

aio_read(2) -- asynchronous read from a file (REALTIME)

The aio_read() system call allows the calling process to read iocb->aio_nbytes from the descriptor iocb->aio_fildes beginning at the offset iocb->aio_offset into the buffer pointed to by iocb->aio_buf...

aio_return(2) -- retrieve return status of asynchronous I/O operation (REALTIME)

The aio_return() system call returns the final status of the asynchronous I/O request associated with the structure pointed to by iocb. The aio_return() system call should only be called once, to obta...

aio_suspend(2) -- suspend until asynchronous I/O operations or timeout complete (REALTIME)

The aio_suspend() system call suspends the calling process until at least one of the specified asynchronous I/O requests have completed, a signal is delivered, or the timeout has passed. The iocbs arg...

aio_waitcomplete(2) -- wait for the next completion of an aio request

The aio_waitcomplete() system call waits for completion of an asynchronous I/O request. Upon completion, aio_waitcomplete() returns the result of the function and sets iocbp to point to the structure ...

aio_write(2) -- asynchronous write to a file (REALTIME)

The aio_write() system call allows the calling process to write iocb->aio_nbytes from the buffer pointed to by iocb->aio_buf to the descriptor iocb->aio_fildes. The call returns immediately after the ...

bind(2) -- assign a local protocol address to a socket

The bind() system call assigns the local protocol address to a socket. When a socket is created with socket(2) it exists in an address family space but has no protocol address assigned. The bind() sys...

brk(2) -- change data segment size

The brk() and sbrk() functions are legacy interfaces from before the advent of modern virtual memory management. The brk() and sbrk() functions are used to change the amount of memory allocated in a p...

chdir(2) -- change current working directory

The path argument points to the pathname of a directory. The chdir() system call causes the named directory to become the current working directory, that is, the starting point for path searches of pa...

chflags(2) -- set file flags

The file whose name is given by path or referenced by the descriptor fd has its flags changed to flags. The lchflags() system call is like chflags() except in the case where the named file is a symbol...

chmod(2) -- change mode of file

The file permission bits of the file named specified by path or referenced by the file descriptor fd are changed to mode. The chmod() system call verifies that the process owner (user) either owns the...

chown(2) -- change owner and group of a file

The owner ID and group ID of the file named by path or referenced by fd is changed as specified by the arguments owner and group. The owner of a file may change the group to a group of which he or she...

chroot(2) -- change root directory

The dirname argument is the address of the pathname of a directory, terminated by an ASCII NUL. The chroot() system call causes dirname to become the root directory, that is, the starting point for pa...

clock_getres(2) -- get/set/calibrate date and time

The clock_gettime() and clock_settime() allow the calling process to retrieve or set the value used by a clock which is specifed by clock_id. The clock_id argument can be one of four values: CLOCK_REA...

clock_gettime(2) -- get/set/calibrate date and time

clock_settime(2) -- get/set/calibrate date and time

close(2) -- delete a descriptor

The close() system call deletes a descriptor from the per-process object reference table. If this is the last reference to the underlying object, the object will be deactivated. For example, on the la...

connect(2) -- initiate a connection on a socket

The s argument is a socket. If it is of type SOCK_DGRAM, this call specifies the peer with which the socket is to be associated; this address is that to which datagrams are to be sent, and the only ad...

creat(2) -- create a new file

This interface is made obsolete by: open(2). The creat() function is the same as: open(path, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, mode);

dup(2) -- duplicate an existing file descriptor

The dup() system call duplicates an existing object descriptor and returns its value to the calling process (newd = dup(oldd)). The argument oldd is a small non-negative integer index in the per-proce...

dup2(2) -- duplicate an existing file descriptor

eaccess(2) -- check accessibility of a file

errno(2) -- introduction to system calls and error numbers

This section provides an overview of the system calls, their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts.

execve(2) -- execute a file

The execve() system call transforms the calling process into a new process. The new process is constructed from an ordinary file, whose name is pointed to by path, called the new process file. This fi...

extattr(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

Named extended attributes are meta-data associated with vnodes representing files and directories. They exist as "name=value" pairs within a set of namespaces. The extattr_get_file() system call ret...

extattr_delete_fd(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

extattr_delete_file(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

extattr_get_fd(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

extattr_get_file(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

extattr_set_fd(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

extattr_set_file(2) -- system calls to manipulate VFS extended attributes

fchdir(2) -- change current working directory

fchflags(2) -- set file flags

fchmod(2) -- change mode of file

fchown(2) -- change owner and group of a file

fcntl(2) -- file control

The fcntl() system call provides for control over descriptors. The argument fd is a descriptor to be operated on by cmd as described below. Depending on the value of cmd, fcntl() can take an additiona...

fhopen(2) -- access file via file handle

These system calls provide a means to access a file given the file handle fhp. As this method bypasses directory access restrictions, these calls are restricted to the superuser. The fhopen() system c...

fhstat(2) -- access file via file handle

fhstatfs(2) -- access file via file handle

flock(2) -- apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file

The flock() system call applies or removes an advisory lock on the file associated with the file descriptor fd. A lock is applied by specifying an operation argument that is one of LOCK_SH or LOCK_EX ...

fork(2) -- create a new process

The fork() system call causes creation of a new process. The new process (child process) is an exact copy of the calling process (parent process) except for the following: +o The child process has a u...

fpathconf(2) -- get configurable pathname variables

The pathconf() and fpathconf() system calls provide a method for applications to determine the current value of a configurable system limit or option variable associated with a pathname or file descri...

fstat(2) -- get file status

The stat() system call obtains information about the file pointed to by path. Read, write or execute permission of the named file is not required, but all directories listed in the path name leading t...

fstatfs(2) -- get file system statistics

The statfs() system call returns information about a mounted file system. The path argument is the path name of any file within the mounted file system. The buf argument is a pointer to a statfs struc...

fsync(2) -- synchronise changes to a file

The fsync() system call causes all modified data and attributes of fd to be moved to a permanent storage device. This normally results in all incore modified copies of buffers for the associated file ...

ftruncate(2) -- truncate or extend a file to a specified length

The truncate() system call causes the file named by path or referenced by fd to be truncated or extended to length bytes in size. If the file was larger than this size, the extra data is lost. If the ...

futimes(2) -- set file access and modification times

The access and modification times of the file named by path or referenced by fd are changed as specified by the argument times. If times is NULL, the access and modification times are set to the curre...

getdents(2) -- get directory entries in a file system independent format

The getdirentries() and getdents() system calls read directory entries from the directory referenced by the file descriptor fd into the buffer pointed to by buf, in a file system independent format. U...

getdirentries(2) -- get directory entries in a file system independent format

getdtablesize(2) -- get descriptor table size

Each process has a fixed size descriptor table, which is guaranteed to have at least 20 slots. The entries in the descriptor table are numbered with small integers starting at 0. The getdtablesize() s...

getegid(2) -- get group process identification

The getgid() system call returns the real group ID of the calling process, getegid() returns the effective group ID of the calling process. The real group ID is specified at login time. The real group...

geteuid(2) -- get user identification

The getuid() system call returns the real user ID of the calling process. The geteuid() system call returns the effective user ID of the calling process. The real user ID is that of the user who has i...

getfh(2) -- get file handle

The getfh() system call returns a file handle for the specified file or directory in the file handle pointed to by fhp. This system call is restricted to the superuser.

getfsstat(2) -- get list of all mounted file systems

The getfsstat() system call returns information about all mounted file systems. The buf argument is a pointer to statfs structures, as described in statfs(2). Fields that are undefined for a particula...

getgid(2) -- get group process identification

getgroups(2) -- get group access list

The getgroups() system call gets the current group access list of the user process and stores it in the array gidset. The gidsetlen argument indicates the number of entries that may be placed in gidse...

getitimer(2) -- get/set value of interval timer

The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() system call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. ...

getlogin(2) -- get/set login name

The getlogin() routine returns the login name of the user associated with the current session, as previously set by setlogin(). The name is normally associated with a login shell at the time a session...

getpeername(2) -- get name of connected peer

The getpeername() system call returns the name of the peer connected to socket s. The namelen argument should be initialized to indicate the amount of space pointed to by name. On return it contains t...

getpgid(2) -- get process group

The process group of the current process is returned by getpgrp(). The process group of the process identified by pid is returned by getpgid(). If pid is zero, getpgid() returns the process group of t...

getpgrp(2) -- get process group

getpid(2) -- get parent or calling process identification

The getpid() system call returns the process ID of the calling process. Though the ID is guaranteed to be unique, it should NOT be used for constructing temporary file names, for security reasons; see...

getppid(2) -- get parent or calling process identification

getpriority(2) -- get/set program scheduling priority

The scheduling priority of the process, process group, or user, as indicated by which and who is obtained with the getpriority() system call and set with the setpriority() system call. The which argum...

getresgid(2) -- get or set real, effective and saved user or group ID

The setresuid() system call sets the real, effective and saved user IDs of the current process. The analogous setresgid() sets the real, effective and saved group IDs. Privileged processes may set the...

getresuid(2) -- get or set real, effective and saved user or group ID

getrlimit(2) -- control maximum system resource consumption

Limits on the consumption of system resources by the current process and each process it creates may be obtained with the getrlimit() system call, and set with the setrlimit() system call. The resourc...

getrusage(2) -- get information about resource utilization

The getrusage() system call returns information describing the resources utilized by the current process, or all its terminated child processes. The who argument is either RUSAGE_SELF or RUSAGE_CHILDR...

getsid(2) -- get process session

The session ID of the process identified by pid is returned by getsid(). If pid is zero, getsid() returns the session ID of the current process.

getsockname(2) -- get socket name

The getsockname() system call returns the current name for the specified socket. The namelen argument should be initialized to indicate the amount of space pointed to by name. On return it contains th...

getsockopt(2) -- get and set options on sockets

The getsockopt() and setsockopt() system calls manipulate the options associated with a socket. Options may exist at multiple protocol levels; they are always present at the uppermost ``socket'' lev...

gettimeofday(2) -- get/set date and time

Note: timezone is no longer used; this information is kept outside the kernel. The system's notion of the current Greenwich time and the current time zone is obtained with the gettimeofday() system c...

getuid(2) -- get user identification

i386_get_ioperm(2) -- manage per-process access to the i386 I/O port space

The i386_get_ioperm() system call will return the permission for the process' I/O port space in the *enable argument. The port range starts at start and the number of contiguous entries will be retur...

i386_get_ldt(2) -- manage i386 per-process Local Descriptor Table entries

The i386_get_ldt() system call will return the list of i386 descriptors that the process has in its LDT. The i386_set_ldt() system call will set a list of i386 descriptors for the current process in i...

i386_set_ioperm(2) -- manage per-process access to the i386 I/O port space

i386_set_ldt(2) -- manage i386 per-process Local Descriptor Table entries

i386_vm86(2) -- control vm86-related functions

The i386_vm86() system call is used to call various vm86 related functions. The function argument can be one of the following values: VM86_INIT This will initialize the kernel's vm86 parameter area f...

intro(2) -- introduction to system calls and error numbers

This section provides an overview of the system calls, their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts.

ioctl(2) -- control device

The ioctl() system call manipulates the underlying device parameters of special files. In particular, many operating characteristics of character special files (e.g. terminals) may be controlled with ...

issetugid(2) -- is current process tainted by uid or gid changes

The issetugid() system call returns 1 if the process environment or memory address space is considered ``tainted'', and returns 0 otherwise. A process is tainted if it was created as a result of an ...

jail(2) -- imprison current process and future decendants

The jail() system call sets up a jail and locks the current process in it. The argument is a pointer to a structure describing the prison: struct jail { u_int32_t version; char *path; char *hostname; ...

jail_attach(2) -- imprison current process and future decendants

kenv(2) -- kernel environment

The kenv() system call manipulates kernel environment variables. It supports the well known userland actions of getting, setting and unsetting environment variables, as well as the ability to dump all...

kevent(2) -- kernel event notification mechanism

The kqueue() system call provides a generic method of notifying the user when an event happens or a condition holds, based on the results of small pieces of kernel code termed filters. A kevent is ide...

kill(2) -- send signal to a process

The kill() system call sends the signal given by sig to pid, a process or a group of processes. The sig argument may be one of the signals specified in sigaction(2) or it may be 0, in which case error...

killpg(2) -- send signal to a process group

The killpg() function sends the signal sig to the process group pgrp. See sigaction(2) for a list of signals. If pgrp is 0, killpg() sends the signal to the sending process's process group. The sendi...

kldfind(2) -- returns the fileid of a kld file

The kldfind() system call returns the fileid of the kld file referenced by file.

kldfirstmod(2) -- return first module id from the kld file specified

The kldfirstmod() system call returns the module id pertaining to the first module referenced by fileid.

kldload(2) -- load KLD files into the kernel

The kldload() system call loads a kld file into the kernel using the kernel linker.

kldnext(2) -- return the fileid of the next kld file

The kldnext() system call returns the fileid of the next kld file (that is, the one after fileid) or 0 if fileid is the last file loaded.

kldstat(2) -- get status of kld file

The kldstat() system call writes the info for the file referred to by fileid into stat. struct kld_file_stat { int version; /* set to sizeof(linker_file_stat) */ char name[MAXPATHLEN]; int refs; int i...

kldsym(2) -- look up address by symbol name in a KLD

The kldsym() system call returns the address of the symbol specified in data in the module specified by fileid. If fileid is 0, all loaded modules are searched. Currently, the only command implemented...

kldunload(2) -- unload kld files

The kldunload() system call unloads a kld file from the kernel that was previously linked via kldload(2).

kqueue(2) -- kernel event notification mechanism

kse(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

kse_create(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

kse_exit(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

kse_release(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

kse_thr_interrupt(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

kse_wakeup(2) -- kernel support for user threads

These system calls implement kernel support for multi-threaded processes. Overview [Toc] [Back] Traditionally, user threading has been implemented in one of two ways: either all threads are mana...

ktrace(2) -- process tracing

The ktrace() system call enables or disables tracing of one or more processes. Users may only trace their own processes. Only the super-user can trace setuid or setgid programs. The tracefile argument...

lchflags(2) -- set file flags

lchmod(2) -- change mode of file

lchown(2) -- change owner and group of a file

link(2) -- make a hard file link

The link() system call atomically creates the specified directory entry (hard link) name2 with the attributes of the underlying object pointed at by name1. If the link is successful: the link count of...

lio_listio(2) -- list directed I/O (REALTIME)

The lio_listio() function initiates a list of I/O requests with a single function call. The list argument is an array of pointers to aiocb structures describing each operation to perform, with nent el...

listen(2) -- listen for connections on a socket

To accept connections, a socket is first created with socket(2), a willingness to accept incoming connections and a queue limit for incoming connections are specified with listen(), and then the conne...

lseek(2) -- reposition read/write file offset

The lseek() system call repositions the offset of the file descriptor fildes to the argument offset according to the directive whence. The argument fildes must be an open file descriptor. The lseek() ...

lstat(2) -- get file status

lutimes(2) -- set file access and modification times

madvise(2) -- give advice about use of memory

The madvise() system call allows a process that has knowledge of its memory behavior to describe it to the system. The posix_madvise() interface is identical and is provided for standards conformance....

mincore(2) -- determine residency of memory pages

The mincore() system call determines whether each of the pages in the region beginning at addr and continuing for len bytes is resident. The status is returned in the vec array, one character per page...

minherit(2) -- control the inheritance of pages

The minherit() system call changes the specified pages to have the inheritance characteristic inherit. Not all implementations will guarantee that the inheritance characteristic can be set on a page b...

mkdir(2) -- make a directory file

The directory path is created with the access permissions specified by mode and restricted by the umask(2) of the calling process. The directory's owner ID is set to the process's effective user ID....

mkfifo(2) -- make a fifo file

The mkfifo() system call creates a new fifo file with name path. The access permissions are specified by mode and restricted by the umask(2) of the calling process. The fifo's owner ID is set to the ...

mknod(2) -- make a special file node

The file system node path is created with the file type and access permissions specified in mode. The access permissions are modified by the process's umask value. If mode indicates a block or charac...

mlock(2) -- lock (unlock) physical pages in memory

The mlock() system call locks into memory the physical pages associated with the virtual address range starting at addr for len bytes. The munlock() system call unlocks pages previously locked by one ...

mlockall(2) -- lock (unlock) the address space of a process

The mlockall system call locks into memory the physical pages associated with the address space of a process until the address space is unlocked, the process exits, or execs another program image. The...

mmap(2) -- allocate memory, or map files or devices into memory

The mmap() system call causes the pages starting at addr and continuing for at most len bytes to be mapped from the object described by fd, starting at byte offset offset. If len is not a multiple of ...

modfind(2) -- returns the modid of a kernel module

The modfind() system call returns the modid of the kernel module referenced by modname.

modfnext(2) -- return the modid of the next kernel module

The modnext() system call returns the modid of the next kernel module (that is, the one after modid) or 0 if modid is the last module in the list. If the modid value is 0, then modnext() will return t...

modnext(2) -- return the modid of the next kernel module

modstat(2) -- get status of kernel module

The modstat() system call writes the info for the kernel module referred to by modid into stat. struct module_stat { int version; /* set to sizeof(module_stat) */ char name[MAXPATHLEN]; int refs; int ...

mount(2) -- mount or dismount a file system

The mount() system call grafts a file system object onto the system file tree at the point dir. The argument data describes the file system object to be mounted. The argument type tells the kernel how...

mprotect(2) -- control the protection of pages

The mprotect() system call changes the specified pages to have protection prot. Not all implementations will guarantee protection on a page basis; the granularity of protection changes may be as large...

msync(2) -- synchronize a mapped region

The msync() system call writes any modified pages back to the file system and updates the file modification time. If len is 0, all modified pages within the region containing addr will be flushed; if ...

munlock(2) -- lock (unlock) physical pages in memory

munlockall(2) -- lock (unlock) the address space of a process

munmap(2) -- remove a mapping

The munmap() system call deletes the mappings for the specified address range, and causes further references to addresses within the range to generate invalid memory references.

nanosleep(2) -- suspend process execution for an interval measured in nanoseconds

The nanosleep() system call causes the process to sleep for the specified time. An unmasked signal will cause it to terminate the sleep early, regardless of the SA_RESTART value on the interrupting si...

nfssvc(2) -- NFS services

The nfssvc() system call is used by the NFS daemons to pass information into and out of the kernel and also to enter the kernel as a server daemon. The flags argument consists of several bits that sho...

ntp_adjtime(2) -- NTP daemon application interface

The ntp_adjtime() system call is used as a kernel interface for the Network Time Protocol daemon, ntpd(8). Certain fields of the timex structure are interpreted in either microseconds or nanoseconds, ...

ntp_gettime(2) -- NTP user application interface

The time returned by ntp_gettime() is in a timespec structure, but may be in either microsecond (seconds and microseconds) or nanosecond (seconds and nanoseconds) format. The particular format in use ...

open(2) -- open or create a file for reading or writing

The file name specified by path is opened for reading and/or writing as specified by the argument flags and the file descriptor returned to the calling process. The flags argument may indicate the fil...

pathconf(2) -- get configurable pathname variables

pipe(2) -- create descriptor pair for interprocess communication

The pipe() system call creates a pipe, which is an object allowing bidirectional data flow, and allocates a pair of file descriptors. By convention, the first descriptor is normally used as the read e...

poll(2) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing

The poll() system call examines a set of file descriptors to see if some of them are ready for I/O. The fds argument is a pointer to an array of pollfd structures as defined in (shown below)....

posix_madvise(2) -- give advice about use of memory

pread(2) -- read input

The read() system call attempts to read nbytes of data from the object referenced by the descriptor d into the buffer pointed to by buf. The readv() system call performs the same action, but scatters ...

profil(2) -- control process profiling

The profil() system call enables or disables program counter profiling of the current process. If profiling is enabled, then at every profiling clock tick, the kernel updates an appropriate count in t...

ptrace(2) -- process tracing and debugging

The ptrace() system call provides tracing and debugging facilities. It allows one process (the tracing process) to control another (the traced process). Most of the time, the traced process runs norma...

pwrite(2) -- write output

The write() system call attempts to write nbytes of data to the object referenced by the descriptor d from the buffer pointed to by buf. The writev() system call performs the same action, but gathers ...

quotactl(2) -- manipulate file system quotas

The quotactl() system call enables, disables and manipulates file system quotas. A quota control command given by cmd operates on the given filename path for the given user id. (NOTE: One should use t...

read(2) -- read input

readlink(2) -- read value of a symbolic link

The readlink() system call places the contents of the symbolic link path in the buffer buf, which has size bufsiz. The readlink() system call does not append a NUL character to buf.

readv(2) -- read input

reboot(2) -- reboot system or halt processor

The reboot() system call reboots the system. Only the super-user may reboot a machine on demand. However, a reboot is invoked automatically in the event of unrecoverable system failures. The howto arg...

recv(2) -- receive a message from a socket

The recvfrom() and recvmsg() system calls are used to receive messages from a socket, and may be used to receive data on a socket whether or not it is connection-oriented. If from is non-nil, and the ...

recvfrom(2) -- receive a message from a socket

recvmsg(2) -- receive a message from a socket

rename(2) -- change the name of a file

The rename() system call causes the link named from to be renamed as to. If to exists, it is first removed. Both from and to must be of the same type (that is, both directories or both non-directories...

revoke(2) -- revoke file access

The revoke() system call invalidates all current open file descriptors in the system for the file named by path. Subsequent operations on any such descriptors fail, with the exceptions that a read() f...

rfork(2) -- manipulate process resources

Forking, vforking or rforking are the only ways new processes are created. The flags argument to rfork() selects which resources of the invoking process (parent) are shared by the new process (child) ...

rmdir(2) -- remove a directory file

The rmdir() system call removes a directory file whose name is given by path. The directory must not have any entries other than `.' and `..'.

rtprio(2) -- examine or modify a process realtime or idle priority

The rtprio() system call is used to lookup or change the realtime or idle priority of a process. The function argument specifies the operation to be performed. RTP_LOOKUP to lookup the current priorit...

sbrk(2) -- change data segment size

sched_getparam(2) -- set/get scheduling parameters

The sched_setparam() system call sets the scheduling parameters of the process specified by pid to the values specified by the sched_param structure pointed to by param. The value of the sched_priorit...

sched_getscheduler(2) -- set/get scheduling policy and scheduler parameters

The sched_setscheduler() system call sets the scheduling policy and scheduling parameters of the process specified by pid to policy and the parameters specified in the sched_param structure pointed to...

sched_get_priority_max(2) -- get scheduling parameter limits

The sched_get_priority_max() and sched_get_priority_min() system calls return the appropriate maximum or minimum, respectively, for the scheduling policy specified by policy. The sched_rr_get_interval...

sched_get_priority_min(2) -- get scheduling parameter limits

sched_rr_get_interval(2) -- get scheduling parameter limits

sched_setparam(2) -- set/get scheduling parameters

sched_setscheduler(2) -- set/get scheduling policy and scheduler parameters

sched_yield(2) -- yield processor

The sched_yield() system call forces the running process to relinquish the processor until it again becomes the head of its process list. It takes no arguments.

select(2) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing

The select() system call examines the I/O descriptor sets whose addresses are passed in readfds, writefds, and exceptfds to see if some of their descriptors are ready for reading, are ready for writin...

semctl(2) -- control operations on a semaphore set

The semctl() system call performs the operation indicated by cmd on the semaphore set indicated by semid. A fourth argument, a union semun arg, is required for certain values of cmd. For the commands ...

semget(2) -- obtain a semaphore id

Based on the values of key and flag, semget() returns the identifier of a newly created or previously existing set of semaphores. The key is analogous to a filename: it provides a handle that names an...

semop(2) -- atomic array of operations on a semaphore set

The semop() system call atomically performs the array of operations indicated by array on the semaphore set indicated by semid. The length of array is indicated by nops. Each operation is encoded in a...

send(2) -- send a message from a socket

The send() function, and sendto() and sendmsg() system calls are used to transmit a message to another socket. The send() function may be used only when the socket is in a connected state, while sendt...

sendfile(2) -- send a file to a socket

The sendfile() system call sends a regular file specified by descriptor fd out a stream socket specified by descriptor s. The offset argument specifies where to begin in the file. The nbytes argument ...

sendmsg(2) -- send a message from a socket

sendto(2) -- send a message from a socket

setegid(2) -- set user and group ID

The setuid() system call sets the real and effective user IDs and the saved set-user-ID of the current process to the specified value. The setuid() system call is permitted if the specified ID is equa...

seteuid(2) -- set user and group ID

setgid(2) -- set user and group ID

setgroups(2) -- set group access list

The setgroups() system call sets the group access list of the current user process according to the array gidset. The ngroups argument indicates the number of entries in the array and must be no more ...

setitimer(2) -- get/set value of interval timer

The system provides each process with three interval timers, defined in . The getitimer() system call returns the current value for the timer specified in which in the structure at value. ...

setlogin(2) -- get/set login name

setpgid(2) -- set process group

The setpgid() system call sets the process group of the specified process pid to the specified pgrp. If pid is zero, then the call applies to the current process. If the invoker is not the super-user,...

setpgrp(2) -- set process group

setpriority(2) -- get/set program scheduling priority

setregid(2) -- set real and effective group ID

The real and effective group ID's of the current process are set to the arguments. If the real group ID is changed, the saved group ID is changed to the new value of the effective group ID. Unprivile...

setresgid(2) -- get or set real, effective and saved user or group ID

setresuid(2) -- get or set real, effective and saved user or group ID

setreuid(2) -- set real and effective user ID's

The real and effective user IDs of the current process are set according to the arguments. If ruid or euid is -1, the current uid is filled in by the system. Unprivileged users may change the real use...

setrlimit(2) -- control maximum system resource consumption

setsid(2) -- create session and set process group ID

The setsid() system call creates a new session. The calling process is the session leader of the new session, is the process group leader of a new process group and has no controlling terminal. The ca...

setsockopt(2) -- get and set options on sockets

settimeofday(2) -- get/set date and time

setuid(2) -- set user and group ID

shmat(2) -- attach or detach shared memory

The shmat() system call attaches the shared memory segment identified by shmid to the calling process's address space. The address where the segment is attached is determined as follows: +o If addr i...

shmctl(2) -- shared memory control

Performs the action specified by cmd on the shared memory segment identified by shmid: IPC_STAT Fetch the segment's struct shmid_ds, storing it in the memory pointed to by buf. IPC_SET Changes the sh...

shmdt(2) -- attach or detach shared memory

shmget(2) -- obtain a shared memory identifier

Based on the values of key and flag, shmget() returns the identifier of a newly created or previously existing shared memory segment. The key is analogous to a filename: it provides a handle that name...

shutdown(2) -- shut down part of a full-duplex connection

The shutdown() system call causes all or part of a full-duplex connection on the socket associated with the file descriptor s to be shut down. The how argument specifies the type of shutdown. Possible...

sigaction(2) -- software signal facilities

The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the cu...

sigaltstack(2) -- set and/or get signal stack context

The sigaltstack() system call allows users to define an alternate stack on which signals are to be processed. If ss is non-zero, it specifies a pointer to and the size of a signal stack on which to de...

sigblock(2) -- manipulate current signal mask

This interface is made obsolete by: sigprocmask(2). The sigsetmask() function sets the current signal mask to the specified mask. Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in mask is ...

sigmask(2) -- manipulate current signal mask

sigpause(2) -- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt

This interface is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). The sigpause() function assigns sigmask to the set of masked signals and then waits for a signal to arrive; on return the set of masked signals is res...

sigpending(2) -- get pending signals

The sigpending() system call returns a mask of the signals pending for delivery to the calling process in the location indicated by set. Signals may be pending because they are currently masked, or tr...

sigprocmask(2) -- manipulate current signal mask

The sigprocmask() system call examines and/or changes the current signal mask (those signals that are blocked from delivery). Signals are blocked if they are members of the current signal mask set. If...

sigreturn(2) -- return from signal

The sigreturn() system call allows users to atomically unmask, switch stacks, and return from a signal context. The processes signal mask and stack status are restored from the context structure point...

sigsetmask(2) -- manipulate current signal mask

sigstack(2) -- set and/or get signal stack context

The sigstack() function has been deprecated in favor of the interface described in sigaltstack(2).

sigsuspend(2) -- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt

The sigsuspend() system call temporarily changes the blocked signal mask to the set to which sigmask points, and then waits for a signal to arrive; on return the previous set of masked signals is rest...

sigvec(2) -- software signal facilities

This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2). The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: the signal is...

socket(2) -- create an endpoint for communication

The socket() system call creates an endpoint for communication and returns a descriptor. The domain argument specifies a communications domain within which communication will take place; this selects ...

socketpair(2) -- create a pair of connected sockets

The socketpair() system call creates an unnamed pair of connected sockets in the specified domain d, of the specified type, and using the optionally specified protocol. The descriptors used in referen...

stat(2) -- get file status

statfs(2) -- get file system statistics

swapoff(2) -- control devices for interleaved paging/swapping

The swapon() system call makes the block device special available to the system for allocation for paging and swapping. The names of potentially available devices are known to the system and defined a...

swapon(2) -- control devices for interleaved paging/swapping

symlink(2) -- make symbolic link to a file

A symbolic link name2 is created to name1 (name2 is the name of the file created, name1 is the string used in creating the symbolic link). Either name may be an arbitrary path name; the files need not...

sync(2) -- schedule file system updates

The sync() system call forces a write of dirty (modified) buffers in the block buffer cache out to disk. The kernel keeps this information in core to reduce the number of disk I/O transfers required b...

sysarch(2) -- architecture-dependent system call

The sysarch() system call performs the architecture-dependent function specified by number with the arguments specified by the args pointer. The args argument is a pointer to a structure defining the ...

syscall(2) -- indirect system call

The syscall() function performs the system call whose assembly language interface has the specified number with the specified arguments. Symbolic constants for system calls can be found in the header ...

truncate(2) -- truncate or extend a file to a specified length

umask(2) -- set file creation mode mask

The umask() routine sets the process's file mode creation mask to numask and returns the previous value of the mask. The 9 low-order access permission bits of numask are used by system calls, includi...

undelete(2) -- attempt to recover a deleted file

The undelete() system call attempts to recover the deleted file named by path. Currently, this works only when the named object is a whiteout in a union file system. The system call removes the whiteo...

unlink(2) -- remove directory entry

The unlink() system call removes the link named by path from its directory and decrements the link count of the file which was referenced by the link. If that decrement reduces the link count of the f...

unmount(2) -- mount or dismount a file system

utimes(2) -- set file access and modification times

utrace(2) -- insert user record in ktrace log

Adds a record to the process trace with information supplied by user. The record contains len bytes from memory pointed to by addr. This call only has an effect if the calling process is being traced.

uuidgen(2) -- generate universally unique identifiers

The uuidgen() system call generates count universally unique identifiers (UUIDs) and writes them to the buffer pointed to by store. The identifiers are generated according to the syntax and semantics ...

vfork(2) -- spawn new process in a virtual memory efficient way

The vfork() system call can be used to create new processes without fully copying the address space of the old process, which is horrendously inefficient in a paged environment. It is useful when the ...

wait(2) -- wait for process termination

The wait() function suspends execution of its calling process until status information is available for a terminated child process, or a signal is received. On return from a successful wait() call, th...

wait3(2) -- wait for process termination

wait4(2) -- wait for process termination

waitpid(2) -- wait for process termination

write(2) -- write output

writev(2) -- write output

_exit(2) -- terminate the calling process

The _exit() system call terminates a process with the following consequences: +o All of the descriptors open in the calling process are closed. This may entail delays, for example, waiting for output ...

__syscall(2) -- indirect system call

abort(3) -- cause abnormal program termination

The abort() function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal SIGABRT is being caught and the signal handler does not return. Any open streams are flushed and closed.

abs(3) -- integer absolute value function

The abs() function computes the absolute value of the integer j.

acl(3) -- introduction to the POSIX.1e ACL security API

FreeBSD permits file systems to export Access Control Lists via the VFS, and provides a library for userland access to and manipulation of these ACLs. Not all file systems provide support for ACLs, an...

acl_add_perm(3) -- add permissions to a permission set

The acl_add_perm() function is a POSIX.1e call that adds the permission contained in perm to the permission set permset_d. Note: it is not considered an error to attempt to add permissions that alread...

acl_calc_mask(3) -- calculate and set ACL mask permissions

The acl_calc_mask() function is a POSIX.1e call that calculates and set the permissions associated with the ACL_MASK ACL entry of the ACL referred to by acl_p. The value of new permissions are the uni...

acl_clear_perms(3) -- clear permissions from a permission set

The acl_clear_perms() function is a POSIX.1e call that clears all permissions from permissions set permset_d.

acl_copy_entry(3) -- copy an ACL entry to another ACL entry

The acl_copy_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that copies the contents of ACL entry src_d to ACL entry dest_d.

acl_create_entry(3) -- create a new ACL entry

The acl_create_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that creates a new ACL entry in the ACL pointed to by acl_p.

acl_delete(3) -- delete an ACL from a file

The acl_delete_def_file(), acl_delete_def_link_np(), acl_delete_fd_np(), acl_delete_file_np(), and acl_delete_link_np() each allow the deletion of an ACL from a file. The acl_delete_def_file() functio...

acl_delete_def_file(3) -- delete an ACL from a file

acl_delete_entry(3) -- delete an ACL entry from an ACL

The acl_delete_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that removes the ACL entry entry_d from ACL acl.

acl_delete_fd_np(3) -- delete an ACL from a file

acl_delete_file_np(3) -- delete an ACL from a file

acl_delete_perm(3) -- delete permissions from a permission set

The acl_delete_perm() function is a POSIX.1e call that removes specific permissions from permissions set perm.

acl_dup(3) -- duplicate an ACL

The acl_dup() function returns a pointer to a copy of the ACL pointed to by the argument acl. This function may cause memory to be allocated. The caller should free any releasable memory, when the new...

acl_free(3) -- free ACL working state

The acl_free() call allows the freeing of ACL working space, such as is allocated by acl_dup(3), or acl_from_text(3).

acl_from_text(3) -- create an ACL from text

The acl_from_text() function converts the text form of an ACL referred to by buf_p into the internal working structure for ACLs, appropriate for applying to files or manipulating. This function may ca...

acl_get(3) -- get an ACL for a file

The acl_get_fd(), acl_get_file(), acl_get_link_np(), and acl_get_fd_np() each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. The acl_get_fd() is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type...

acl_get_entry(3) -- retrieve an ACL entry from an ACL

The acl_get_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that retrieves a descriptor for an ACL entry specified by the argument entry_d within the ACL indicated by the argument acl. If the value of entry_id is...

acl_get_fd(3) -- get an ACL for a file

acl_get_fd_np(3) -- get an ACL for a file

acl_get_file(3) -- get an ACL for a file

acl_get_permset(3) -- retrieve permission set from an ACL entry

The acl_get_permset() function is a POSIX.1e call that returns via permset_p a descriptor to the permission set in the ACL entry entry_d. Subsequent operations using the returned permission set operat...

acl_get_perm_np(3) -- check if a permission is set in a permission set

The acl_get_perm_np() function is a non-portable function that checks if a permission is set in a permission set.

acl_get_qualifier(3) -- retrieve the qualifier from an ACL entry

The acl_get_qualifier() function is a POSIX.1e call that retrieves the qualifier of the tag for the ACL entry indicated by the argument entry_d into working storage and returns a pointer to that stora...

acl_get_tag_type(3) -- retrieve the tag type from an ACL entry

The acl_get_tag_type() function is a POSIX.1e call that returns the tag type for the ACL entry entry_d. Upon successful completion, the location referred to by the argument tag_type_p will be set to t...

acl_init(3) -- initialize ACL working storage

The acl_init() function allocates and initializes the working storage for an ACL of at least count ACL entries. A pointer to the working storage is returned. The working storage allocated to contain t...

acl_set(3) -- set an ACL for a file

The acl_set_fd(), acl_set_fd_np(), acl_set_file(), and acl_set_link_np() each associate an ACL with an object referred to by fd or path_p. The acl_set_fd_np() and acl_set_link_np() functions are not P...

acl_set_fd(3) -- set an ACL for a file

acl_set_fd_np(3) -- set an ACL for a file

acl_set_file(3) -- set an ACL for a file

acl_set_permset(3) -- set the permissions of an ACL entry

The acl_set_permset() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the permissions of ACL entry entry_d with the permissions contained in permset_d.

acl_set_qualifier(3) -- set ACL tag qualifier

The acl_set_qualifier() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the qualifier of the tag for the ACl entry entry_d to the value referred to by tag_qualifier_p.

acl_set_tag_type(3) -- set the tag type of an ACL entry

The acl_set_tag_type() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the ACL tag type of ACL entry entry_d to the value of tag_type.

acl_to_text(3) -- convert an ACL to text

The acl_to_text() function translates the ACL pointed to by argument acl into a NULL terminated character string. If the pointer len_p is not NULL, then the function shall return the length of the str...

acl_valid(3) -- validate an ACL

These functions check that the ACL referred to by the argument acl is valid. The POSIX.1e routine, acl_valid(), checks this validity only with POSIX.1e ACL semantics, and irrespective of the context i...

acl_valid_fd_np(3) -- validate an ACL

acl_valid_file_np(3) -- validate an ACL

acos(3) -- arc cosine functions

The acos() and the acosf() functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see m...

acosf(3) -- arc cosine functions

acosh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions

The acosh() and the acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

acoshf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions

The acosh() and the acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...

addchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...

addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

addnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...

addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...

addr2ascii(3) -- Generic address formatting routines

The routines addr2ascii() and ascii2addr() are used to convert network addresses between binary form and a printable form appropriate to the address family. Both functions take an af argument, specify...

addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

alarm(3) -- set signal timer alarm

This interface is made obsolete by setitimer(2). The alarm() function sets a timer to deliver the signal SIGALRM to the calling process after the specified number of seconds. If an alarm has already b...

alloca(3) -- memory allocator

The alloca() function allocates size bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller. This temporary space is automatically freed on return.

alphasort(3) -- scan a directory

The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct...

arc4random(3) -- arc4 random number generator

The arc4random() function uses the key stream generator employed by the arc4 cipher, which uses 8*8 8 bit S-Boxes. The S-Boxes can be in about (2**1700) states. The arc4random() function returns pseud...

arc4random_addrandom(3) -- arc4 random number generator

arc4random_stir(3) -- arc4 random number generator

ascftime(3) -- convert date and time to string

The cftime() and ascftime() functions are made obsolete by strftime(3). Use of the functions cftime() and ascftime() is strongly deprecated, since there is no way to check for a buffer overflow condit...

ascii2addr(3) -- Generic address formatting routines

asctime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...

asctime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values

asin(3) -- arc sine functions

The asin() and the asinf() functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see mat...

asinf(3) -- arc sine functions

asinh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions

The asinh() and the asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

asinhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions

The asinh() and the asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

asn1(3) -- ASN.1 library for SNMP

The ASN.1 library contains routines to handle ASN.1 encoding for SNMP. It supports only the restricted form of ASN.1 as required by SNMP. There are two basic structures used throughout the library: /*...

asprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...

assert(3) -- expression verification macro

The assert() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, the calling process is terminated. A diagnostic message is written to stderr and the function abort(3) is called, effectively terminat...

assertions(3) -- assertion system

The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...

assertion_type_to_text(3) -- assertion system

assume_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors

The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ...

atan(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable

The atan() and the atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

atan2(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables

The atan2() and the atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value.

atan2f(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables

The atan2() and the atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value.

atanf(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable

The atan() and the atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

atanh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions

The atanh() and the atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

atanhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions

The atanh() and the atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

atexit(3) -- register a function to be called on exit

The atexit() function registers the given function to be called at program exit, whether via exit(3) or via return from the program's main(). Functions so registered are called in reverse order; no a...

atof(3) -- convert ASCII string to double

The atof() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. It is equivalent to: strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL); The decimal point character is defined in ...

atoi(3) -- convert ASCII string to integer

The atoi() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to int representation. It is equivalent to: (int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);

atol(3) -- convert ASCII string to long or long long integer

The atol() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); The atoll() function converts th...

atoll(3) -- convert ASCII string to long or long long integer

attroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...

attron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

attrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

attr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

attr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

attr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

attr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

auth(3) -- functions for reading values from /etc/auth.conf

The function auth_getval() returns the value associated with the field called name or NULL if no such field is found or the auth file cannot be opened.

authnone_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication

These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...

authsys_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication

authsys_create_default(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication

authunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...

authunix_create_default(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

auth_cat(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database

This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).

auth_checknologin(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database

This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).

auth_destroy(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication

auth_getval(3) -- functions for reading values from /etc/auth.conf

The function auth_getval() returns the value associated with the field called name or NULL if no such field is found or the auth file cannot be opened.

auth_hostok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions

This set of functions checks to see if login is allowed based on login class capability entries in the login database, login.conf(5). The auth_ttyok() function checks to see if the named tty is availa...

auth_timeok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions

auth_ttyok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions

basename(3) -- extract the base portion of a pathname

The basename() function returns the last component from the pathname pointed to by path, deleting any trailing `/' characters. If path consists entirely of `/' characters, a pointer to the string "...

baudrate(3) -- curses environment query routines

The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...

bcmp(3) -- compare byte string

The bcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2, returning zero if they are identical, non-zero otherwise. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. Zero-length strings are alw...

bcopy(3) -- copy byte string

The bcopy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap. If len is zero, no bytes are copied.

beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines

The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas...

bindresvport(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port

The bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() functions are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. If sin is a pointer to a struct sockaddr_in...

bindresvport_sa(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port

bitncmp(3) -- compare bit masks

The function bitncmp() compares the ``n'' most-significant bits of the two masks pointed to by ``l'' and ``r'', and returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than 0, according to whethe...

bitstring(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...

bitstr_size(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_alloc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_clear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_decl(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_ffc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_ffs(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_nclear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_nset(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_set(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bit_test(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros

bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...

bkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

bluetooth(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...

border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...

bottom_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...

box(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

bread(3) -- read and write blocks of a UFS filesystem

The bread() and bwrite() functions provide a block read and write API for libufs(3) consumers. They operate on a userland UFS disk structure, and perform the read and write at a given block address, w...

bsde_delete_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management

The bsde_get_rule() function fills in *rule with the rule numbered rulenum. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including the terminating NUL). The...

bsde_get_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management

bsde_get_rule_count(3) -- file system firewall statistics

The bsde_get_rule_count() and bsde_get_rule_slots() functions return the total number of enforced rules and the total number of used rule slots, respectively. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in ...

bsde_get_rule_slots(3) -- file system firewall statistics

bsde_parse_rule(3) -- parse file system firewall rules

The bsde_parse_rule() function parses an argument vector (e.g. argv as passed to main()) into rule. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including t...

bsde_parse_rule_string(3) -- parse file system firewall rules

bsde_rule_to_string(3) -- convert a ugidfw rule into its text representation

The bsde_rule_to_string() function converts a rule in its internal representation (struct mac_bsdextended_rule) into its text representation, and writes up to buflen bytes of it to buf (including the ...

bsde_set_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management

bsearch(3) -- binary search of a sorted table

The bsearch() function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by base, for a member that matches the object pointed to by key. The size of each member of the arr...

bsnmpagent(3) -- SNMP agent library

The SNMP library contains routines to easily build SNMP agent applications that use SNMP versions 1 or 2. Note, however, that it may be even easier to build an snmpd(1) loadable module, that handles t...

bsnmpclient(3) -- SNMP client library

The SNMP library contains routines to easily build SNMP client applications that use SNMP versions 1 or 2. Most of the routines use a struct snmp_client: struct snmp_client { enum snmp_version version...

bsnmplib(3) -- SNMP decoding and encoding library

The SNMP library contains routines to handle SNMP version 1 and 2 PDUs. There are two basic structures used throughout the library: struct snmp_value { struct asn_oid var; enum snmp_syntax syntax; uni...

bstring(3) -- byte string operations

These functions operate on variable length strings of bytes. They do not check for terminating null bytes as the routines listed in string(3) do. See the specific manual pages for more information.

btowc(3) -- convert between wide and single-byte characters

The btowc() function converts a single-byte character into a corresponding wide character. If the character is EOF or not valid in the initial shift state, btowc() returns WEOF. The wctob() function c...

btree(3) -- btree database access method

The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is btree files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual p...

bt_aton(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_endhostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_endprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_gethostbyaddr(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_gethostbyname(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_gethostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_getprotobyname(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_getprotobynumber(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_getprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_ntoa(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_sethostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

bt_setprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines

buff_decode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...

buff_decode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

buff_encode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

buildmatch(3) -- device statistics utility library

The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...

bwrite(3) -- read and write blocks of a UFS filesystem

byteorder(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order

These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...

bzero(3) -- write zeroes to a byte string

The bzero() function writes len zero bytes to the string b. If len is zero, bzero() does nothing.

cabs(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions

The hypot(), hypotf(), cabs() and cabsf() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v)...

cabsf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions

calendar(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...

calloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...

callrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

cam(3) -- CAM user library

The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...

cam_cdbparse(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

cam_close_device(3) -- CAM user library

cam_close_spec_device(3) -- CAM user library

cam_device_copy(3) -- CAM user library

cam_device_dup(3) -- CAM user library

cam_freeccb(3) -- CAM user library

cam_getccb(3) -- CAM user library

cam_get_device(3) -- CAM user library

cam_open_btl(3) -- CAM user library

cam_open_device(3) -- CAM user library

cam_open_pass(3) -- CAM user library

cam_open_spec_device(3) -- CAM user library

cam_path_string(3) -- CAM user library

cam_send_ccb(3) -- CAM user library

can_change_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...

catclose(3) -- close message catalog

The catclose() function closes the message catalog specified by the argument catd.

catgets(3) -- retrieve string from message catalog

The catgets() function attempts to retrieve message msg_id of set set_id from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor catd. The argument s points to a default message which is returned if the...

catopen(3) -- open message catalog

The catopen() function opens the message catalog specified by name and returns a message catalog descriptor. If name contains a `/' then name specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, othe...

cbreak(3) -- curses input options

Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...

cbrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions

The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.

cbrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions

The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.

ceil(3) -- smallest integral value greater than or equal to x

The ceil() and the ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.

ceilf(3) -- smallest integral value greater than or equal to x

The ceil() and the ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.

cfgetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...

cfgetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

cfmakeraw(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

cfree(3) -- free up allocated memory

The cfree function considered obsolete. The cfree function is a synonym for free(3).

cfsetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

cfsetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

cfsetspeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

cftime(3) -- convert date and time to string

cgetcap(3) -- capability database access routines

The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...

cgetclose(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetent(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetfirst(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetmatch(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetnext(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetnum(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetset(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetstr(3) -- capability database access routines

cgetustr(3) -- capability database access routines

cgread(3) -- read cylinder groups of UFS disks

The cgread() and cgread1() functions provide cylinder group reads for libufs(3) consumers. The cgread1() function reads from one cylinder group, specified by c into the d_cg field of a userland UFS di...

cgread1(3) -- read cylinder groups of UFS disks

checkversion(3) -- device statistics utility library

check_utility_compat(3) -- determine whether a utility should be compatible

The check_utility_compat() function checks whether utility should behave in a traditional (FreeBSD 4.7-compatible) manner, or in accordance with IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (``POSIX.1''). The configuration...

chgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...

clearerr(3) -- check and reset stream status

The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...

clearerr_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status

clearok(3) -- curses output options

These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....

clntraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clnttcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clntudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clntudp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clntunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clnt_broadcast(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

clnt_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls

RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...

clnt_control(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...

clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_create_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_create_vers(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_create_vers_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_destroy(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_dg_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_freeres(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_geterr(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_pcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_perrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_perror(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_raw_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_spcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_sperrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_sperror(3) -- library routines for client side calls

clnt_tli_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_tp_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_tp_create_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clnt_vc_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

clock(3) -- determine processor time used

The clock() function determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the calling process, measured in CLOCKS_PER_SECs of a second.

closedir(3) -- directory operations

The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...

closelog(3) -- control system log

The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...

clrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

clrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

color_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

COLOR_PAIR(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

color_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

compute_etime(3) -- device statistics utility library

compute_stats(3) -- device statistics utility library

com_err(3) -- common error display routine

Com_err displays an error message on the standard error stream stderr (see stdio(3S)) composed of the whoami string, which should specify the program name or some subportion of a program, followed by ...

confstr(3) -- get string-valued configurable variables

This interface is specified by IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (``POSIX.1''). A more flexible (but non-portable) interface is provided by sysctl(3). The confstr() function provides a method for applications to...

copysign(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...

copysignf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

copywin(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows

The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov...

cos(3) -- cosine functions

The cos() and the cosf() functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundof...

cosf(3) -- cosine functions

cosh(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions

The cosh() and the coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x.

coshf(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions

The cosh() and the coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x.

crypt(3) -- Trapdoor encryption

The crypt() function performs password hashing with additional code added to deter key search attempts. Different algorithms can be used to in the hash. Currently these include the NBS Data Encryption...

crypt_get_format(3) -- Trapdoor encryption

crypt_set_format(3) -- Trapdoor encryption

csio_build(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

csio_build_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

csio_decode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

csio_decode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

csio_encode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

csio_encode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines

ctermid(3) -- generate terminal pathname

The ctermid() function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to the current controlling terminal of the calling process. If buf is the NULL pointer, a pointer to a static area is r...

ctermid_r(3) -- generate terminal pathname

ctime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

ctime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values

ctype(3) -- character classification macros

The above functions perform character tests and conversions on the integer c. They are available as macros, defined in the include file , or as true functions in the C library. See the specif...

current_field(3) -- set and get form page number

The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...

current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...

curses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package

The ncurses library routines give the user a terminal-independent method of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approv...

curses_version(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions

These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999...

curs_addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

curs_addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

curs_addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

curs_attr(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

curs_beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines

curs_bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

curs_border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

curs_clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

curs_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

curs_delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window

These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...

curs_deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...

curs_extend(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions

curs_getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...

curs_getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...

curs_getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates

The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...

curs_inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window

These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...

curs_inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...

curs_initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...

curs_inopts(3) -- curses input options

curs_insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window

These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...

curs_insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...

curs_instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...

curs_kernel(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...

curs_mouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses

These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...

curs_move(3) -- move curses window cursor

These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela...

curs_outopts(3) -- curses output options

curs_overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows

curs_pad(3) -- create and display curses pads

The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...

curs_print(3) -- ship binary data to printer

This function uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. Note that the mcprint code has no way to do flow control with th...

curs_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...

curs_refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...

curs_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...

curs_scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window

The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys...

curs_scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file

The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...

curs_set(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

curs_slk(3) -- curses soft label routines

The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...

curs_termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines

curs_termcap(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...

curs_terminfo(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...

curs_touch(3) -- curses refresh control routines

The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...

curs_trace(3) -- curses debugging routines

The trace routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries, as well as applications which use the ncurses libraries. These functions are normally available only with the debugging library libncur...

curs_util(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...

curs_window(3) -- create curses windows

Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...

cuserid(3) -- get user name associated with effective UID

The cuserid() function is made obsolete by getpwuid(3). The function cuserid() gets the user name associated with the effective UID of the current process. If the argument s is non-NULL, the name is c...

daemon(3) -- run in the background

The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes ...

data_ahead(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms

The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ...

data_behind(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms

db(3) -- database access methods

The dbopen() function is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree s...

dbm(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_clearerr(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_close(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_delete(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_dirnfo(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_error(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_fetch(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_firstkey(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_nextkey(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_open(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbm_store(3) -- database access functions

Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...

dbopen(3) -- database access methods

default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors

define_key(3) -- define a keycode

This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to define keycodes with their corresponding control strings, so that the ncurses library will interpret them just as it would the ...

def_prog_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

def_shell_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

delay_output(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window

deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

delscreen(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

delwin(3) -- create curses windows

del_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

del_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

derwin(3) -- create curses windows

des_crypt(3) -- fast DES encryption

The ecb_crypt() and cbc_crypt() functions implement the NBS DES (Data Encryption Standard). These routines are faster and more general purpose than crypt(3). They also are able to utilize DES hardware...

devinfo(3) -- device and resource information utility library

The devinfo library provides access to the kernel's internal device hierarchy and to the I/O resource manager. The library uses a sysctl(3) interface to obtain a snapshot of the kernel's state, whic...

devname(3) -- get device name

The devname() function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character device in /dev with a device number of dev, and a file type matching the one encoded in type which must be one of S_IFBLK...

devstat(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_buildmatch(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_checkversion(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_compute_etime(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_compute_statistics(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_getdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_getgeneration(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_getnumdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_getversion(3) -- device statistics utility library

devstat_selectdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...

dialog_checklist(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_clear(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_clear_norefresh(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_create_rc(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_fselect(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_ftree(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_gauge(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_inputbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_menu(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_mesgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_msgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_notify(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_noyes(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_prgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_radiolist(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_textbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_tree(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_update(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dialog_yesno(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

difftime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

digittoint(3) -- convert a numeric character to its integer value

The digittoint() function converts a numeric character to its corresponding integer value. The character can be any decimal digit or hexadecimal digit. With hexadecimal characters, the case of the val...

directory(3) -- directory operations

dirfd(3) -- directory operations

dirname(3) -- extract the directory part of a pathname

The dirname() function is the converse of basename(3); it returns a pointer to the parent directory of the pathname pointed to by path. Any trailing `/' characters are not counted as part of the dire...

div(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division

The div() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named div_t that contains two int members named quot and rem.

dladdr(3) -- find the shared object containing a given address

The dladdr() function queries the dynamic linker for information about the shared object containing the address addr. The information is returned in the structure specified by info. The structure cont...

dlclose(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker

These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...

dlerror(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker

dlfunc(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker

dlinfo(3) -- information about dynamically loaded object

The dlinfo() function provides information about dynamically loaded object. The action taken by dlinfo() and exact meaning and type of p argument depend on value of the request argument provided by ca...

dllockinit(3) -- register thread locking methods with the dynamic linker

Due to enhancements in the dynamic linker, this interface is no longer needed. It is deprecated and will be removed from future releases. In current releases it still exists, but only as a stub which ...

dlopen(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker

dlsym(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker

dn_comp(3) -- resolver routines

These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...

dn_expand(3) -- resolver routines

dn_skipname(3) -- resolver routines

doupdate(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

drand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...

draw_box(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

draw_shadow(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

dupwin(3) -- create curses windows

dup_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields

The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...

dynamic_fieldinfo(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu...

easterg(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

easterog(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

easteroj(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

echo(3) -- curses input options

echochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

edata(3) -- end boundaries of image segments

The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme...

editline(3) -- line editor and history functions

The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...

el_deletestr(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_end(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_get(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_getc(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_gets(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_init(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_insertstr(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_line(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_parse(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_push(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_reset(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_resize(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_set(3) -- line editor and history functions

el_source(3) -- line editor and history functions

end(3) -- end boundaries of image segments

endfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

endgrent(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

endhostent(3) -- get network host entry

The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...

endnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry

The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...

endnetent(3) -- get network entry

The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...

endnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations

These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain...

endnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component

The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro...

endprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry

The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...

endpwent(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

endrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry

The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...

endservent(3) -- get service entry

The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...

endttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry

The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...

endusershell(3) -- get valid user shells

The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers...

endvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...

endwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

end_dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

ENSURE(3) -- assertion system

ENSURE_ERR(3) -- assertion system

erand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

erase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

erasechar(3) -- curses environment query routines

erf(3) -- error function operators

These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() and the erff() functions calculate the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() and ...

erfc(3) -- error function operators

erfcf(3) -- error function operators

erff(3) -- error function operators

err(3) -- formatted error messages

The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...

errc(3) -- formatted error messages

errx(3) -- formatted error messages

err_set_exit(3) -- formatted error messages

err_set_file(3) -- formatted error messages

etext(3) -- end boundaries of image segments

ethers(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

ether_aton(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

ether_hostton(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

ether_line(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

ether_ntoa(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

ether_ntohost(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines

These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...

evAddTime(3) -- event handling library

This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...

evCancelConn(3) -- event handling library

evCancelRW(3) -- event handling library

evClearIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library

evClearTimer(3) -- event handling library

evCmpTime(3) -- event handling library

evConnect(3) -- event handling library

evConnFunc(3) -- event handling library

evConsIovec(3) -- event handling library

evConsTime(3) -- event handling library

evCreate(3) -- event handling library

evDefer(3) -- event handling library

evDeselectFD(3) -- event handling library

evDestroy(3) -- event handling library

evDispatch(3) -- event handling library

evDo(3) -- event handling library

evDrop(3) -- event handling library

eventlib(3) -- event handling library

evFileFunc(3) -- event handling library

evGetNext(3) -- event handling library

evHold(3) -- event handling library

evInitID(3) -- event handling library

evLastEventTime(3) -- event handling library

evListen(3) -- event handling library

evMainLoop(3) -- event handling library

evNowTime(3) -- event handling library

evPrintf(3) -- event handling library

evRead(3) -- event handling library

evResetTimer(3) -- event handling library

evSelectFD(3) -- event handling library

evSetDebug(3) -- event handling library

evSetIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library

evSetTimer(3) -- event handling library

evStreamFunc(3) -- event handling library

evSubTime(3) -- event handling library

evTestID(3) -- event handling library

evTimerFunc(3) -- event handling library

evTimeRW(3) -- event handling library

evTimeSpec(3) -- event handling library

evTimeVal(3) -- event handling library

evTouchIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library

evTryAccept(3) -- event handling library

evUnhold(3) -- event handling library

evUntimeRW(3) -- event handling library

evUnwait(3) -- event handling library

evWaitFor(3) -- event handling library

evWaitFunc(3) -- event handling library

evWrite(3) -- event handling library

exec(3) -- execute a file

The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...

execl(3) -- execute a file

execle(3) -- execute a file

execlp(3) -- execute a file

exect(3) -- execute a file

execv(3) -- execute a file

execvp(3) -- execute a file

exit(3) -- perform normal program termination

The exit() and _Exit() functions terminate a process. Before termination, exit() performs the following functions in the order listed: 1. Call the functions registered with the atexit(3) function, in ...

exp(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...

exp10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

exp10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

expf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

expm1(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

expm1f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

extattr(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa

The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ...

extattr_namespace_to_string(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa

extattr_string_to_namespace(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa

fabs(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions

The fabs(), the fabsf() and the fabsl() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.

fabsf(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions

The fabs(), the fabsf() and the fabsl() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.

fclose(3) -- close a stream

The fclose() function dissociates the named stream from its underlying file or set of functions. If the stream was being used for output, any buffered data is written first, using fflush(3).

fdopen(3) -- stream open functions

The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add...

feof(3) -- check and reset stream status

feof_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status

ferror(3) -- check and reset stream status

ferror_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status

fetch(3) -- file transfer functions

These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...

fetchFreeURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchGet(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchGetFile(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchGetFTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchGetHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchGetURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchList(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchListFile(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchListFTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchListHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchListURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchMakeURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchParseURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchPut(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchPutFile(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchPutFTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchPutHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchPutURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchStat(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchStatFile(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchStatFTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchStatHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchStatURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchXGet(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchXGetFile(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchXGetFTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchXGetHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions

fetchXGetURL(3) -- file transfer functions

fflagstostr(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names

The fflagstostr() function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by flags. If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. If memory cannot be allocated for the return v...

fflush(3) -- flush a stream

The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ...

ffs(3) -- find first bit set in a bit string

The ffs() function finds the first bit set in value and returns the index of that bit. Bits are numbered starting from 1, starting at the rightmost bit. A return value of 0 means that the argument was...

fgetc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...

fgetln(3) -- get a line from a stream

The fgetln() function returns a pointer to the next line from the stream referenced by stream. This line is not a C string as it does not end with a terminating NUL character. The length of the line, ...

fgetpos(3) -- reposition a stream

The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...

fgetrune(3) -- rune support for C

The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...

fgets(3) -- get a line from a stream

The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at...

fgetwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream

The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts...

fgetws(3) -- get a line of wide characters from a stream

The fgetws() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n from the given fp and stores them in the wide character string ws. Reading stops when a newline character is f...

field_arg(3) -- data type validation for fields

The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ...

field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...

field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control

The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...

field_count(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms

The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...

field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

field_index(3) -- set and get form page number

field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...

field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF...

field_opts(3) -- set and get field options

The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...

field_opts_off(3) -- set and get field options

field_opts_on(3) -- set and get field options

field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

field_status(3) -- field buffer control

field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields

field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field

Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

fileno(3) -- check and reset stream status

fileno_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status

filter(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

finite(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

finitef(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

flash(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines

flockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions

These functions provide explicit application-level locking of stdio streams. They can be used to avoid output from multiple threads being interspersed, input being dispersed among multiple readers, an...

floor(3) -- largest integral value less than or equal to x

The floor() and the floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.

floorf(3) -- largest integral value less than or equal to x

The floor() and the floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.

flushinp(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

fmod(3) -- floating-point remainder functions

The fmod() and the fmodf() functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/ y.

fmodf(3) -- floating-point remainder functions

The fmod() and the fmodf() functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/ y.

fmtcheck(3) -- sanitizes user-supplied printf(3)-style format string

The fmtcheck() scans fmt_suspect and fmt_default to determine if fmt_suspect will consume the same argument types as fmt_default and to ensure that fmt_suspect is a valid format string. The printf(3) ...

fmtmsg(3) -- display a detailed diagnostic message

The fmtmsg() function displays a detailed diagnostic message, based on the supplied arguments, to stderr and/or the system console. The classification argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or o...

fnmatch(3) -- test whether a filename or pathname matches a shell-style pattern

The fnmatch() function matches patterns according to the rules used by the shell. It checks the string specified by the string argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the pattern argume...

fopen(3) -- stream open functions

forkpty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal

The function openpty() attempts to obtain the next available pseudo-terminal from the system (see pty(4)). If it successfully finds one, it subsequently tries to change the ownership of the slave devi...

form(3) -- curses extension for programming forms

The form library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing form screens on character-cell terminals. The library includes: field routines, which create and modify form fields; and form ro...

form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor

The function pos_form_cursor restores the cursor to the position required for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-paint...

form_data(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms

form_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the form system

Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through form_driver. This routine has two major input cases; either the input is a form navigation request or it's a prin...

form_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms

form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms

form_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types

The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to...

form_field_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

form_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control

form_field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

form_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

form_field_new(3) -- create and destroy form fields

form_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options

form_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field

Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

form_field_validation(3) -- data type validation for fields

form_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

form_new(3) -- create and destroy forms

The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag...

form_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions

The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin...

form_opts(3) -- set and get form options

The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...

form_opts_off(3) -- set and get form options

form_opts_on(3) -- set and get form options

form_page(3) -- set and get form page number

form_post(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows

The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...

form_requestname(3) -- handle printable form request names

The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...

form_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable form request names

form_request_name(3) -- handle printable form request names

form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations

Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...

form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item

Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field.

form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations

fparseln(3) -- return the next logical line from a stream

The fparseln() function returns a pointer to the next logical line from the stream referenced by stream. This string is NUL terminated and it is dynamically allocated on each invocation. It is the res...

fpclassify(3) -- classify a floating-point number

The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...

fpgetmask(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...

fpgetprec(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpgetround(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpgetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpresetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

fpsetmask(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpsetprec(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpsetround(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpsetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface

fpurge(3) -- flush a stream

fputc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...

fputrune(3) -- rune support for C

fputs(3) -- output a line to a stream

The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout.

fputwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream

The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putwc() function acts essentially identically to fputwc(). The putwchar() function is identical to put...

fputws(3) -- output a line of wide characters to a stream

The fputws() function writes the wide character string pointed to by ws to the stream pointed to by fp.

fread(3) -- binary stream input/output

The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b...

free(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

freeaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation

The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne...

freehostent(3) -- nodename-to-address and

The getipnodebyname() and getipnodebyaddr() functions are very similar to gethostbyname(3), gethostbyname2(3) and gethostbyaddr(3). The functions cover all the functionalities provided by the older on...

freeifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses

The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th...

freeifmaddrs(3) -- get multicast group memberships

The getifmaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the multicast memberships on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifmap. The list consists of ifmaddrs structures, as defined...

free_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields

free_form(3) -- create and destroy forms

free_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items

The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m...

free_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus

The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ...

freopen(3) -- stream open functions

frexp(3) -- convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components

The frexp() function breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. It stores the integer in the int object pointed to by exp.

fropen(3) -- open a stream

The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu...

fscanf(3) -- input format conversion

The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...

fseek(3) -- reposition a stream

fseeko(3) -- reposition a stream

fsetpos(3) -- reposition a stream

fstatvfs(3) -- retrieve file system information

The statvfs() and fstatvfs() functions fill the structure pointed to by buf with garbage. This garbage will occasionally bear resemblance to file system statistics, but portable applications must not ...

ftell(3) -- reposition a stream

ftello(3) -- reposition a stream

ftime(3) -- get date and time

This interface is obsoleted by gettimeofday(2). The ftime() routine fills in a structure pointed to by its argument, as defined by : /* * Structure returned by ftime system call */ struct...

ftok(3) -- create IPC identifier from path name

The ftok() function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the msgget(3), semget(2) and shmget(2) functions given the path of an existing file and a user-selectable id. The specified pa...

ftpio(3) -- FTPIO user library

These functions implement a high-level library for managing FTP connections. The ftpLogin() function attempts to log in using the supplied user, passwd, ftp_port (if passed as 0, ftp_port defaults to ...

ftrylockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions

fts(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...

fts_children(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

fts_close(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

fts_open(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

fts_read(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

fts_set(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy

fungetrune(3) -- rune support for C

funlockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions

funopen(3) -- open a stream

fwide(3) -- get/set orientation of a stream

The fwide() function determines the orientation of the stream pointed at by stream. If the orientation of stream has already been determined, fwide() leaves it unchanged. Otherwise, fwide() sets the o...

fwopen(3) -- open a stream

fwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...

fwrite(3) -- binary stream input/output

fwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...

gai_strerror(3) -- nodename-to-address translation

gamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function

gammaf(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function

gdate(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

geom_stats_close(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_open(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_resync(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_snapshot_free(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_snapshot_get(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_snapshot_next(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_snapshot_reset(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

geom_stats_snapshot_timestamp(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

getaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation

getbegyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates

getbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

getbootfile(3) -- get kernel boot file name

The getbootfile() function retrieves the full pathname of the file from which the current kernel was loaded, and returns a static pointer to the name. A read/write interface to this information is ava...

getbsize(3) -- get user block size

The getbsize() function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the ``BLOCKSIZE'' environment variable; see environ(7) for details on its use and format. The getbsize() fun...

getc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

getcap(3) -- capability database access routines

getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

getchar(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

getchar_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

getcontext(3) -- get and set user thread context

The getcontext() function saves the current thread's execution context in the structure pointed to by ucp. This saved context may then later be restored by calling setcontext(). The setcontext() func...

getcwd(3) -- get working directory pathname

The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra...

getc_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

getdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

getdiskbyname(3) -- get generic disk description by its name

The getdiskbyname() function takes a disk name (e.g. `rm03') and returns a prototype disk label describing its geometry information and the standard disk partition tables. All information is obtained...

getdomainname(3) -- get/set the NIS domain name of current host

The getdomainname() function returns the standard NIS domain name for the current host, as previously set by setdomainname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned na...

getenv(3) -- environment variable functions

These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ...

getfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

getfsfile(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

getfsspec(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

getfstab(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

getfstype(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

getgeneration(3) -- device statistics utility library

getgrent(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

getgrgid(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

getgrnam(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

getgrouplist(3) -- calculate group access list

The getgrouplist() function reads through the group file and calculates the group access list for the user specified in name. The basegid is automatically included in the groups list. Typically this v...

gethostbyaddr(3) -- get network host entry

gethostbyname(3) -- get network host entry

gethostbyname2(3) -- get network host entry

gethostent(3) -- get network host entry

gethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host

The sethostid() function establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the ...

gethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host

The gethostname() function returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is...

getifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses

getifmaddrs(3) -- get multicast group memberships

getipnodebyaddr(3) -- nodename-to-address and

getipnodebyname(3) -- nodename-to-address and

getloadavg(3) -- get system load averages

The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadav...

getlogin_r(3) -- get/set login name

getmaxyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates

getmntinfo(3) -- get information about mounted file systems

The getmntinfo() function returns an array of statfs() structures describing each currently mounted file system (see statfs(2)). The getmntinfo() function passes its flags argument transparently to ge...

getmode(3) -- modify mode bits

The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T...

getmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses

getnameinfo(3) -- address-to-nodename translation in protocol-independent manner

The getnameinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent addressto-nodename translation. Its functionality is a reverse conversion of getaddrinfo(3), and implements similar functionality with ge...

getnetbyaddr(3) -- get network entry

getnetbyname(3) -- get network entry

getnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry

getnetconfigent(3) -- get network configuration database entry

getnetent(3) -- get network entry

getnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations

getnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component

getnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

getnumdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

getobjformat(3) -- get preferred object file format

The getobjformat() function queries several sources to determine the preferred object file format, and copies its name into a buffer provided by the caller. The object file format is determined as fol...

getopt(3) -- get option character from command line argument list

The getopt() function incrementally parses a command line argument list argv and returns the next known option character. An option character is known if it has been specified in the string of accepte...

getopt_long(3) -- get long options from command line argument list

The getopt_long() function is similar to getopt(3) but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters. The getopt_long() function provides a superset of the functionality of getopt(3). The geto...

getosreldate(3) -- get the value of __FreeBSD_version

The getosreldate() function returns an integer showing the version of the currently running FreeBSD kernel. Definitions of the values can be found in The Porter's Handbook which is usually installed ...

getpagesize(3) -- get system page size

The getpagesize() function returns the number of bytes in a page. Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory management calls. The page size is a system page size and may not be the sam...

getparyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates

getpass(3) -- get a password

The getpass() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from, /dev/tty. If this file is not accessible, getpass() displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the stand...

getpeereid(3) -- get the effective credentials of a UNIX-domain peer

The getpeereid() function returns the effective user and group IDs of the peer connected to a UNIX-domain socket. The argument s must be a UNIX-domain socket (unix(4)) of type SOCK_STREAM on which eit...

getprogname(3) -- get or set the program name

The getprogname() and setprogname() functions manipulate the name of the current program. They are used by error-reporting routines to produce consistent output. The getprogname() function returns the...

getprotobyname(3) -- get protocol entry

getprotobynumber(3) -- get protocol entry

getprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry

getpw(3) -- get name from uid

The getpw() function is made obsolete by getpwuid(3). The getpw() function reads the file /etc/passwd, and if it finds the specified uid, copies the password entry line into the string pointed to by b...

getpwent(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getpwent_r(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getpwnam(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getpwnam_r(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getpwuid(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getpwuid_r(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

getrpcbyname(3) -- get RPC entry

getrpcbynumber(3) -- get RPC entry

getrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry

getrpcport(3) -- get RPC port number

The getrpcport() function returns the port number for version versnum of the RPC program prognum running on host and using protocol proto. It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if progn...

gets(3) -- get a line from a stream

getservbyname(3) -- get service entry

getservbyport(3) -- get service entry

getservent(3) -- get service entry

getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

getsubopt(3) -- get sub options from an argument

The getsubopt() function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more tab, space or comma (`,') characters. It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided as part...

getsyx(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

getttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry

getttynam(3) -- get ttys file entry

getusershell(3) -- get valid user shells

getversion(3) -- device statistics utility library

getvfsbyname(3) -- get information about a file system

The getvfsbyname() function provides access to information about a file system module that is configured in the kernel. If successful, the requested file system xvfsconf is returned in the location po...

getvfsbytype(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

getvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

getw(3) -- get next character or word from input stream

getwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream

getwchar(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream

getwd(3) -- get working directory pathname

getwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates

get_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

get_myaddress(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

glob(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern

The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l...

globfree(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern

The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l...

gmtime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

gmtime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values

grantpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions

The grantpt(), ptsname(), unlockpt(), and posix_openpt() functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices. The first three functions accept a file descriptor that references the master half of a pseu...

group_from_gid(3) -- cache password and group entries

The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If...

gssapi(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

The Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (GSS-API) provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and ...

gss_accept_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...

gss_acquire_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_add_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_add_oid_set_member(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_canonicalize_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_compare_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_context_time(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_create_empty_oid_set(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_delete_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_display_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_display_status(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_duplicate_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_export_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_export_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_get_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_import_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_import_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_indicate_mechs(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_init_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_inquire_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_inquire_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_inquire_cred_by_mech(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_inquire_mechs_for_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_inquire_names_for_mech(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_krb5_compat_des3_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_krb5_copy_ccache(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_process_context_token(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_release_buffer(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_release_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_release_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_release_oid_set(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_seal(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_sign(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_test_oid_set_member(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_unseal(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_unwrap(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_verify(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_verify_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_wrap(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gss_wrap_size_limit(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library

gtty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)

These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function retrieves the state of the terminal associated with fd. To set th...

halfdelay(3) -- curses input options

hash(3) -- hash database access method

The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is hash files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual pa...

has_colors(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

has_ic(3) -- curses environment query routines

has_il(3) -- curses environment query routines

has_key(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

hcreate(3) -- manage hash search table

The hcreate(), hdestroy(), and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates sufficient space for the table, and the application should ensure it is called before hse...

hdestroy(3) -- manage hash search table

heap(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...

heapsort(3) -- sort functions

The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc...

heap_decreased(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_delete(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_element(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_for_each(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_free(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_increased(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_insert(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

heap_new(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues

herror(3) -- get network host entry

hesiod(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library

This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op...

hide_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

hid_dispose_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_end_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_get_data(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_get_item(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_get_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_init(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_locate(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_report_size(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_set_data(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_start_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_usage_in_page(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

hid_usage_page(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

history(3) -- line editor and history functions

history_end(3) -- line editor and history functions

history_init(3) -- line editor and history functions

hline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

hosts_access(3) -- access control library

The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request...

hosts_ctl(3) -- access control library

hsearch(3) -- manage hash search table

hstrerror(3) -- get network host entry

htonl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order

htons(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order

hypot(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions

hypotf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions

i386_clr_watch(3) -- manage i386 debug register values

The i386_clr_watch() function will disable the indicated watch point within the specified debug register set. The i386_set_watch() function will set up the specified debug registers as indicated by th...

i386_set_watch(3) -- manage i386 debug register values

idcok(3) -- curses output options

idlok(3) -- curses output options

ieee(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

ieee_test(3) -- IEEE test functions

These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...

if_freenameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes

The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in...

if_indextoname(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes

if_nameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes

if_nametoindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes

ilogb(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

ilogbf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

imaxabs(3) -- returns absolute value

The imaxabs() function returns the absolute value of j.

imaxdiv(3) -- returns quotient and remainder

The imaxdiv() function computes the value of numer divided by denom and returns the stored result in the form of the imaxdiv_t type. The imaxdiv_t type is defined as: typedef struct { intmax_t quot; /...

immedok(3) -- curses output options

inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window

inchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

index(3) -- locate character in string

The index() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', t...

inet(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet6_option_alloc(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...

inet6_option_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_option_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_option_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_option_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_option_space(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...

inet6_opt_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_finish(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_get_val(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_opt_set_val(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...

inet6_rthdr_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_getflags(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_lasthop(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rthdr_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rth_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...

inet6_rth_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rth_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rth_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rth_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet6_rth_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation

inet_addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_aton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_lnaof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_makeaddr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_net(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines

The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f...

inet_netof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_net_ntop(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines

inet_net_pton(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines

inet_ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_ntop(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

inet_pton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

initgroups(3) -- initialize group access list

The initgroups() function uses the getgrouplist(3) function to calculate the group access list for the user specified in name. This group list is then setup for the current process using setgroups(2)....

initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

initstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators

The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...

init_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

init_dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

init_pair(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

innetgr(3) -- netgroup database operations

innstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window

insdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

insertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

INSIST(3) -- assertion system

INSIST_ERR(3) -- assertion system

insnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

insque(3) -- doubly-linked list management

The insque() and remque() functions encapsulate the ever-repeating task of doing insertion and removal operations on doubly linked lists. The functions expect their arguments to point to a structure w...

insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

intrflush(3) -- curses input options

intro(3) -- introduction to the C libraries

This section provides an overview of the C library functions, their error returns and other common definitions and concepts. Most of these functions are available from the C library, libc. Other libra...

INVARIANT(3) -- assertion system

INVARIANT_ERR(3) -- assertion system

in_lt(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...

in_ltm(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

in_ltms(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

in_lts(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

ipsec_dump_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string

The ipsec_set_policy() function generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. Policy specifica...

ipsec_get_policylen(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string

ipsec_set_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string

ipsec_strerror(3) -- error message for IPsec policy manipulation library

declares extern int ipsec_errcode; which is used to pass an error code from IPsec policy manipulation library to an user program. The ipsec_strerror() function can be used to obtain...

ipx(3) -- IPX address conversion routines

The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS...

ipx_addr(3) -- IPX address conversion routines

ipx_ntoa(3) -- IPX address conversion routines

iruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...

iruserok_sa(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

isalnum(3) -- alphanumeric character test

The isalnum() function tests for any character for which isalpha(3) or isdigit(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char ...

isalpha(3) -- alphabetic character test

The isalpha() function tests for any character for which isupper(3) or islower(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char ...

isascii(3) -- test for ASCII character

The isascii() function tests for an ASCII character, which is any character between 0 and octal 0177 inclusive.

isatty(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor

These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de...

isblank(3) -- space or tab character test

The isblank() function tests for a space or tab character. For any locale, this includes the following standard characters: ``\t'' `` '' In the "C" locale isblank() successful test is limited t...

iscntrl(3) -- control character test

The iscntrl() function tests for any control character. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII c...

isdialuptty(3) -- determine tty type from ttys file entry

isdigit(3) -- decimal-digit character test

The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ``9'...

isendwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

isfinite(3) -- classify a floating-point number

isgraph(3) -- printing character test (space character exclusive)

The isgraph() function tests for any printing character except space (` ') and other locale specific space-like characters. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is ...

isgreater(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...

isgreaterequal(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

ishexnumber(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test

The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ...

isinf(3) -- classify a floating-point number

isless(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

islessequal(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

islessgreater(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

islower(3) -- lower-case character test

The islower() function tests for any lower-case letters. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII ...

isnan(3) -- classify a floating-point number

isnettty(3) -- determine tty type from ttys file entry

isnormal(3) -- classify a floating-point number

isnumber(3) -- decimal-digit character test

The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ``9'...

isprint(3) -- printing character test (space character inclusive)

The isprint() function tests for any printing character including space (` '). For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the valu...

ispunct(3) -- punctuation character test

The ispunct() function tests for any printing character except for space (` ') or a character for which isalnum(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is ...

isspace(3) -- white-space character test

The isspace() function tests for the white-space characters. For any locale, this includes the following standard characters: ``\t'' ``\n'' ``\v'' ``\f'' ``\r'' `` '' In the "C" loc...

isunordered(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers

isupper(3) -- upper-case character test

The isupper() function tests for any upper-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII c...

iswalnum(3) -- wide character classification utilities

The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...

iswalpha(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswascii(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswblank(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswcntrl(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswctype(3) -- wide character class functions

The wctype() function returns a value of type wctype_t which represents the requested wide character class and may be used as the second argument for calls to iswctype(). The following character class...

iswdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswgraph(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswhexnumber(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswideogram(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswlower(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswnumber(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswphonogram(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswprint(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswpunct(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswrune(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswspace(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswspecial(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswupper(3) -- wide character classification utilities

iswxdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities

isxdigit(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test

The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ...

is_linetouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines

is_wintouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines

item_count(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus

The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite...

item_description(3) -- get menu item name and description fields

The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.

item_index(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...

item_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields

The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.

item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options

The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...

item_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu item options

item_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu item options

item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item

Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values

If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3X)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In...

item_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item

A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu).

j0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...

j0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

j1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

j1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

jdate(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

jn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

jnf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

jrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

kafs(3) -- AFS library

k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...

kafs5(3) -- AFS library

kafs_settoken(3) -- AFS library

kafs_settoken5(3) -- AFS library

kafs_settoken_rxkad(3) -- AFS library

kafs_set_verbose(3) -- AFS library

keybound(3) -- return definition of keycode

This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to determine the string which is defined in the terminfo for specific keycodes.

keycap(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database

These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...

keyname(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

keyok(3) -- enable or disable a keycode

This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the keypad function to disable all keycodes. Keys that have been disabled can be ree...

keypad(3) -- curses input options

kgetent(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database

kgetflag(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database

kgetnum(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database

kgetstr(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database

kiconv(3) -- Kernel side iconv library

The kiconv(3) library provides multi-byte character conversion tables for kernel side iconv service. kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair() defines a conversion table using iconv(3) between fromcode charset and t...

kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair(3) -- Kernel side iconv library

kiconv_add_xlat16_cspairs(3) -- Kernel side iconv library

kiconv_add_xlat16_table(3) -- Kernel side iconv library

killchar(3) -- curses environment query routines

krb5(3) -- kerberos 5 library

These functions constitute the Kerberos 5 library, libkrb5. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file krb5.h.

krb5_425_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals

Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m...

krb5_425_conv_principal_ext(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals

krb5_524_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals

krb5_addlog_dest(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...

krb5_addlog_func(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_addr2sockaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...

krb5_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_address_compare(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_address_order(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_address_search(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_afslog(3) -- AFS library

krb5_afslog_uid(3) -- AFS library

krb5_aname_to_localname(3) -- converts a principal to a system local name.

This function takes a principal name, verifies its in the local realm (using krb5_get_default_realms()) and then returns the local name of the principal. If name isn't in one of the local realms and ...

krb5_anyaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_appdefault(3) -- get application configuration value

These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo...

krb5_appdefault_boolean(3) -- get application configuration value

krb5_appdefault_string(3) -- get application configuration value

krb5_appdefault_time(3) -- get application configuration value

krb5_append_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_auth_context(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...

krb5_auth_con_free(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_getuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_init(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_initivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_con_setuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_getauthenticator(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_getcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_getkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_setcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_setkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level

krb5_build_principal(3) -- principal creation functions

These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...

krb5_build_principal_ext(3) -- principal creation functions

krb5_build_principal_va(3) -- principal creation functions

krb5_build_principal_va_ext(3) -- principal creation functions

krb5_ccache(3) -- mange credential cache.

The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...

krb5_cc_close(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_copy_cache(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_cursor(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_default(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_default_name(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_destroy(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_end_seq_get(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_gen_new(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_get_name(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_get_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_get_principal(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_get_type(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_get_version(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_initialize(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_next_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_register(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_remove_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_resolve(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_retrieve_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_set_default_name(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_set_flags(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_cc_store_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_checksumsize(3) -- creates and verifies checksums

These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...

krb5_checksum_is_collision_proof(3) -- creates and verifies checksums

krb5_checksum_is_keyed(3) -- creates and verifies checksums

krb5_closelog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_config(3) -- get configuration value

These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...

krb5_config_get_bool_default(3) -- get configuration value

krb5_config_get_int_default(3) -- get configuration value

krb5_config_get_string_default(3) -- get configuration value

krb5_config_get_time_default(3) -- get configuration value

krb5_context(3) -- krb5 state structure

The krb5_context structure is designed to hold all per thread state. All global variables that are context specific are stored in this structure, including default encryption types, credentials-cache ...

krb5_copy_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_copy_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_copy_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...

krb5_create_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums

krb5_crypto_destroy(3) -- initialize encryption context

These functions are used to initialize an encryption context that can be used to encrypt or checksum data. The krb5_crypt_init() initializes the encrytion context crypto. The key parameter is the key ...

krb5_crypto_init(3) -- initialize encryption context

krb5_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_data_alloc(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_data_copy(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_data_free(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_data_realloc(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_data_zero(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_decrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data

These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the...

krb5_decrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data

krb5_encrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data

krb5_encrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data

krb5_err(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...

krb5_errx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_fcc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_free_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_free_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_free_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures

The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configuration file /etc/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no longer be...

krb5_free_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_free_data_contents(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.

krb5_free_host_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines

krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...

krb5_free_krbhst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...

krb5_free_principal(3) -- principal free function

The krb5_free_principal() will free a principal that has been created with krb5_build_principal(), krb5_parse_name(), or with some other function.

krb5_get_all_client_addrs(3) -- return local addresses

These functions return in addrs a list of addresses associated with the local host. The server variant returns all configured interface addresses (if possible), including loop-back addresses. This is ...

krb5_get_all_server_addrs(3) -- return local addresses

krb5_get_default_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines

krb5_get_default_realms(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines

krb5_get_host_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines

krb5_get_krb524hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_get_krbhst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_get_krb_admin_hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_get_krb_changepw_hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_h_addr2addr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_h_addr2sockaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_initlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_init_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures

krb5_keytab(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...

krb5_keytab_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_krbhst_format_string(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...

krb5_krbhst_free(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_krbhst_get_addrinfo(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_krbhst_init(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_krbhst_next(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_krbhst_next_as_string(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_krbhst_reset(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts

krb5_kt_add_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_close(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_compare(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_copy_entry_contents(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_cursor(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_default(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_default_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_end_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_free_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_get_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_get_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_get_type(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_next_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_ops(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_read_service_key(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_register(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_remove_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_resolve(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kt_start_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files

krb5_kuserok(3) -- verifies if a principal can log in as a user

This function takes a local user name and verifies if principal is allowed to log in as that user. First krb5_kuserok check if there is a local account name username. If there isn't, krb5_kuserok ret...

krb5_log(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_log_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_make_addrport(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_make_principal(3) -- principal creation functions

krb5_max_sockaddr_size(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_mcc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.

krb5_openlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_parse_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_parse_name(3) -- string to principal conversion

krb5_parse_name() converts a string representation of a principal name to krb5_principal. The principal will point to allocated data that should be freed with krb5_free_principal(). The string should ...

krb5_principal_get_comp_string(3) -- decompose a principal

These functions return parts of the principal, either the realm or a specific component. The returned string points to data inside the principal, so they are valid only as long as the principal exists...

krb5_principal_get_realm(3) -- decompose a principal

krb5_print_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_set_default_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines

krb5_set_warn_dest(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_sname_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal

These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr...

krb5_sockaddr2address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_sockaddr2port(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_sockaddr_uninteresting(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.

krb5_sock_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal

krb5_timeofday(3) -- whatever these functions do

krb5_timeofday() returns the current time, but adjusted with the time difference between the local host and the KDC. krb5_us_timeofday() also returns microseconds.

krb5_unparse_name(3) -- principal to string conversion

This function takes a principal, and will convert in to a printable representation with the same syntax as described in krb5_parse_name(3). *name will point to allocated data and should be freed by th...

krb5_us_timeofday(3) -- whatever these functions do

krb5_timeofday() returns the current time, but adjusted with the time difference between the local host and the KDC. krb5_us_timeofday() also returns microseconds.

krb5_verify_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums

krb5_verify_opt_init(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...

krb5_verify_opt_set_flags(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_opt_set_keytab(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_opt_set_secure(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_opt_set_service(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_user(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_user_lrealm(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verify_user_opt(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.

krb5_verr(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_verrx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_vlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_vlog_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions

krb5_vwarn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_vwarnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_warn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb5_warnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions

krb_afslog(3) -- AFS library

krb_afslog_uid(3) -- AFS library

kvm(3) -- kernel memory interface

The kvm library provides a uniform interface for accessing kernel virtual memory images, including live systems and crash dumps. Access to live systems is via /dev/mem while crash dumps can be examine...

kvm_close(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access

The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i...

kvm_getargv(3) -- access user process state

The kvm_getprocs() function returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value...

kvm_getenvv(3) -- access user process state

kvm_geterr(3) -- get error message on kvm descriptor

This function returns a string describing the most recent error condition on the descriptor kd. The results are undefined if the most recent kvm(3) library call did not produce an error. The string re...

kvm_getfiles(3) -- survey open files

The kvm_getfiles() function returns a (sub-)set of the open files in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of files returned. No predicates a...

kvm_getloadavg(3) -- get load average of the system

The kvm_getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue of the kernel indicated by kd, averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assign...

kvm_getprocs(3) -- access user process state

kvm_getswapinfo(3) -- return swap summary statistics for the system

The kvm_getswapinfo() function fills an array of kvm_swap structures with swap summary information for each swap device, for up to maxswap - 1 devices. The number of devices, up to maxswap - 1, is ret...

kvm_nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table names from a kernel image

The kvm_nlist() function retrieves the symbol table entries indicated by the name list argument nl. This argument points to an array of nlist structures, terminated by an entry whose n_name field is N...

kvm_open(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access

kvm_openfiles(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access

kvm_read(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory

The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m...

kvm_write(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory

k_afs_cell_of_file(3) -- AFS library

k_hasafs(3) -- AFS library

k_pioctl(3) -- AFS library

k_setpag(3) -- AFS library

k_unlog(3) -- AFS library

labs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long integer

The labs() function returns the absolute value of the long integer j.

lcong48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

ldexp(3) -- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2

The ldexp() function multiplies a floating-point number by an integral power of 2.

ldiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division

The ldiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named ldiv_t that contains two long members named quot and rem.

leaveok(3) -- curses output options

lfind(3) -- linear search and append

The lsearch() and lfind() functions walk linearly through an array and compare each element with the one to be sought using a supplied comparison function. The key argument points to an element that m...

lgamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function

lgammaf(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function

libalias(3) -- packet aliasing library for masquerading and network address translation

The libalias library is a collection of functions for aliasing and dealiasing of IP packets, intended for masquerading and network address translation (NAT).

libbsdxml(3) -- eXpat XML parser library

The libbsdxml library is a verbatim copy of the eXpat XML library version 1.95.5. To avoid version and autoconfiguration issues, the library has been renamed to libbsdxml rather than retain the origin...

libdisk(3) -- library interface to slice and partition labels

The libdisk library provides an interface to the low-level disk slice and partition labels. Most functions operate with arguments of the types `struct disk', or `struct chunk'. While both types are ...

libgeom(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem

The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions [Toc] [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...

libmp(3) -- traditional BSD multiple precision integer arithmetic library

This interface is obsolete in favor of the crypto(3) BIGNUM library. libmp is the traditional BSD multiple precision integer arithmetic library. It has a number of problems, and is unsuitable for use ...

libngatm(3) -- ATM signalling library

The Begemot UNI signalling library handles message decoding and encoding as well as the Q.2110 and Q.2120 transport protocols and adaptation layers, and ATM-Forum UNI 4.0 compliant signalling. Because...

libradius(3) -- RADIUS client library

The libradius library implements the client side of the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS). RADIUS, defined in RFCs 2138 and 2139, allows clients to perform authentication and account...

libstand(3) -- support library for standalone executables

The libstand library provides a set of supporting functions for standalone applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming environment. The following sections group these functions...

libtacplus(3) -- TACACS+ client library

The libtacplus library implements the client side of the TACACS+ network access control protocol. TACACS+ allows clients to perform authentication, authorization, and accounting by means of network re...

libufs(3) -- operate on UFS filesystems from userland

The libufs library and the functions it provides are used for implementing utilities which need to access a UFS filesystem at a low level from userland. Facilities provided are used to implement utili...

libugidfw(3) -- library interface to the file system firewall MAC policy

The libugidfw library routines provide an interface to the mac_bsdextended(4) file system firewall MAC policy. The libugidfw library defines the following functions: bsde_rule_to_string() Converts the...

libusbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

line_edit(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

linkaddr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access

The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address...

link_addr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access

link_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields

link_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types

link_ntoa(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access

LIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...

LIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

LIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

llabs(3) -- returns absolute value

The llabs() function returns the absolute value of j.

lldiv(3) -- returns quotient and remainder

The lldiv() function computes the value of numer divided by denom and returns the stored result in the form of the lldiv_t type. The lldiv_t type is defined as: typedef struct { long long quot; /* Quo...

localeconv(3) -- natural language formatting for C

The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a `locale' and is invoked using an appropriate na...

localtime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

localtime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values

lockf(3) -- record locking on files

The lockf() function allows sections of a file to be locked with advisory-mode locks. Calls to lockf() from other processes which attempt to lock the locked file section will either return an error va...

log(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

log10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

log10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

log1p(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

log1pf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

logb(3) -- IEEE test functions

logbf(3) -- IEEE test functions

logf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

logging(3) -- logging system

The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...

The function login() records the ut entry being passed into the appropriate slot of the utmp(5) file, and appends it to the wtmp(5) file. The calling process must have permission to write to both file...

login_auth(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database

This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).

login_cap(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...

login_class(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database

These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...

login_close(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcapbool(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcaplist(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcapnum(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcapsize(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcapstr(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getcaptime(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getclassbyname(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getpath(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getpwclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getstyle(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_getuserclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_ok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions

login_setcryptfmt(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database

login_times(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

login_tty(3) -- prepare a tty for a new login session

The function login_tty() prepares a terminal for a new login session. The file descriptor fd passed to login_tty() must be opened for reading and writing on a terminal device. It will be made the cont...

logout(3) -- remove an entry from the utmp file

The function logout() searches the utmp(5) file for the slot described by line (usually a tty name). If such a slot could be found, it will be updated with a record where the name and host fields are ...

logwtmp(3) -- append a new record to the wtmp file

The function logwtmp() tries to append a new record to the wtmp(5) file, using the provided arguments line, name, and host, and the current time. If the length of the hostname string host is longer th...

log_add_channel(3) -- logging system

log_category_is_active(3) -- logging system

log_close_stream(3) -- logging system

log_dec_references(3) -- logging system

log_free_channel(3) -- logging system

log_free_context(3) -- logging system

log_get_filename(3) -- logging system

log_get_stream(3) -- logging system

log_inc_references(3) -- logging system

log_new_context(3) -- logging system

log_new_file_channel(3) -- logging system

log_new_null_channel(3) -- logging system

log_new_syslog_channel(3) -- logging system

log_open_stream(3) -- logging system

log_option(3) -- logging system

log_remove_channel(3) -- logging system

log_set_file_owner(3) -- logging system

log_vwrite(3) -- logging system

log_write(3) -- logging system

longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...

longjmperr(3) -- non-local jumps

longjmperror(3) -- non-local jumps

longname(3) -- curses environment query routines

lrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

lsearch(3) -- linear search and append

mac(3) -- introduction to the MAC security API

FreeBSD permits administrators to define Mandatory Access Control labels defining levels for the privacy and integrity of data, overriding discretionary policies for those objects. Not all objects cur...

mac_free(3) -- free MAC label

The mac_free() function frees the storage allocated to contain a mac_t.

mac_from_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation

The mac_from_text() function converts the text representation of a label into the internal policy label format (mac_t) and places it in *mac, which must later be freed with free(3). The mac_to_text() ...

mac_get(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process

The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...

mac_get_fd(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process

mac_get_file(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process

mac_get_pid(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process

mac_get_proc(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process

mac_is_present_np(3) -- report whether the running system has MAC support

The mac_is_present_np() function determines whether the currently-running kernel supports MAC for a given policy or not. If policyname is non-NULL, the presence of the named policy (e.g. ``biba'', `...

mac_prepare(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t

The mac_prepare family of functions allocates the appropriate amount of storage and initializes *mac for use by mac_get(3). When the resulting label is passed into the mac_get(3) functions, the kernel...

mac_prepare_file_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t

mac_prepare_ifnet_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t

mac_prepare_process_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t

mac_set(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process

The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...

mac_set_fd(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process

mac_set_file(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process

mac_set_link(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process

mac_set_proc(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process

mac_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation

mac_to_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation

makecontext(3) -- modify and exchange user thread contexts

The makecontext() function modifies the user thread context pointed to by ucp, which must have previously been initialized by a call to getcontext(3) and had a stack allocated for it. The context is m...

malloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

math(3) -- introduction to mathematical library functions

These functions constitute the C math library, libm. The link editor searches this library under the "-lm" option. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file .

mblen(3) -- multibyte character support for C

The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...

mbmb(3) -- multibyte rune support for C

mbrlen(3) -- get number of bytes in a character (restartable)

The mbrlen() function determines the number of bytes constituting the multibyte character sequence pointed to by s, examining at most n bytes. The mbstate_t argument, ps, is used to keep track of the ...

mbrrune(3) -- multibyte rune support for C

mbrtowc(3) -- convert a character to a wide-character code (restartable)

The mbrtowc() function inspects at most n bytes pointed to by s and interprets them as a multibyte character sequence according to the current setting of LC_CTYPE. If pwc is not NULL, the multibyte ch...

mbrune(3) -- multibyte rune support for C

mbsinit(3) -- determine conversion object status

The mbsinit() function determines whether the mbstate_t object pointed to by ps describes an initial conversion state.

mbsrtowcs(3) -- convert a character string to a wide-character string (restartable)

The mbsrtowcs() function converts a sequence of multibyte characters pointed to indirectly by src into a sequence of corresponding wide characters and stores at most len of them in the wchar_t array p...

mbstowcs(3) -- multibyte character support for C

mbtowc(3) -- multibyte character support for C

mcprint(3) -- ship binary data to printer

md2(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...

MD2Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

MD2Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest

md4(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...

MD4Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

MD4Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest

md5(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...

MD5Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

MD5Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest

memccpy(3) -- copy string until character found

The memccpy() function copies bytes from string src to string dst. If the character c (as converted to an unsigned char) occurs in the string src, the copy stops and a pointer to the byte after the co...

memchr(3) -- locate byte in byte string

The memchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in string b.

memcluster(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system

These functions access a memory management system which allows callers to not fragment memory to the extent which can ordinarily occur through many random calls to malloc(3). Instead, memget() gets a ...

memcmp(3) -- compare byte string

The memcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long.

memcpy(3) -- copy byte string

The memcpy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst.

memget(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system

memmove(3) -- copy byte string

The memmove() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap; the copy is always done in a non-destructive manner.

memory(3) -- general memory allocation operations

These functions allocate and free memory for the calling process. They are described in the individual manual pages.

memput(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system

memset(3) -- write a byte to byte string

The memset() function writes len bytes of value c (converted to an unsigned char) to the string b.

memstats(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system

menu(3) -- curses extension for programming menus

The menu library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals. The library includes: item routines, which create and modify menu items; and menu rout...

menu_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...

menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor

The function pos_menu_cursor restores the cursor to the current position associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in respo...

menu_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the menu system

Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through menu_driver. This routine has three major input cases; either the input is a menu navigation request, it's a prin...

menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes

The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given menu. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the men...

menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

menu_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus

menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string

In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix string. The function set_menu_mark s...

menu_new(3) -- create and destroy menus

menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu options

The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...

menu_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu options

menu_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu options

menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer

Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driv...

menu_post(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows

The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...

menu_requestname(3) -- handle printable menu request names

The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...

menu_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names

menu_request_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names

menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.

The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing informations for the menu. spc_description controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item description. It must not be larger than TABSIZE...

menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations

Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...

menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item

Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.

menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations

mergesort(3) -- sort functions

meta(3) -- curses input options

mitem_current(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

mitem_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields

The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.

mitem_new(3) -- create and destroy menu items

mitem_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options

mitem_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item

Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

mitem_value(3) -- set and get menu item values

mitem_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item

A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu).

mkdtemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)

The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is guaranteed not to exist at the time of function invocation and is suita...

mkstemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)

mkstemps(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)

mktemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)

mktime(3) -- transform binary date and time values

modf(3) -- extract signed integral and fractional values from floating-point number

The modf() function breaks the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same sign as the argument. It stores the integral part as a double in the object pointed to by i...

moncontrol(3) -- control execution profile

An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a...

monstartup(3) -- control execution profile

mouseinterval(3) -- mouse interface through curses

mousemask(3) -- mouse interface through curses

mouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses

move(3) -- move curses window cursor

move_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms

move_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

mpool(3) -- shared memory buffer pool

The mpool library interface is intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The mpool_open() function initializes a memory pool. The key a...

mrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

msgctl(3) -- message control operations

The msgctl() system call performs some control operations on the message queue specified by msqid. Each message queue has a data structure associated with it, parts of which may be altered by msgctl()...

msgget(3) -- get message queue

The msgget() function returns the message queue identifier associated with key. A message queue identifier is a unique integer greater than zero. A message queue is created if either key is equal to I...

msgrcv(3) -- receive a message from a message queue

The msgrcv() function receives a message from the message queue specified in msqid, and places it into the structure pointed to by msgp. This structure should consist of the following members: long mt...

msgsnd(3) -- send a message to a message queue

The msgsnd() function sends a message to the message queue specified in msqid. The msgp argument points to a structure containing the message. This structure should consist of the following members: l...

multibyte(3) -- multibyte character support for C

mvaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

mvaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

mvaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

mvaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

mvaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

mvchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

mvcur(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

mvdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window

mvderwin(3) -- create curses windows

mvgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

mvgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

mvgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

mvhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

mvinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window

mvinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

mvinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

mvinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

mvinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window

mvinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

mvinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

mvinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

mvprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

mvscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

mvvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

mvwaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

mvwaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

mvwaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

mvwaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

mvwaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

mvwchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

mvwdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window

mvwgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

mvwgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

mvwgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

mvwhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

mvwin(3) -- create curses windows

mvwinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window

mvwinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

mvwinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

mvwinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

mvwinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window

mvwinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

mvwinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

mvwinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

mvwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

mvwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

mvwvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

napms(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

ncurses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package

nc_perror(3) -- get network configuration database entry

nc_sperror(3) -- get network configuration database entry

ndaysg(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

ndaysj(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

netgraph(3) -- netgraph user library

These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...

network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

newpad(3) -- create and display curses pads

newterm(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

newwin(3) -- create curses windows

new_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields

new_form(3) -- create and destroy forms

new_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items

new_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus

new_page(3) -- form pagination functions

new_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

nextafter(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

nextafterf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

NgMkSockNode(3) -- netgraph user library

NgNameNode(3) -- netgraph user library

NgRecvAsciiMsg(3) -- netgraph user library

NgRecvData(3) -- netgraph user library

NgRecvMsg(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSendAsciiMsg(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSendData(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSendMsg(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSendMsgReply(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSetDebug(3) -- netgraph user library

NgSetErrLog(3) -- netgraph user library

nice(3) -- set program scheduling priority

This interface is obsoleted by setpriority(2). The nice() function obtains the scheduling priority of the process from the system and sets it to the priority value specified in incr. The priority is a...

nl(3) -- curses output options

nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file

The nlist() function retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an executable file (see a.out(5)). The argument nl is set to reference the beginning of the list. The list is preened of binar...

nl_langinfo(3) -- language information

The nl_langinfo() function returns a pointer to a string containing information relevant to the particular language or cultural area defined in the program's locale. The manifest constant names and v...

nocbreak(3) -- curses input options

nodelay(3) -- curses input options

noecho(3) -- curses input options

nonl(3) -- curses output options

noqiflush(3) -- curses input options

noraw(3) -- curses input options

notimeout(3) -- curses input options

nrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

nsdispatch(3) -- name-service switch dispatcher routine

The nsdispatch() function invokes the methods specified in dtab in the order given by nsswitch.conf(5) for the database database until a successful entry is found. retval is passed to each method to m...

ns_get16(3) -- resolver routines

ns_get32(3) -- resolver routines

ns_put16(3) -- resolver routines

ns_put32(3) -- resolver routines

ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines

ntohl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order

ntohs(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order

opendir(3) -- directory operations

openlog(3) -- control system log

openpam(3) -- Pluggable Authentication Modules Library

These functions are OpenPAM extensions to the PAM API. Those named pam_*() are, in the author's opinion, logical and necessary extensions to the standard API, while those named openpam_*() are either...

openpam_borrow_cred(3) -- temporarily borrow user credentials

The openpam_borrow_cred function saves the current credentials and switches to those of the user specified by its pwd argument. The affected credentials are the effective UID, the effective GID, and t...

openpam_free_data(3) -- generic cleanup function

The openpam_free_data is a cleanup function suitable for passing to pam_set_data(3). It simply releases the data by passing its data argument to free(3).

openpam_get_option(3) -- returns the value of a module option

The openpam_get_option function returns the value of the specified option in the context of the currently executing service module, or NULL if the option is not set or no module is currently executing...

openpam_log(3) -- log a message through syslog

The openpam_log function logs messages using syslog(3). It is primarily intended for internal use by the library and modules. The level argument indicates the importance of the message. The following ...

openpam_nullconv(3) -- null conversation function

The openpam_nullconv function is a null conversation function suitable for applications that want to use PAM but don't support interactive dialog with the user. Such applications should set PAM_AUTHT...

openpam_readline(3) -- read a line from a file

The openpam_readline function reads a line from a file, and returns it in a NUL-terminated buffer allocated with malloc(3). The openpam_readline function performs a certain amount of processing on the...

openpam_restore_cred(3) -- restore credentials

The openpam_restore_cred function restores the credentials saved by openpam_borrow_cred(3).

openpam_set_option(3) -- sets the value of a module option

The openpam_set_option function sets the specified option in the context of the currently executing service module.

openpam_ttyconv(3) -- simple tty-based conversation function

The openpam_ttyconv function is a standard conversation function suitable for use on TTY devices. It should be adequate for the needs of most text-based interactive programs. The openpam_ttyconv funct...

openpty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal

overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows

overwrite(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows

pair_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

PAIR_NUMBER(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

pam(3) -- Pluggable Authentication Modules Library

The Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) library abstracts a number of common authentication-related operations and provides a framework for dynamically loaded modules that implement these operation...

pam_acct_mgmt(3) -- perform PAM account validation procedures

The pam_acct_mgmt function verifies and enforces account restrictions after the user has been authenticated. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do ...

pam_authenticate(3) -- perform authentication within the PAM framework

The pam_authenticate function attempts to authenticate the user associated with the pam context specified by the pamh argument. The application is free to call pam_authenticate as many times as it wis...

pam_chauthtok(3) -- perform password related functions within the PAM framework

The pam_chauthtok function attempts to change the authentication token for the user associated with the pam context specified by the pamh argument. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more ...

pam_close_session(3) -- close an existing user session

The pam_close_session function tears down the user session previously set up by pam_open_session(3). The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do not emit...

pam_conv(3) -- PAM conversation system

The PAM library uses an application-defined callback to communicate with the user. This callback is specified by the struct pam_conv passed to pam_start() at the start of the transaction. It is also p...

pam_end(3) -- terminate the PAM transaction

The pam_end function terminates a PAM transaction and destroys the corresponding PAM context, releasing all resources allocated to it. The status argument should be set to the error code returned by t...

pam_error(3) -- display an error message

The pam_error function displays an error message through the intermediary of the given PAM context's conversation function.

pam_getenv(3) -- retrieve the value of a PAM environment variable

The pam_getenv function returns the value of an environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of getenv(3), but it accesses the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's...

pam_getenvlist(3) -- returns a list of all the PAM environment variables

The pam_getenvlist function returns a copy of the given PAM context's environment list as a pointer to an array of strings. The last element in the array is NULL. The pointer is suitable for assignme...

pam_get_authtok(3) -- retrieve authentication token

The pam_get_authtok function returns the cached authentication token, or prompts the user if no token is currently cached. Either way, a pointer to the authentication token is stored in the location p...

pam_get_data(3) -- get module information

The pam_get_data function looks up the opaque object associated with the string specified by the module_data_name argument, in the PAM context specified by the pamh argument. A pointer to the object i...

pam_get_item(3) -- get PAM information

The pam_get_item function stores a pointer to the item specified by the item_type argument in the location specified by the item argument. The item is retrieved from the PAM context specified by the p...

pam_get_user(3) -- retrieve user name

The pam_get_user function returns the name of the target user, as specified to pam_start(3). If no user was specified, nor set using pam_set_item(3), pam_get_user will prompt for a user name. Either w...

pam_info(3) -- display an information message

The pam_info function displays an informational message through the intermediary of the given PAM context's conversation function.

pam_open_session(3) -- open a user session

The pam_open_session sets up a user session for a previously authenticated user. The session should later be torn down by a call to pam_close_session(3). The flags argument is the binary or of zero or...

pam_prompt(3) -- call the conversation function

The pam_prompt function constructs a message from the specified format string and arguments and passes it to the given PAM context's conversation function. A pointer to the response, or NULL if the c...

pam_putenv(3) -- set the value of an environment variable

The pam_putenv function sets a environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of putenv(3), but it modifies the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's.

pam_setcred(3) -- modify / delete user credentials for an authentication service

The pam_setcred function manages the application's credentials. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do not emit any messages. PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED Es...

pam_setenv(3) -- mirrors setenv(3)

The pam_setenv function sets a environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of setenv(3), but it modifies the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's.

pam_set_data(3) -- set module information

The pam_set_data function associates a pointer to an opaque object with an arbitrary string specified by the module_data_name argument, in the PAM context specified by the pamh argument. If not NULL, ...

pam_set_item(3) -- set authentication information

The pam_set_item function sets the item specified by the item_type argument to a copy of the object pointed to by the item argument. The item is stored in the PAM context specified by the pamh argumen...

pam_sm_acct_mgmt(3) -- service module implementation for pam_acct_mgmt

The pam_sm_acct_mgmt function is the service module's implementation of the pam_acct_mgmt(3) API function.

pam_sm_authenticate(3) -- service module implementation for pam_authenticate

The pam_sm_authenticate function is the service module's implementation of the pam_authenticate(3) API function.

pam_sm_chauthtok(3) -- service module implementation for pam_chauthtok

The pam_sm_chauthtok function is the service module's implementation of the pam_chauthtok(3) API function.

pam_sm_close_session(3) -- service module implementation for pam_close_session

The pam_sm_close_session function is the service module's implementation of the pam_close_session(3) API function.

pam_sm_open_session(3) -- service module implementation for pam_open_session

The pam_sm_open_session function is the service module's implementation of the pam_open_session(3) API function.

pam_sm_setcred(3) -- service module implementation for pam_setcred

The pam_sm_setcred function is the service module's implementation of the pam_setcred(3) API function.

pam_start(3) -- initiate a PAM transaction

The pam_start function creates and initializes a PAM context. The service argument specifies the name of the policy to apply, and is stored in the PAM_SERVICE item in the created context. The user arg...

pam_strerror(3) -- get PAM standard error message string

The pam_strerror function returns a pointer to a string containing a textual description of the error indicated by the error_number argument, in the context of the PAM transaction described by the pam...

pam_verror(3) -- display an error message

The pam_verror function passes its arguments to pam_vprompt(3) with a style argument of PAM_ERROR_MSG, and discards the response.

pam_vinfo(3) -- display an information message

The pam_vinfo function passes its arguments to pam_vprompt(3) with a style argument of PAM_TEXT_INFO, and discards the response.

pam_vprompt(3) -- call the conversation function

The pam_vprompt function constructs a string from the fmt and ap arguments using vsnprintf(3), and passes it to the given PAM context's conversation function. The style argument specifies the type of...

panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

panel_above(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

panel_below(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

panel_hidden(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

panel_window(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

parse_lt(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods

pause(3) -- stop until signal

Pause is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). The pause() function forces a process to pause until a signal is received from either the kill(2) function or an interval timer. (See setitimer(2).) Upon termi...

pcap(3) -- Packet Capture library

The Packet Capture library provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism.

pclose(3) -- process I/O

The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating a bidirectional pipe forking, and invoking the shell. Any streams opened by previous popen() calls in the parent process are closed in the new ch...

pechochar(3) -- create and display curses pads

perror(3) -- system error messages

The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...

pmap_getmaps(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

pmap_getport(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

pmap_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

pmap_set(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

pmap_unset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

pnoutrefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads

popen(3) -- process I/O

posix1e(3) -- introduction to the POSIX.1e security API

The IEEE POSIX.1e specification never left draft form, but the interfaces it describes are now widely used despite inherent limitations. Currently, only a few of the interfaces and features are implem...

posix2time(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch

IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1'') legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 GMT 1986." This effectively implies that POSIX time_t's cannot include leap...

posix_openpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions

post_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows

post_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows

pos_form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor

pos_menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor

pow(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

powf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions

prefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads

printf(3) -- formatted output conversion

printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

properties_free(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data

typedef struct _properties { struct _properties *next; char *name; char *value; } *properties; The function properties_read() reads name = value pairs from the file descriptor passed in fd and returns...

properties_read(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data

property(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data

property_find(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data

pselect(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing a la POSIX.1g

The pselect() function was introduced by IEEE Std 1003.1g-2000 (``POSIX.1'') as a slightly stronger version of select(2). The nfds, readfds, writefds, and exceptfds arguments are all identical to th...

psignal(3) -- system signal messages

The psignal() and strsignal() functions locate the descriptive message string for a signal number. The strsignal() function accepts a signal number argument sig and returns a pointer to the correspond...

pthread(3) -- POSIX thread functions

POSIX threads are a set of functions that support applications with requirements for multiple flows of control, called threads, within a process. Multithreading is used to improve the performance of a...

pthread_attr(3) -- thread attribute operations

Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...

pthread_attr_destroy(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getdetachstate(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getguardsize(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getinheritsched(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getschedparam(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getscope(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getstack(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getstackaddr(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_getstacksize(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_get_np(3) -- get attributes of existent thread

The pthread_attr_get_np() function is used to get existent thread's attributes. Most fields of pthread_attr_t structure are exact values of attributes provided at thread creation time (as parameter t...

pthread_attr_init(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setcreatesuspend_np(3) -- prepare attribute for creattion of suspended thread

The pthread_attr_setcreatesuspend_np() instructs pthread_create(3) that the thread created with the attr attribute should be created and left in a suspended state until explicitly resumed by the call ...

pthread_attr_setdetachstate(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setguardsize(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setinheritsched(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setschedparam(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setscope(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setstack(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setstackaddr(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_attr_setstacksize(3) -- thread attribute operations

pthread_cancel(3) -- cancel execution of a thread

The pthread_cancel() function requests that thread be canceled. The target thread's cancelability state and type determines when the cancellation takes effect. When the cancellation is acted on, the ...

pthread_cleanup_pop(3) -- call the first cleanup routine

The pthread_cleanup_pop() function pops the top cleanup routine off of the current threads cleanup routine stack, and, if execute is non-zero, it will execute the function. If there is no cleanup rout...

pthread_cleanup_push(3) -- add a cleanup function for thread exit

The pthread_cleanup_push() function adds cleanup_routine to the top of the stack of cleanup handlers that get called when the current thread exits. When cleanup_routine is called, it is passed arg as ...

pthread_condattr(3) -- condition attribute operations

Condition attribute objects are used to specify parameters to pthread_cond_init(). FreeBSD's implementation of conditions does not support any non-default attributes, so these functions are not very ...

pthread_condattr_destroy(3) -- condition attribute operations

pthread_condattr_init(3) -- condition attribute operations

pthread_cond_broadcast(3) -- unblock all threads waiting for a condition variable

The pthread_cond_broadcast() function unblocks all threads waiting for the condition variable cond.

pthread_cond_destroy(3) -- destroy a condition variable

The pthread_cond_destroy() function frees the resources allocated by the condition variable cond.

pthread_cond_init(3) -- create a condition variable

The pthread_cond_init() function creates a new condition variable, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used.

pthread_cond_signal(3) -- unblock a thread waiting for a condition variable

The pthread_cond_signal() function unblocks one thread waiting for the condition variable cond.

pthread_cond_timedwait(3) -- wait on a condition variable for a specific amount of time

The pthread_cond_timedwait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks o...

pthread_cond_wait(3) -- wait on a condition variable

The pthread_cond_wait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks only a...

pthread_create(3) -- create a new thread

The pthread_create() function is used to create a new thread, with attributes specified by attr, within a process. If attr is NULL, the default attributes are used. If the attributes specified by attr...

pthread_detach(3) -- detach a thread

The pthread_detach() function is used to indicate to the implementation that storage for the thread thread can be reclaimed when the thread terminates. If thread has not terminated, pthread_detach() w...

pthread_equal(3) -- compare thread IDs

The pthread_equal() function compares the thread IDs t1 and t2.

pthread_exit(3) -- terminate the calling thread

The pthread_exit() function terminates the calling thread and makes the value value_ptr available to any successful join with the terminating thread. Any cancellation cleanup handlers that have been p...

pthread_getconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency

The pthread_getconcurrency() function allows an application to inform the threads implementation of its desired concurrency level, new_level. The actual level of concurrency provided by the implementa...

pthread_getschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation

The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi...

pthread_getspecific(3) -- get a thread-specific data value

The pthread_getspecific() function returns the value currently bound to the specified key on behalf of the calling thread. The effect of calling pthread_getspecific() with a key value not obtained fro...

pthread_join(3) -- wait for thread termination

The pthread_join() function suspends execution of the calling thread until the target thread terminates unless the target thread has already terminated. On return from a successful pthread_join() call...

pthread_key_create(3) -- thread-specific data key creation

The pthread_key_create() function creates a thread-specific data key visible to all threads in the process. Key values provided by pthread_key_create() are opaque objects used to locate thread-specifi...

pthread_key_delete(3) -- delete a thread-specific data key

The pthread_key_delete() function deletes a thread-specific data key previously returned by pthread_key_create(). The thread-specific data values associated with key need not be NULL at the time that ...

pthread_kill(3) -- send a signal to a specified thread

The pthread_kill() function sends a signal, specified by sig, to a thread, specified by thread. If sig is 0, error checking is performed, but no signal is actually sent.

pthread_main_np(3) -- identify the initial thread

The pthread_main_np() function is used in userland threads environment to identify the initial thread. Its semantics is similar to the Solaris's thr_main() function.

pthread_multi_np(3) -- switch between multi- and singlethreaded scheduling modes

The pthread_single_np() function switches the process to a singlethreaded mode, i.e., suspends all threads except the current. The semantics of this function is similar to pthread_suspend_all_np(3). T...

pthread_mutexattr(3) -- mutex attribute operations

Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...

pthread_mutexattr_destroy(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(3) -- mutex attribute operations (legacy)

These functions are deprecated and non-portable implementation of the mutex type manipulation. It is recommended to use the pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) and pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) functions inst...

pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_init(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(3) -- mutex attribute operations (legacy)

pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) -- mutex attribute operations

pthread_mutex_destroy(3) -- free resources allocated for a mutex

The pthread_mutex_destroy() function frees the resources allocated for mutex.

pthread_mutex_init(3) -- create a mutex

The pthread_mutex_init() function creates a new mutex, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used.

pthread_mutex_lock(3) -- lock a mutex

The pthread_mutex_lock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, the calling thread will block until the mutex becomes available.

pthread_mutex_trylock(3) -- attempt to lock a mutex without blocking

The pthread_mutex_trylock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, pthread_mutex_trylock() will not block waiting for the mutex, but will return an error condition.

pthread_mutex_unlock(3) -- unlock a mutex

If the current thread holds the lock on mutex, then the pthread_mutex_unlock() function unlocks mutex.

pthread_once(3) -- dynamic package initialization

The first call to pthread_once() by any thread in a process, with a given once_control, will call the init_routine() with no arguments. Subsequent calls to pthread_once() with the same once_control wi...

pthread_resume_all_np(3) -- resume all suspended threads

The pthread_resume_all_np() function causes all active threads to be scanned and resumes those which were previously suspended.

pthread_resume_np(3) -- resume suspended thread

The pthread_resume_np() function, called on a suspended thread, causes it to resume. If a thread specified by the tid argument is not suspended, no actions will be performed.

pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock

The pthread_rwlockattr_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object previously created with pthread_rwlockattr_init().

pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(3) -- get the process shared attribute

The pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared() function is used to get the process shared setting of a read/write lock attribute object. The setting is returned via pshared, and may be one of two values: PTHREAD...

pthread_rwlockattr_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock

The pthread_rwlockattr_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock attributes object.

pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(3) -- set the process shared attribute

The pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared() function sets the process shared attribute of attr to the value referenced by pshared. The pshared argument may be one of two values: PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED Any thr...

pthread_rwlock_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock

The pthread_rwlock_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with pthread_rwlock_init().

pthread_rwlock_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock

The pthread_rwlock_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock, with attributes specified by attr. If attr is NULL, the default read/write lock attributes are used. The results of calling ...

pthread_rwlock_rdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading

The pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function acquires a read lock on lock provided that lock is not presently held for writing and no writer threads are presently blocked on the lock. If the read lock cannot ...

pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading

pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing

The pthread_rwlock_wrlock() function blocks until a write lock can be acquired against lock. The pthread_rwlock_trywrlock() function performs the same action, but does not block if the lock cannot be ...

pthread_rwlock_unlock(3) -- release a read/write lock

The pthread_rwlock_unlock() function is used to release the read/write lock previously obtained by pthread_rwlock_rdlock(), pthread_rwlock_wrlock(), pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(), or pthread_rwlock_trywr...

pthread_rwlock_wrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing

pthread_schedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation

pthread_self(3) -- get the calling thread's ID

The pthread_self() function returns the thread ID of the calling thread.

pthread_setcancelstate(3) -- set cancelability state

The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th...

pthread_setcanceltype(3) -- set cancelability state

pthread_setconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency

pthread_setschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation

pthread_setspecific(3) -- set a thread-specific data value

The pthread_setspecific() function associates a thread-specific value with a key obtained via a previous call to pthread_key_create(). Different threads man bind different values to the same key. Thes...

pthread_set_name_np(3) -- set the thread name

The pthread_set_name_np() function sets internal name for thread specified by tid argument to string value specified by name argument. This is a debugging interface and using it on a day-by-day basis ...

pthread_sigmask(3) -- examine and/or change a thread's signal mask

The pthread_sigmask() function examines and/or changes the calling thread's signal mask. If set is not NULL, it specifies a set of signals to be modified, and how specifies what to set the signal mas...

pthread_single_np(3) -- switch between multi- and singlethreaded scheduling modes

pthread_suspend_all_np(3) -- suspend all active threads

The pthread_suspend_all_np() function causes all active threads to be suspended. The only exception is the current thread, the thread that called the pthread_suspend_all_np() function.

pthread_suspend_np(3) -- suspend a thread

The pthread_suspend_np() function, called on an active thread, causes it to suspend.

pthread_switch_add_np(3) -- thread context switches debugging primitives

An application is allowed to monitor the thread context switches inside the threading library. An application can install a routine that gets called every time a thread (explicitly created by an appli...

pthread_switch_delete_np(3) -- thread context switches debugging primitives

pthread_testcancel(3) -- set cancelability state

ptsname(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions

pty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal

publickey(3) -- get public or secret key

These routines are used to get public and secret keys from the YP database. The getsecretkey() function has an extra argument, passwd, which is used to decrypt the encrypted secret key stored in the d...

putc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

putchar(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

putchar_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

putc_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

putenv(3) -- environment variable functions

putp(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

puts(3) -- output a line to a stream

The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout.

putw(3) -- output a character or word to a stream

putwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream

putwchar(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream

putwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

pwcache(3) -- cache password and group entries

qiflush(3) -- curses input options

qsort(3) -- sort functions

qsort_r(3) -- sort functions

queue(3) -- lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists and tail queues

radixsort(3) -- radix sort

The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an array of pointers to byte strings, the initial member of which is referenced by base. The byte str...

raise(3) -- send a signal to the current process

The raise() function sends the signal sig to the current process.

rand(3) -- bad random number generator

These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...

rand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

random(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators

rand_r(3) -- bad random number generator

These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...

raw(3) -- curses input options

RB_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...

RB_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_PARENT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

RB_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

rcmd(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

rcmdsh(3) -- return a stream to a remote command without superuser

The rcmdsh() function is used by normal users to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers using rshd(8) or the value of rshprog (if non-NULL)...

rcmd_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

readdir(3) -- directory operations

readdir_r(3) -- directory operations

readline(3) -- get a line from a user with editing

readline will read a line from the terminal and return it, using prompt as a prompt. If prompt is NULL or the empty string, no prompt is issued. The line returned is allocated with malloc(3); the call...

readpassphrase(3) -- get a passphrase from the user

The readpassphrase() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a passphrase from, /dev/tty. If this file is inaccessible and the RPP_REQUIRE_TTY flag is not set, readpassphrase() displays the prompt...

realhostname(3) -- convert an IP number to the real host name

The function realhostname() converts ip to the corresponding host name. This is done by resolving ip to a host name and then ensuring that the host name resolves back to ip. host must point to a buffe...

realhostname_sa(3) -- convert a struct sockaddr to the real host name

The function realhostname_sa() converts addr to the corresponding host name. This is done by resolving addr to a host name and then ensuring that the host name resolves back to addr. host must point t...

realloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

reallocf(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

realpath(3) -- returns the canonicalized absolute pathname

The realpath() function resolves all symbolic links, extra ``/'' characters and references to /./ and /../ in pathname, and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by resol...

recno(3) -- record number database access method

The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is record number files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this ...

redrawwin(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

regcomp(3) -- regular-expression library

These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...

regerror(3) -- regular-expression library

These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...

regex(3) -- regular-expression library

These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...

regexec(3) -- regular-expression library

These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...

regexp(3) -- regular expression handlers

This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The regcomp(), regexec(), regsub(), and regerror() functions implement egrep(1)-style regular expressions and supporting facilities. The regcomp() function...

regfree(3) -- regular-expression library

These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...

registerrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

regsub(3) -- regular expression handlers

remainder(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

remainderf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

remove(3) -- remove directory entry

The remove() function removes the file or directory specified by path. If path specifies a directory, remove(path) is the equivalent of rmdir(path). Otherwise, it is the equivalent of unlink(path).

remque(3) -- doubly-linked list management

replace_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

request_init(3) -- access control library

request_set(3) -- access control library

REQUIRE(3) -- assertion system

REQUIRE_ERR(3) -- assertion system

resetty(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

reset_prog_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

reset_shell_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

resizeterm(3) -- change the curses terminal size

This is an extension to the curses library. It provides callers with a hook into the ncurses data to resize windows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). The fu...

resolver(3) -- resolver routines

restartterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

restore_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

res_init(3) -- resolver routines

res_mkquery(3) -- resolver routines

res_query(3) -- resolver routines

res_search(3) -- resolver routines

res_send(3) -- resolver routines

rewind(3) -- reposition a stream

rewinddir(3) -- directory operations

rexec(3) -- return stream to a remote command

This interface is obsoleted by rcmd(3). The rexec() function looks up the host *ahost using gethostbyname(3), returning -1 if the host does not exist. Otherwise *ahost is set to the standard name of t...

re_comp(3) -- regular expression handler

This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. The re_exec() function checks the argument string against the...

re_exec(3) -- regular expression handler

rfork_thread(3) -- create a rfork-based process thread

The rfork_thread() function is a helper function for rfork(2). It arranges for a new process to be created and the child process will call the specified function with the specified argument, while run...

rindex(3) -- locate character in string

rint(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format

The rint() and the rintf() functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode.

rintf(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format

The rint() and the rintf() functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode.

ripemd(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...

RIPEMD160_Data(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_End(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_File(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_Final(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_Init(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

RIPEMD160_Update(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest

ripoffline(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

rlhistory(3) -- GNU History Library

Many programs read input from the user a line at a time. The GNU History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary data with each line, and utilize information from previous li...

rpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

These routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across a network. First, the client sends a request to the server. On receipt of the request, the server calls a disp...

rpcbind(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_getaddr(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_getmaps(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_gettime(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_set(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpcb_unset(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service

These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.

rpc_broadcast(3) -- library routines for client side calls

rpc_broadcast_exp(3) -- library routines for client side calls

rpc_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls

rpc_clnt_auth(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication

rpc_clnt_calls(3) -- library routines for client side calls

rpc_clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles

rpc_createerr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

rpc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers

These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...

rpc_secure(3) -- library routines for secure remote procedure calls

These routines are part of the RPC library. They implement DES Authentication. See rpc(3) for further details about RPC. The authdes_create() is the first of two routines which interface to the RPC se...

rpc_soc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

rpc_svc_calls(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...

rpc_svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...

rpc_svc_err(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...

rpc_svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers

rpc_xdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...

rresvport(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

rresvport_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

rtime(3) -- get remote time

The rtime() function consults the Internet Time Server at the address pointed to by addrp and returns the remote time in the timeval struct pointed to by timep. Normally, the UDP protocol is used when...

rune(3) -- rune support for C

ruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command

savetty(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

sbread(3) -- read and write superblocks of a UFS filesystem

The sbread() and sbwrite() functions provide superblock reads and writes for libufs(3) consumers. The sbread() and sbwrite() functions operate on the superblock field, d_sb, associated with a given us...

sbwrite(3) -- read and write superblocks of a UFS filesystem

scalb(3) -- IEEE test functions

scalbf(3) -- IEEE test functions

scalbn(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

scalbnf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic

scale_form(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations

scale_menu(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations

scandir(3) -- scan a directory

scanf(3) -- input format conversion

scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

scrl(3) -- scroll a curses window

scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window

scrollok(3) -- curses output options

scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file

scr_init(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file

scr_restore(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file

scr_set(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file

sdp(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...

sdp_attr2desc(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_close(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_error(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_GET128(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_GET16(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_GET32(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_GET64(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_GET8(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_open(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_open_local(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_PUT128(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_PUT16(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_PUT32(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_PUT64(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

SDP_PUT8(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_search(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

sdp_uuid2desc(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description

seed48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

seekdir(3) -- directory operations

selectdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library

sem_close(3) -- named semaphore operations

The sem_open() function creates or opens the named semaphore specified by name. The returned semaphore may be used in subsequent calls to sem_getvalue(), sem_wait(), sem_trywait(), sem_post() and sem_...

sem_destroy(3) -- destroy an unnamed semaphore

The sem_destroy() function destroys the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem. After a successful call to sem_destroy(), sem is unusable until reinitialized by another call to sem_init().

sem_getvalue(3) -- get the value of a semaphore

The sem_getvalue() function sets the variable pointed to by sval to the current value of the semaphore pointed to by sem, as of the time that the call to sem_getvalue() is actually run.

sem_init(3) -- initialize an unnamed semaphore

The sem_init() function initializes the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem to have the value value. A non-zero value for pshared specifies a shared semaphore that can be used by multiple processes, w...

sem_open(3) -- named semaphore operations

sem_post(3) -- increment (unlock) a semaphore

The sem_post() function increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by sem. If there are threads blocked on the semaphore when sem_post() is called, then the highest priority thread that has been bl...

sem_trywait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore

The sem_wait() function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by sem, but blocks if the value of sem is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. The sem_trywait() func...

sem_unlink(3) -- named semaphore operations

sem_wait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore

setbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations

The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte...

setbuffer(3) -- stream buffering operations

setclasscontext(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database

setclassenvironment(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database

setclassresources(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database

setcontext(3) -- get and set user thread context

setdomainname(3) -- get/set the NIS domain name of current host

setenv(3) -- environment variable functions

setfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

setfstab(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry

The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,

setgrent(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

setgroupent(3) -- group database operations

These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...

sethostent(3) -- get network host entry

sethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host

sethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host

setinvalidrune(3) -- rune support for C

setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

setlinebuf(3) -- stream buffering operations

setlocale(3) -- natural language formatting for C

setlogmask(3) -- control system log

setmode(3) -- modify mode bits

setnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry

setnetent(3) -- get network entry

setnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations

setnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component

setpassent(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

setproctitle(3) -- set process title

The setproctitle() library routine sets the process title that appears on the ps(1) command. The title is set from the executable's name, followed by the result of a printf(3) style expansion of the ...

setprogname(3) -- get or set the program name

setprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry

setpwent(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

setpwfile(3) -- password database operations

These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...

setrgid(3) -- set user and group ID

The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process.

setrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry

setruid(3) -- set user and group ID

The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process.

setrunelocale(3) -- rune support for C

setscrreg(3) -- curses output options

setservent(3) -- get service entry

setstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators

setsyx(3) -- lowlevel curses routines

setterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

setttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry

setupterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

setusercontext(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database

setusershell(3) -- get valid user shells

setvbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations

setvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

set_assertion_failure_callback(3) -- assertion system

set_current_field(3) -- set and get form page number

set_current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

set_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

set_fieldtype_arg(3) -- define validation-field types

set_fieldtype_choice(3) -- define validation-field types

set_field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

set_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control

set_field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

set_field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics

set_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options

set_field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields

set_field_status(3) -- field buffer control

set_field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields

set_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field

Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

set_form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms

set_form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_form_opts(3) -- set and get field options

set_form_page(3) -- set and get form page number

set_form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations

set_form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item

Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field.

set_form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations

set_item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options

set_item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item

Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.

set_item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values

set_max_field(3) -- field buffer control

set_menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

set_menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

set_menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes

set_menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

set_menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus

set_menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string

set_menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options

set_menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus

set_menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer

set_menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.

set_menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations

set_menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications

set_menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item

Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.

set_menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations

set_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions

set_panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

set_term(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines

set_top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

sgetrune(3) -- rune support for C

sha(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...

SHA1_Data(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_End(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_File(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_Final(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_Init(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA1_Update(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_Data(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_End(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_File(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_Final(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_Init(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

SHA_Update(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests

shm_open(3) -- open or create a shared memory object shm_unlink -- remove a shared memory object

The shm_open() function opens (or optionally creates) a POSIX shared memory object named path. The shm_unlink() function removes a shared memory object named path. In the FreeBSD implementation, POSIX...

shm_unlink(3) -- remove a shared memory object

show_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

sigaddset(3) -- manipulate signal sets

These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...

sigdelset(3) -- manipulate signal sets

sigemptyset(3) -- manipulate signal sets

sigfillset(3) -- manipulate signal sets

siginterrupt(3) -- allow signals to interrupt system calls

The siginterrupt() function is used to change the system call restart behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal. If the flag is false (0), then system calls will be restarted ...

sigismember(3) -- manipulate signal sets

siglongjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

signal(3) -- simplified software signal facilities

This signal() facility is a simplified interface to the more general sigaction(2) facility. Signals allow the manipulation of a process from outside its domain as well as allowing the process to manip...

signbit(3) -- determine whether a floating-point number's sign is negative

The signbit() macro takes an argument of x and returns non-zero if the value of its sign is negative, otherwise 0.

significand(3) -- IEEE test functions

significandf(3) -- IEEE test functions

sigsetjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

sigsetops(3) -- manipulate signal sets

sigwait(3) -- select a set of signals

The sigwait() function selects a set of signals, specified by set. If none of the selected signals are pending, sigwait() waits until one or more of the selected signals has been generated. Then sigwa...

sin(3) -- sine functions

The sin() and the sinf() functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance.

sinf(3) -- sine functions

The sin() and the sinf() functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance.

sinh(3) -- hyperbolic sine function

The sinh() and the sinhf() functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x.

sinhf(3) -- hyperbolic sine function

The sinh() and the sinhf() functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x.

sleep(3) -- suspend process execution for an interval measured in seconds

The sleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either seconds seconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its action is to invoke a signal-catching function ...

SLIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

slk_attr(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attroff(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attron(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attrset(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attr_off(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attr_on(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_attr_set(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_clear(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_color(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_init(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_label(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_noutrefresh(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_refresh(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_restore(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_set(3) -- curses soft label routines

slk_touch(3) -- curses soft label routines

sl_add(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions

The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...

sl_find(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions

sl_free(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions

sl_init(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions

snmpmod(3) -- SNMP daemon loadable module interface

The snmpd(1) SNMP daemon implements a minimal MIB which consists of the system group, part of the SNMP MIB, a private configuration MIB, a trap destination table, a UDP port table, a community table, ...

snmp_mibII(3) -- mib-2 module for snmpd.

The snmp_mibII module implements parts of the internet standard MIB-2. Most of the relevant MIBs are implemented. Some of the tables are restricted to be read-only instead of read-write. The exact cur...

snmp_netgraph(3) -- netgraph module for snmpd.

The snmp_netgraph module implements a number of tables and scalars that enable remote access to the netgraph subsystem. It also exports a number of global variables and functions, that allow other mod...

snprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

sockatmark(3) -- determine whether the read pointer is at the OOB mark

To find out if the read pointer is currently pointing at the mark in the data stream, the sockatmark() function is provided. If sockatmark() returns 1, the next read will return data after the mark. O...

SPLAY_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

SPLAY_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

sprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

sputrune(3) -- rune support for C

sqrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions

The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.

sqrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions

The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.

srand(3) -- bad random number generator

These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...

srand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

sranddev(3) -- bad random number generator

These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...

srandom(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators

srandomdev(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators

sscanf(3) -- input format conversion

STAILQ_CONCAT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

standend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

standout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

start_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines

statvfs(3) -- retrieve file system information

stdarg(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

stdio(3) -- standard input/output library functions

The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream I/O interface. Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the physical I/O characteristics are concealed. The fun...

stpcpy(3) -- copy strings

The stpcpy() and strcpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character.) The strncpy() function copies at most len characters from src into dst. If src is less than...

strcasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case

The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2. The strncasecmp() compares at most len characters.

strcasestr(3) -- locate a substring in a string

The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. The strcasestr() function is similar to strstr(), but ignores the case of bot...

strcat(3) -- concatenate strings

The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating `\0'. The string s must have sufficient spa...

strchr(3) -- locate character in string

The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', ...

strcmp(3) -- compare strings

The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. The strncmp() function compares not more than len characters. Because strncmp() is designed for com...

strcoll(3) -- compare strings according to current collation

The strcoll() function lexicographically compares the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation if any, otherwise call strcmp, and returns an integer greater than, eq...

strcpy(3) -- copy strings

strcspn(3) -- span the complement of a string

The strcspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s do not occur in string charset (it spans the complement of charset).

strdup(3) -- save a copy of a string

The strdup() function allocates sufficient memory for a copy of the string str, does the copy, and returns a pointer to it. The pointer may subsequently be used as an argument to the function free(3)....

strerror(3) -- system error messages

strerror_r(3) -- system error messages

strfmon(3) -- convert monetary value to string

The strfmon() function places characters into the array pointed to by s as controlled by the string pointed to by format. No more than maxsize bytes are placed into the array. The format string is com...

strftime(3) -- format date and time

The strftime() function formats the information from timeptr into the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format. The format string consists of zero or more conversion specifications and ...

strheight(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

string(3) -- string specific functions

The string functions manipulate strings terminated by a null byte. See the specific manual pages for more information. For manipulating variable length generic objects as byte strings (without the nul...

stringlist(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions

strlcat(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation

The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike...

strlcpy(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation

strlen(3) -- find length of string

The strlen() function computes the length of the string s.

strmode(3) -- convert inode status information into a symbolic string

The strmode() function converts a file mode (the type and permission information associated with an inode, see stat(2)) into a symbolic string which is stored in the location referenced by bp. This st...

strncasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case

The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2. The strncasecmp() compares at most len characters.

strncat(3) -- concatenate strings

strncmp(3) -- compare strings

strncpy(3) -- copy strings

strnstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string

strpbrk(3) -- locate multiple characters in string

The strpbrk() function locates in the null-terminated string s the first occurrence of any character in the string charset and returns a pointer to this character. If no characters from charset occur ...

strptime(3) -- parse date and time string

The strptime() function parses the string in the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format, and fills in the elements of the structure pointed to by timeptr. The resulting values will be...

strrchr(3) -- locate character in string

strsep(3) -- separate strings

The strsep() function locates, in the string referenced by *stringp, the first occurrence of any character in the string delim (or the terminating `\0' character) and replaces it with a `\0'. The ...

strsignal(3) -- system signal messages

strspn(3) -- span a string

The strspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s occur in string charset.

strstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string

strtod(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point

These conversion functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, respectively. The expected form of the string is an optional p...

strtof(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point

strtofflags(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names

strtoimax(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer

The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr to an i...

strtok(3) -- string tokens

This interface is obsoleted by strsep(3). The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the c...

strtok_r(3) -- string tokens

strtol(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer

strtold(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point

strtoll(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer

strtoq(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer

strtoul(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer

The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtoumax() function converts the ...

strtoull(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer

strtoumax(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer

strtouq(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer

strunvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters

The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. Unvis is called with succes...

strunvisx(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters

strvis(3) -- visually encode characters

The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i...

strvisx(3) -- visually encode characters

strwidth(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

strxfrm(3) -- transform a string under locale

The strxfrm() function transforms a null-terminated string pointed to by src according to the current locale collation if any, then copies the transformed string into dst. Not more than n characters a...

stty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)

subpad(3) -- create and display curses pads

subwin(3) -- create curses windows

svcerr_auth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_decode(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_noproc(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_noprog(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_progvers(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_systemerr(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcerr_weakauth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors

svcfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svcraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svctcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svcudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svcunixfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svcunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_auth_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers

svc_control(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_destroy(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_dg_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_dg_enablecache(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_exit(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_fds(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_fdset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_fd_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_freeargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_getargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_getcaller(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_getreqset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_getreq_common(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_getreq_poll(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_getrpccaller(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_pollset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_raw_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers

svc_register(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_run(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_sendreply(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

svc_tli_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_tp_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

svc_unreg(3) -- library routines for registering servers

svc_unregister(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

svc_vc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles

swab(3) -- swap adjacent bytes

The function swab() copies len bytes from the location referenced by src to the location referenced by dst, swapping adjacent bytes. The argument len must be an even number.

swapcontext(3) -- modify and exchange user thread contexts

swprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

swscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

syncok(3) -- create curses windows

sysconf(3) -- get configurable system variables

This interface is defined by IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1''). A far more complete interface is available using sysctl(3). The sysconf() function provides a method for applications to determine th...

sysctl(3) -- get or set system information

The sysctl() function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl() consists of integers, strings, an...

sysctlbyname(3) -- get or set system information

sysctlnametomib(3) -- get or set system information

sysexits(3) -- preferable exit codes for programs

According to style(9), it is not a good practice to call exit(3) with arbitrary values to indicate a failure condition when ending a program. Instead, the pre-defined exit codes from sysexits should b...

syslog(3) -- control system log

system(3) -- pass a command to the shell

The system() function hands the argument string to the command interpreter sh(1). The calling process waits for the shell to finish executing the command, ignoring SIGINT and SIGQUIT, and blocking SIG...

sys_errlist(3) -- system error messages

sys_nerr(3) -- system error messages

sys_siglist(3) -- system signal messages

sys_signame(3) -- system signal messages

TAILQ_CONCAT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_PREV(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

TAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked

tan(3) -- tangent functions

The tan() and the tanf() functions compute the tangent of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundo...

tanf(3) -- tangent functions

tanh(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions

The tanh() and the tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

tanhf(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions

The tanh() and the tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).

tcdrain(3) -- line control functions

The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ...

tcflow(3) -- line control functions

tcflush(3) -- line control functions

tcgetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

tcgetpgrp(3) -- get foreground process group ID

The tcgetpgrp() function returns the value of the process group ID of the foreground process group associated with the terminal device. If there is no foreground process group, tcgetpgrp() returns an ...

tcsendbreak(3) -- line control functions

tcsetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure

tcsetpgrp(3) -- set foreground process group ID

If the process has a controlling terminal, the tcsetpgrp() function sets the foreground process group ID associated with the terminal device to pgrp_id. The terminal device associated with fd must be ...

tdelete(3) -- manipulate binary search trees

The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ...

telldir(3) -- directory operations

tempnam(3) -- temporary file routines

The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be...

termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines

termcap(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

termname(3) -- curses environment query routines

tfind(3) -- manipulate binary search trees

tgamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function

tgetent(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

tgetflag(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

tgetnum(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

tgetstr(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

tgoto(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database

tigetflag(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

tigetnum(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

tigetstr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

time(3) -- get time of day

The time() function returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time. If an error occurs, time() returns the value (time_t)-1. The ...

time2posix(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch

IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1'') legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 GMT 1986." This effectively implies that POSIX time_t's cannot include leap...

timegm(3) -- transform binary date and time values

timeout(3) -- curses input options

timeradd(3) -- operations on timevals

These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...

timerclear(3) -- operations on timevals

These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...

timercmp(3) -- operations on timevals

These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...

timerisset(3) -- operations on timevals

These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...

timersub(3) -- operations on timevals

These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...

times(3) -- process times

This interface is obsoleted by getrusage(2) and gettimeofday(2). The times() function returns the value of time in CLK_TCK's of a second since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordina...

timezone(3) -- return the timezone abbreviation

This interface is for compatibility only; it is impossible to reliably map timezone's arguments to a time zone abbreviation. See ctime(3). The timezone() function returns a pointer to a time zone abb...

tmpfile(3) -- temporary file routines

tmpnam(3) -- temporary file routines

toascii(3) -- convert a byte to 7-bit ASCII

The toascii() function strips all but the low 7 bits from a letter, including parity or other marker bits.

tolower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion

The tolower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned cha...

top_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item

touchline(3) -- curses refresh control routines

touchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines

toupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion

The toupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char...

towctrans(3) -- wide character mapping functions

The wctrans() function returns a value of type wctrans_t which represents the requested wide character mapping operation and may be used as the second argument for calls to towctrans(). The following ...

towlower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion (wide character version)

The towlower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter.

towupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion (wide character version)

The towupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter.

tparm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

tputs(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

tree(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees

tree_add(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...

tree_delete(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

tree_init(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

tree_mung(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

tree_srch(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

tree_trav(3) -- balanced binary tree routines

trimdomain(3) -- trim the current domain name from a host name

The function trimdomain() removes the current domain name from the passed fullhost name by writing a NUL character over the first period of the passed name. The current domain name is determined by ca...

tsearch(3) -- manipulate binary search trees

ttyname(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor

ttyslot(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor

twalk(3) -- manipulate binary search trees

typeahead(3) -- curses input options

tzset(3) -- initialize time conversion information

The tzset() function initializes time conversion information used by the library routine localtime(3). The environment variable TZ specifies how this is done. If TZ does not appear in the environment,...

tzsetwall(3) -- initialize time conversion information

ualarm(3) -- schedule signal after specified time

This is a simplified interface to setitimer(2). The ualarm() function waits a count of microseconds before asserting the terminating signal SIGALRM. System activity or time used in processing the call...

ucontext(3) -- user thread context

The ucontext_t type is a structure type suitable for holding the context for a user thread of execution. A thread's context includes its stack, saved registers, and list of blocked signals. The ucont...

ufs_disk_close(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks

The ufs_disk_close() function closes a disk and frees internal memory related to it. It does not free the disk structure. The ufs_disk_fillout() and ufs_disk_fillout_blank() functions open a disk spec...

ufs_disk_fillout(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks

ufs_disk_fillout_blank(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks

ufs_disk_write(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks

ulimit(3) -- get and set process limits

The ulimit() function will get and set process limits. Currently this is limited to the maximum file size. The cmd argument is one of the following: UL_GETFSIZE will return the maximum file size in un...

uname(3) -- get system identification

The uname() function stores NUL-terminated strings of information identifying the current system into the structure referenced by name. The utsname structure is defined in the header f...

unctrl(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

ungetc(3) -- un-get character from input stream

The ungetc() function pushes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushed-back characters will be returned by subsequent reads on the str...

ungetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

ungetmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses

ungetwc(3) -- un-get wide-character from input stream

The ungetwc() function pushes the wide-character wc (converted to an wchar_t) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushedbacked wide-characters will be returned by subsequent reads on ...

uniaddr(3) -- address handling

The UNI message library contains a number of utility functions to handle NSAP and E.164 addresses. The function uni_str2nsap() parses a string and interprets it as an NSAP address. The string should c...

unifunc(3) -- message handling functions

The libngatm library handles UNI 4.0 messages. For each information element and message type the header files contain a structure definition. Additionally there are a number of help structures and a g...

unimsg(3) -- message buffers

These functions are used to manipulate variable sized message. They are inspired by BSD mbufs and SysV stream buffers, but somewhat simplified because signalling generally is a low bandwidth task. All...

unistruct(3) -- ATM signalling library

unlockpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions

unpost_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows

unpost_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows

unsetenv(3) -- environment variable functions

untouchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines

unvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters

update_panels(3) -- panel stack extension for curses

usbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines

The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...

user_from_uid(3) -- cache password and group entries

use_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors

use_env(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines

use_extended_names(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions

use_helpfile(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

use_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface

usleep(3) -- suspend process execution for an interval measured in microseconds

The usleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either microseconds microseconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its action is to invoke a signal-catchin...

utime(3) -- set file times

This interface is obsoleted by utimes(2). The utime() function sets the access and modification times of the named file from the structures in the argument array timep. If the times are specified (the...

uucplock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device

The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...

uuid(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...

uuid_compare(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_create(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_create_nil(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_equal(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_from_string(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_hash(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_is_nil(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uuid_to_string(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions

uu_lock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device

uu_lockerr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device

uu_lock_txfr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device

uu_unlock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device

valloc(3) -- aligned memory allocation function

The valloc() function is obsoleted by the current version of malloc(3), which aligns page-sized and larger allocations. The valloc() function allocates size bytes aligned on a page boundary. It is imp...

varargs(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

vasprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

va_arg(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

va_copy(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

va_end(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

va_start(3) -- variable argument lists

A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...

verr(3) -- formatted error messages

verrc(3) -- formatted error messages

verrx(3) -- formatted error messages

vfprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

vfscanf(3) -- input format conversion

vfsisloadable(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

vfsload(3) -- manage virtual file system modules

vfwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

vfwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

vgl(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...

VGLBitmapAllocateBits(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBitmapCopy(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBitmapCreate(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBitmapDestroy(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBitmapPutChar(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBitmapString(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBlankDisplay(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLBox(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLCheckSwitch(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLClear(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLEllipse(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLEnd(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLFilledBox(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLFilledEllipse(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLGetXY(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLKeyboardEnd(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLKeyboardGetCh(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLKeyboardInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLLine(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLMouseInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLMouseMode(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLMouseSetImage(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLMouseSetStdImage(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLMouseStatus(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLPanScreen(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLSetBorder(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLSetPalette(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLSetPaletteIndex(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLSetVScreenSize(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLSetXY(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

VGLTextSetFontFile(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions

vidattr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

vidputs(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database

vis(3) -- visually encode characters

vline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

vprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

vscanf(3) -- input format conversion

vsnprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

vsprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion

vsscanf(3) -- input format conversion

vswprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

vswscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

vsyslog(3) -- control system log

vwarn(3) -- formatted error messages

vwarnc(3) -- formatted error messages

vwarnx(3) -- formatted error messages

vwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

vwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

vwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

vwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

vw_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

vw_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

waddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

waddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

waddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window

waddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

waddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor

warn(3) -- formatted error messages

warnc(3) -- formatted error messages

warnx(3) -- formatted error messages

wattroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wattr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

wbkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines

wborder(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

wchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wclear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

wclrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

wclrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

wcolor_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wcrtomb(3) -- convert a wide-character code to a character (restartable)

The wcrtomb() function stores a multibyte sequence representing the wide character wc, including any necessary shift sequences, to the character array s, storing a maximum of MB_CUR_MAX bytes. If s is...

wcscat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcschr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcscmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcscoll(3) -- compare wide strings according to current collation

The wcscoll() function compares the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation order. In the ``C'' locale, wcscoll() is equivalent to wcscmp().

wcscpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcscspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsftime(3) -- convert date and time to a wide-character string

The wcsftime() function is equivalent to the strftime() function except for the types of its arguments. Refer to strftime(3) for a detailed description.

wcslcat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcslcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcslen(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsncat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsncmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsncpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcspbrk(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsrchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsrtombs(3) -- convert a wide-character string to a character string (restartable)

The wcsrtombs() function converts a string of wide characters indirectly pointed to by src to a corresponding multibyte character string stored in the array pointed to by dst. No more than len bytes a...

wcsspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcsstr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wcstod(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double

The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.

wcstof(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double

The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.

wcstoimax(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...

wcstok(3) -- split wide-character string into tokens

The wcstok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated wide character string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the characters in sep. The first...

wcstol(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

wcstold(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double

The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.

wcstoll(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

wcstombs(3) -- multibyte character support for C

wcstoul(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

wcstoull(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

wcstoumax(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...

wcswidth(3) -- number of column positions in wide-character string

The wcswidth() function determines the number of column positions required for the first n characters of pwcs, or until a null wide character (L'\0') is encountered.

wcsxfrm(3) -- transform a wide string under locale

The wcsxfrm() function transforms a null-terminated wide character string pointed to by src according to the current locale collation order then copies the transformed string into dst. No more than n ...

wctob(3) -- convert between wide and single-byte characters

wctomb(3) -- multibyte character support for C

wctrans(3) -- wide character mapping functions

wctype(3) -- wide character class functions

wcursyncup(3) -- create curses windows

wcwidth(3) -- number of column positions of a wide-character code

The wcwidth() function determines the number of column positions required to display the wide character wc.

wdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window

wdeleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

wechochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor

week(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

weekday(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era

wenclose(3) -- mouse interface through curses

werase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window

wgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard

wgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

wgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard

whline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

winch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window

winchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

winchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window

winnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

winsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window

winsdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

winsertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window

winsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

winsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window

winstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window

wmemchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wmemcmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wmemcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wmemmove(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wmemset(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations

The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).

wmouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses

wmove(3) -- move curses window cursor

wnoutrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

wordexp(3) -- perform shell-style word expansions

The wordexp() function performs shell-style word expansion on words and places the list of words into the we_wordv member of we, and the number of words into we_wordc. The flags argument is the bitwis...

wordfree(3) -- perform shell-style word expansions

wprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion

wprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows

wredrawln(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

wrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines

wresize(3) -- resize a curses window

The wresize function reallocates storage for an ncurses window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values. If either dimension is larger than the current values, the window's data is filled wit...

wscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion

wscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window

wscrl(3) -- scroll a curses window

wsetscrreg(3) -- curses output options

wstandend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wstandout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines

wsyncdown(3) -- create curses windows

wsyncup(3) -- create curses windows

wtimeout(3) -- curses input options

wtouchln(3) -- curses refresh control routines

wvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines

xdr(3) -- library routines for external data representation

These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...

xdrmem_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdrrec_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdrrec_endofrecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdrrec_eof(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdrrec_skiprecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdrstdio_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_accepted_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_array(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_authsys_parms(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_bool(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_bytes(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_callhdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_callmsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_destroy(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_double(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_enum(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_float(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_free(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_getpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_inline(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_int(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_opaque(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_opaque_auth(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_pmap(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_pmaplist(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_pointer(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_reference(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_rejected_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_replymsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls

xdr_setpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_string(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_union(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_u_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_u_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_u_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_vector(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_void(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xdr_wrapstring(3) -- library routines for external data representation

xprt_register(3) -- library routines for registering servers

xprt_unregister(3) -- library routines for registering servers

y0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

y0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

y1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

y1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

yn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

ynf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind

zlib(3) -- compression/decompression library

The zlib library is a general purpose data compression library. The code is thread safe. It provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed d...

_Exit(3) -- perform normal program termination

_longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

_rand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines

_secure_path(3) -- determine if a file appears to be secure

This function does some basic security checking on a given path. It is intended to be used by processes running with root privileges in order to decide whether or not to trust the contents of a given ...

_setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps

__svc_getcallercreds(3) -- library routines for RPC servers

aac(4) -- Adaptec AdvancedRAID Controller driver

The aac driver provides support for the Adaptec AAC family of SCSI Ultra2, Ultra160, and Ultra320 RAID controllers. Supported controllers include: +o AAC-364 +o Adaptec SCSI RAID 2120S +o Adaptec SCSI...

acd(4) -- generic ATA/ATAPI disk controller driver

The ata driver provides access to ATA (IDE) and SerialATA disk drives, ATAPI CDROM/DVD drives, ZIP/LS120 ATAPI drives and ATAPI tape drives connected to controllers according to the ATA/ATAPI standard...

acpi(4) -- Advanced Configuration and Power Management support

The acpi driver provides support for the Intel/Microsoft/Compaq/Toshiba ACPI standard. This support includes platform hardware discovery (superseding the PnP and PCI BIOS), as well as power management...

ad(4) -- generic ATA/ATAPI disk controller driver

adv(4) -- Advansys ISA/VL/EISA/PCI 8bit SCSI Host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the 8bit SCSI bus connected to the Advanced Systems Products, Inc. ASC900, ASC1000, ASC1090, ASC1200, ASC3030, ASC3050, and ASC3150 host adapter chips. The following tab...

adw(4) -- Advansys PCI 16bit SCSI Host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the 16bit SCSI bus connected to the Advanced Systems Products, Inc. ASC3550 Ultra, and ASC38C0800 Ultra2, SCSI Host Adapter chips. AdvanSys products incorporating these ...

afd(4) -- generic ATA/ATAPI disk controller driver

agp(4) -- generic interface to the Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP)

The agp driver provides uniform, abstract methods for controlling the following devices: +o Ali M1541 host-to-AGP bridge +o AMD 751 and 761 host-to-AGP bridges +o Intel i820, i840, i845, i850, and i86...

agpgart(4) -- generic interface to the Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP)

aha(4) -- Adaptec SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the SCSI bus connected to an Adaptec AHA-154xA, AHA-154xB, AHA-154xC, AHA-154xCF, AHA-154xCP, or AHA-1640 host adapter. x is 0 for controllers without a floppy drive and...

ahb(4) -- Adaptec EISA SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the SCSI bus connected to an Adaptec AHA-1740, AHA-1742, AHA-1740A, AHA-1742A host adapters in ``enhanced'' mode. Tagged queueing and synchronous SCSI transfers are su...

ahc(4) -- Adaptec VL/EISA/PCI SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the SCSI bus(es) connected to Adaptec AIC7770, AIC7850, AIC7860, AIC7870, AIC7880, AIC7890, AIC7891, AIC7892, AIC7895, AIC7896, AIC7897 and AIC7899 host adapter chips. T...

ahd(4) -- Adaptec PCI/PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the SCSI bus(es) connected to Adaptec AIC7901 and AIC7902 host adapter chips. These chips are found on many motherboards as well as the 29320 and 39320 Adaptec SCSI cont...

i386/aic(4) -- Adaptec AIC-6260 and AIC-6360 SCSI driver

The aic driver provides support for the Adaptec AIC-6260 and AIC-6360 SCSI controller chips. This includes the Adaptec AHA-1505, AHA-1510A, AHA-1510B, AHA-1520A, AHA-1520B, AHA-1522A, AHA-1522B, AHA-1...

aio(4) -- asynchronous I/O

The aio facility provides system calls for asynchronous I/O. It is available both as a kernel option for static inclusion and as a dynamic kernel module.

i386/alpm(4) -- Acer Aladdin 15x3 Power Management controller driver

This driver provides access to the Aladdin 15x3 Power Management Unit. Currently, only smbus controller function is implemented. The embedded SMBus controller of the Aladdin chipset may give you acces...

als4000(4) -- FreeBSD PCM audio device infrastructure

The pcm driver provides support for PCM audio play and capture. This driver also supports various PCI, WSS/MSS compatible, ISA sound cards, and AC97 mixer. Once the pcm driver attaches, supported devi...

amd(4) -- amd53c974 PCI SCSI driver

The amd driver provides support for the amd53c974 based SCSI cards, such as Tekram DC390 or Tekram DC390T.

i386/amdpm(4) -- AMD 756 Power Management controller driver

This driver provides access to the AMD 756 Power management controller. Currently, only smbus controller function is implemented. The embedded SMBus controller of the AMD 756 chipset may give you acce...

amr(4) -- AMI MegaRAID PCI-SCSI RAID driver

The amr driver provides support for American Megatrends MegaRAID Express, Elite and Enterprise family SCSI RAID controllers, including models relabeled and sold by Hewlett-Packard and Dell. Supported ...

an(4) -- Aironet Communications 4500/4800 wireless network adapter driver

The an driver provides support for Aironet Communications 4500 and 4800 wireless network adapters and variants, including the following: +o Aironet Communications 4500 and 4800 series +o Cisco Aironet...

i386/apm(4) -- APM BIOS interface

apm is an interface to the Intel / Microsoft APM (Advanced Power Management) BIOS on laptop PCs. apm provides the following power management functions. 1. When the system wakes up from suspended mode,...

i386/ar(4) -- synchronous Digi/Arnet device driver

The ar driver supports the Digi/Arnet SYNC/570i ISA and PCI cards that is based on the HD64570 chip. Both the 2 and 4 port cards are supported and auto detected. The standard FreeBSD sppp code is used...

arp(4) -- Address Resolution Protocol

The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used to dynamically map between Protocol Addresses (such as IP addresses) and Local Network Addresses (such as Ethernet addresses). This implementation maps IP...

i386/asc(4) -- device driver for a GI1904-based hand scanner

The asc character device driver currently handles the GI1904-based hand scanner (e.g. Trust Amiscan Grey). It uses DMA and interrupts. Up to 50 lines of scanned input data are buffered in the driver. ...

asr(4) -- driver for Adaptec I2O based SCSI/ATA host bus adapters

The Adaptec asr driver provides access to disks and disk arrays controlled by I2O based host bus adapters and SmartRAID SCSI RAID adapters through the standard SCSI disk da(4) interface. The adapters ...

ast(4) -- generic ATA/ATAPI disk controller driver

ata(4) -- generic ATA/ATAPI disk controller driver

atapicam(4) -- CAM XPT (transport) module for ATAPI devices

The ATAPI/CAM module allows ATAPI devices (CD-ROM, CD-RW, DVD drives, floppy drives such as Iomega Zip, tape drives) to be accessed through the SCSI subsystem, cam(4). ata(4) and scbus(4) must be conf...

ath(4) -- Atheros IEEE 802.11 driver

The ath driver provides support for wireless network adapters based on the Atheros AR5210, AR5211, and AR5212 chips. Chip-specific support is provided by the Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL), that ...

ath_hal(4) -- Atheros Hardware Access Layer (HAL)

The ath_hal module provides hardware support for wireless network adapters based on the Atheros AR5210, AR5211, and AR5212 chips. This module is required by the ath(4) driver. Devices supported by the...

atkbd(4) -- the AT keyboard interface

The atkbd driver, together with the atkbdc driver, provides access to the AT 84 keyboard or the AT enhanced keyboard which is connected to the AT keyboard controller. This driver is required for the c...

atkbdc(4) -- the AT keyboard controller interface

The keyboard controller atkbdc provides I/O services for the AT keyboard and PS/2 mouse style pointing devices. This controller is required for the keyboard driver atkbd and the PS/2 pointing device d...

aue(4) -- ADMtek AN986 Pegasus USB Ethernet driver

The aue driver provides support for USB ethernet adapters based on the ADMtek AN986 Pegasus chipset, including the following: +o Abocom UFE1000, DSB650TX_NA +o Accton USB320-EC, SpeedStream +o ADMtek ...

awi(4) -- AMD PCnetMobile IEEE 802.11 PCMCIA wireless network driver

The awi driver supports various IEEE 802.11 wireless cards which run AMD PCnetMobile firmware based on AMD 79c930 controller with Intersil (formerly Harris) PRISM radio chipset. It provides access to ...

axe(4) -- ASIX Electronics AX88172 USB Ethernet driver

The axe driver provides support for USB ethernet adapters based on the ASIX Electronics AX88172 USB 2.0 chipset, including the following: +o D-Link DUBE100 +o LinkSys USB200M +o Netgear FA120 The AX88...

bfe(4) -- Broadcom BCM4401 Ethernet Device Driver

The bfe driver provides support for the Broadcom BCM4401 based Fast Ethernet adapters. The bfe driver supports the following media types: autoselect Enable autoselection of the media type and options ...

bge(4) -- Broadcom BCM570x PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

The bge driver provides support for various NICs based on the Broadcom BCM570x family of gigabit ethernet controller chips, including the following: +o 3Com 3c996-T (10/100/1000baseTX) +o Dell PowerEd...

bktr(4) -- video capture driver

The bktr driver provides support for PCI video capture and VBI capture on low cost, high performance boards. The driver is based on the Matrox Meteor driver and uses the same API. The bktr driver shou...

blackhole(4) -- a sysctl(8) MIB for manipulating behaviour in respect of refused TCP or UDP connection attempts

The blackhole sysctl(8) MIB is used to control system behaviour when connection requests are received on TCP or UDP ports where there is no socket listening. Normal behaviour, when a TCP SYN segment i...

bpf(4) -- Berkeley Packet Filter

The Berkeley Packet Filter provides a raw interface to data link layers in a protocol independent fashion. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this ...

bridge(4) -- bridging support

FreeBSD supports bridging on Ethernet-type interfaces, including VLANs. Bridging support can be either compiled into the kernel, or loaded at runtime as a kernel module. A single FreeBSD host can do b...

brooktree(4) -- video capture driver

bt(4) -- Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides access to the SCSI bus connected to a Buslogic/Mylex MultiMaster or compatible controller: MultiMaster "W" Series Host Adapters: Adapter Bus Commands Description BT-948 PCI 192 ...

CAM(4) -- CAM SCSI subsystem

The CAM SCSI subsystem provides a uniform and modular system for the implementation of drivers to control various SCSI devices, and to utilize different SCSI host adapters through host adapter drivers...

cam(4) -- CAM SCSI subsystem

card(4) -- PC Card bridge driver

The pcic driver controls the PC Card subsystem. The pcic driver supports most ExCA devices attached to either ISA or PCI bus. The pcic driver does not support the so-called TCIC controllers made by Da...

cardbus(4) -- CardBus bus driver

The cardbus driver implements the CardBus bus. The cardbus driver supports all cardbus bridges in the system.

cbb(4) -- cardbus bridge driver

The pccbb driver implements the Yenta specification for CardBus bridges. The following PCI cardbus and pcmcia bridges are supported: Cirrus Logic PD6832 Cirrus Logic PD6833 Cirrus Logic PD6834 O2micro...

ccd(4) -- Concatenated Disk driver

The ccd driver provides the capability of combining one or more disks/partitions into one virtual disk. This document assumes that you are familiar with how to generate kernels, how to properly config...

cd(4) -- SCSI CD-ROM driver

The cd driver provides support for a SCSI CD-ROM (Compact Disc-Read Only Memory) drive. In an attempt to look like a regular disk, the cd driver synthesizes a partition table, with one partition cover...

ch(4) -- SCSI media-changer (juke box) driver

The ch driver provides support for a SCSI media changer. It allows many slots of media to be multiplexed between a number of drives. The changer device may optionally be equipped with a bar code reade...

ciss(4) -- Common Interface for SCSI-3 Support driver

The ciss driver claims to provide a common interface between generic SCSI transports and intelligent host adapters. The ciss driver supports CISS as defined in the document entitled CISS Command Inter...

i386/CPU_ELAN(4) -- AMD Elan 520 CPU support

The options CPU_ELAN enables support for the AMD Elan 520 CPU. A device /dev/elan-mmcr exports the MMCR register bank to userland using mmap(2). The i8254 timer will be adjusted to the slightly unorth...

i386/CPU_SOEKRIS(4) -- AMD Elan 520 CPU support

crypto(4) -- hardware crypto access driver

The crypto driver provides userland applications access to hardware crypto support via the kernel. The /dev/crypto device node primarily operates in an ioctl(2) based model, permitting a variety of ap...

i386/cs(4) -- ethernet device driver

The cs driver provides support for ISA ethernet adapters based on the Crystal Semiconductor CS8900 and CS8920 NICs. These devices are used on the IBM EtherJet ISA adapters and in many embedded applica...

csa(4) -- Crystal Semiconductor CS461x/462x/4280 PCI bridge device driver

The csa bridge driver allows the generic audio drivers including pcm(4) to attach to the following PCI sound cards: +o Crystal Semiconductor CS461x/462x Audio Accelerator +o Crystal Semiconductor CS42...

cue(4) -- CATC USB-EL1210A USB Ethernet driver

The cue driver provides support for USB ethernet adapters based on the Computer Access Technology Corporation's USB-EL1210A chipset, including the CATC Netmate and Netmate II, the Belkin F5U011/F5U11...

i386/cx(4) -- driver for synchronous/asynchronous Cronyx-Sigma WAN adapters

The cx driver needs either sppp(4) or netgraph(4). Which one to use is determined by NETGRAPH_CRONYX option. If this option is present in your kernel configuration file, the cx driver will be compiled...

i386/cy(4) -- Cyclades Cyclom-Y serial driver

The cy driver provides support for Cirrus Logic CD1400-based EIA RS-232C (CCITT V.24) communications interfaces (ports) on Cyclades Cyclom-Y boards. Each CD1400 provides 4 ports. Cyclom-Y boards with ...

da(4) -- SCSI Direct Access device driver

The da driver provides support for all SCSI devices of the direct access class that are attached to the system through a supported SCSI Host Adapter. The direct access class includes disk, magneto-opt...

dc(4) -- DEC/Intel 21143 and clone 10/100 ethernet driver

The dc driver provides support for several PCI fast ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the following chipsets: +o DEC/Intel 21143 +o ADMtek AL981 Comet, AN985 Centaur, ADM9511 Centaur...

dcons(4) -- dumb console device driver

The dcons device is the simple console device which just reads from and writes to an allocated buffer for input and output respectivly. It is no use by itself and it is supposed that the buffer is acc...

dcons_crom(4) -- Configuration ROM stub for dcons(4)

The dcons_crom exposes buffer address of dcons(4) through Configuration ROM of FireWire(4). This address is supposed to be used by dconschat(8).

ddb(4) -- interactive kernel debugger

The ddb kernel debugger has most of the features of the old kdb, but with a more rational syntax inspired by gdb(1). If linked into the running kernel, it can be invoked locally with the `debug' keym...

de(4) -- DEC DC21x4x Ethernet device driver

The de driver provides support for the Ethernet adapters based on the Digital Equipment DC21x4x based self-contained Ethernet and Fast Ethernet chips, including: +o Asante +o Cogent EM100FX and EM440T...

devctl(4) -- device event reporting and device control interface

The devctl device is used to report device events from the kernel. Future versions will allow for some device control as well.

i386/dgb(4) -- DigiBoard intelligent serial cards driver

The dgb driver provides support for DigiBoard PC/Xe and PC/Xi series intelligent serial multiport cards with asynchronous interfaces based on the EIA RS-232C (CCITT V.24) standard. Input and output fo...

disc(4) -- software discard network interface

The disc interface is a software discard mechanism which may be used for performance analysis and/or software testing. As with other network interfaces, the discard interface must have network address...

divert(4) -- kernel packet diversion mechanism

Divert sockets are similar to raw IP sockets, except that they can be bound to a specific divert port via the bind(2) system call. The IP address in the bind is ignored; only the port number is signif...

dpt(4) -- DPT RAID Controller SCSI driver

The dpt driver provides support for the following RAID adapters: +o DPT Smart Cache Plus +o Smart Cache II (PM2?2?, PM2022 [EISA], PM2024/PM2124 [PCI]) (Gen2) +o Smart RAID II (PM3?2?, PM3021, PM3222)...

dummynet(4) -- traffic shaper, bandwidth manager and delay emulator

The dummynet system facility permits the control of traffic going through the various network interfaces, by applying bandwidth and queue size limitations, implementing different scheduling and queue ...

ed(4) -- ethernet device driver

The ed driver provides support for 8 and 16bit ethernet cards that are based on the National Semiconductor DS8390 and similar NICs manufactured by other companies. It supports all 80x3 series ethernet...

ef(4) -- pseudo-device driver providing support for multiple ethernet frame types

The ef pseudo-device driver clones each ethernet type device with four additional interfaces. Each of them is capable to send or receive only one predefined frame type. Names for the new interfaces cr...

ehci(4) -- USB Enhanced Host Controller driver

The ehci driver provides support for the USB Enhanced Host Controller Interface, which is used by USB 2.0 controllers. EHCI controllers are peculiar in that they can only handle the USB 2.0 protocol. ...

i386/el(4) -- Ethernet driver for 3Com Etherlink 3C501 device driver

The el interface provides support for the 3Com 3c501 8bit ISA ethernet card. The 3c501 card is known to be quite slow, and a different ethernet card should be used if possible. However, they allow ine...

em(4) -- Intel(R) PRO/1000 gigabit Ethernet driver for the FreeBSD operating system

The em driver provides support for PCI gigabit Ethernet adapters based on the Intel 82540, 82542, 82543, 82544 and 82546 Ethernet controller chips. The driver supports Transmit/Receive checksum offloa...

emu10k1(4) -- FreeBSD PCM audio device infrastructure

en(4) -- device driver for Midway-based ATM interfaces

The en device driver supports Midway-based ATM interfaces including the Efficient Networks, Inc. ENI-155 and Adaptec ANA-59x0. Midway is an AAL5 SAR (Segmentation and Reassembly) chip. For configuring...

i386/ep(4) -- Ethernet driver for 3Com Etherlink III (3c5x9)

The ep device driver supports network adapters based on the 3Com 3C5x9 Etherlink III Parallel Tasking chipset, like the following: +o 3C1 CF +o 3C509-TP, 3C509-BNC, 3C509-Combo, 3C509-TPO, 3C509-TPC I...

i386/ex(4) -- Ethernet device driver for the Intel EtherExpress Pro/10 and Pro/10+

The ex driver provides support for the 16-bit PCI Intel EtherExpress Pro/10 and Pro/10+ Ethernet cards based on the Intel i82595 chip. The Olicom OC2220 is also supported. The card will be searched fo...

exca(4) -- helper module for PC Card and CardBus systems

The exca module is used to implement the Intel ExCA interface to PC Cards.

faith(4) -- IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP relay capturing interface

The faith interface captures IPv6 TCP traffic, for implementing userland IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP relay like faithd(8). Each faith interface is created at runtime using interface cloning. This is most easily ...

fast_ipsec(4) -- hardware-accelerated IP Security Protocols

IPsec is a set of protocols, ESP (for Encapsulating Security Payload) AH (for Authentication Header), and IPComp (for IP Payload Compression Protocol) that provide security services for IP datagrams. ...

fatm(4) -- Device driver for Fore PCA200E ATM interfaces

The fatm device driver supports the FORE (now Marconi) PCA200E ATM interface cards. The driver interfaces with the natm(4) framework, netgraph(4) and HARP. It provides only PVC services. Signalling, A...

fd(4) -- file descriptor files

The files /dev/fd/0 through /dev/fd/# refer to file descriptors which can be accessed through the file system. If the file descriptor is open and the mode the file is being opened with is a subset of ...

fdc(4) -- PC architecture floppy disk controller driver

Device Usage This driver provides access to floppy disk drives. Floppy disks using either FM (single-density) or MFM (double or high-density) recording can be handled. Floppy disk controllers can conn...

i386/fe(4) -- Fujitsu MB86960A/MB86965A based Ethernet adapters

The fe is a network device driver for Ethernet adapters based on Fujitsu MB86960A, MB86965A, or other compatible chips, such as: +o Allied Telesis RE1000, RE1000Plus, ME1500 (110-pin) +o CONTEC C-NET(...

fea(4) -- device drivers for DEC FDDI controllers

The fpa and fea device driver provides support for the DEC DEFPA PCI FDDI Controller and the DEC DEFEA EISA FDDI Controller, respectively. All variants of either controller are supported including the...

firewire(4) -- IEEE1394 High-performance Serial Bus

FreeBSD provides machine-independent bus support and raw drivers for firewire interfaces. The firewire driver consists of two layers: the controller and the bus layer. The controller attaches to a phy...

fla(4) -- M-systems DiskOnChip

DiskOnChip is a family of high-performance, single-chip flash disks available in a wide range of capacities. The fla driver supports the following in the family of M-systems DiskOnChip: DiskOnChip2000...

fpa(4) -- device drivers for DEC FDDI controllers

fwe(4) -- Ethernet emulation driver for FireWire

The fwe driver provides non-standard ethernet emulation over FireWire (IEEE 1394). firewire(4) and fwohci(4) must be configured in the kernel as well. This driver exploits asynchronous stream over IEE...

fwohci(4) -- OHCI firewire chipset device driver

The fwohci driver provides support for PCI/CardBus firewire interface cards. The driver supports following IEEE 1394 OHCI chipsets. NEC uPD72861 Texas Instruments TSB12LV{22,23,26}, TSB43{AA22,AB22/A}...

fxp(4) -- Intel EtherExpress Pro/100B ethernet device driver

The fxp driver provides support for the EtherExpress Pro/10, InBusiness 10/100, Pro/100 B, Pro/100+, Pro/100 VE, Pro/100 M, and Pro/100 S PCI Fast Ethernet adapters based on the Intel i82557, i82558, ...

gbde(4) -- Geom Based Disk Encryption

NOTICE: Please be aware that this code has not yet received much review and analysis by qualified cryptographers and therefore should be consid- ered a slightly suspect experimental facility. We canno...

gem(4) -- ERI/GEM/GMAC Ethernet device driver

The gem driver provides support for the GMac Ethernet hardware found mostly in the last Apple PowerBooks G3s and most G4-based Apple hardware, as well as many Sun UltraSPARCs. Cards supported by this ...

geom(4) -- modular disk I/O request transformation framework.

The GEOM framework provides an infrastructure in which "classes" can perform transformations on disk I/O requests on their path from the upper kernel to the device drivers and back. Transformations ...

GEOM(4) -- modular disk I/O request transformation framework.

gif(4) -- generic tunnel interface

The gif interface is a generic tunnelling device for IPv4 and IPv6. It can tunnel IPv[46] traffic over IPv[46]. Therefore, there can be four possible configurations. The behavior of gif is mainly base...

gre(4) -- encapsulating network device

The gre network interface pseudo device encapsulates datagrams into IP. These encapsulated datagrams are routed to a destination host, where they are decapsulated and further routed to their final des...

i386/gsc(4) -- a device driver for a handy scanner

The gsc character device driver currently handles only the Genius GS-4500 handy scanner. It operates in pure DMA modes, although the hardware could be set up to work with irq. I had neither enough doc...

gusc(4) -- Gravis UltraSound ISA bridge device driver

The gusc bridge driver allows the generic audio drivers including pcm(4) to attach to the following ISA sound cards: +o Gravis UltraSound PnP +o Gravis UltraSound MAX The value of flags specifies the ...

gx(4) -- Intel Pro/1000 gigabit ethernet driver

The gx driver provides support for NICs based on the Intel 82542 and 82543 gigabit ethernet controller chips. Both fiber and copper variants of the cards are supported. The 82542 supports TBI (ten bit...

harp(4) -- Pseudo physical interface driver for HARP

The harp driver when loaded attaches to all netgraph ATM interface in the system and for each of these interfaces presents a physical interface to the HARP stack. The name of the harp physical interfa...

hatm(4) -- Device driver for Fore/Marconi HE155 and HE622 ATM interfaces

The hatm device driver supports the FORE (now Marconi) HE155 and HE622 ATM interface cards. The driver interfaces with the natm(4) framework, netgraph(4) and the HARP ATM stack. It provides only PVC s...

hifn(4) -- Hifn 7751/7951/7811/7955/7956 crypto accelerator

The hifn driver supports various cards containing the Hifn 7751, 7951, 7811, 7955, and 7956 chipsets, such as Invertex AEON No longer being made. Came as 128KB SRAM model, or 2MB DRAM model. Hifn 7751...

hme(4) -- Sun Microelectronics STP2002-STQ Ethernet interfaces device driver

The hme driver supports Sun Microelectronics STP2002-STQ Fast Ethernet interfaces.

i4b(4) -- isdn4bsd call control ISDN driver

The i4b device driver is used by the isdnd(8) daemon to exchange messages with the isdn4bsd kernel part for the purpose of call establishment, control and disconnection and to access various control a...

i4bcapi(4) -- CAPI driver for the isdn4bsd kernel part

i4bcapi is a CAPI driver for the isdn4bsd package. It sits between layer 4 of isdn4bsd and a driver for an active ISDN card; currently only the iavc(4) driver for the AVM B1 and T1 family of active ca...

i4bctl(4) -- control device for the isdn4bsd kernel part

The i4bctl device is used by the isdndebug(8) utility to get and set the current debugging level and other information of the isdn4bsd package kernel ISDN handling layers.

i4bing(4) -- isdn4bsd NetGraph ISDN B-channel interface driver

The i4bing driver interfaces the FreeBSD NetGraph subsystem with the isdn4bsd package. The driver just packs packets received from the NetGraph subsystem without anything appended or prepended into ra...

i4bipr(4) -- isdn4bsd IP over ISDN B-channel network driver

The i4bipr driver interfaces the IP subsystem of the operating system with the isdn4bsd package so that transport of IP packets over an ISDN link is possible. The driver just packs IP packets without ...

i4bisppp(4) -- isdn4bsd synchronous PPP over ISDN B-channel network driver

The i4bisppp driver interfaces the IP subsystem of the operating system with the isdn4bsd package so that a transport of IP packets over an ISDN link is possible. The driver is just a glue layer betwe...

i4bq921(4) -- isdn4bsd pseudo device driver handling the Q.921 protocol

i4bq921 is the ISDN D channel layer 2 handler.

i4bq931(4) -- isdn4bsd pseudo device driver handling the Q.931 protocol

i4bq931 is the ISDN D channel layer 3 handler.

i4brbch(4) -- isdn4bsd ISDN Raw B-CHannel access driver

The i4brbch driver provides an interface to the raw untranslated B-channel. It is part of the isdn4bsd package.

i4btel(4) -- isdn4bsd ISDN B-channel telephony interface driver

The i4btel driver provides an interface to the ISDN B-channel for telephony applications and is currently used by the isdnd(8) for answering machine support. The driver is part of the isdn4bsd package...

i4btrc(4) -- isdn4bsd ISDN interface driver for D and B channel tracing

The i4btrc driver is used to add a header to the data got from the D and/or B channel and queues it to be read and further processed by the isdntrace(8) or isdndecode(8) utilities.

iavc(4) -- isdn4bsd AVM B1/T1 driver

The iavc driver is used to access the AVM family of active cards to the i4bcapi(4) driver and the isdn4bsd package. Currently the AVM B1 PCI, the AVM B1 ISA and the AVM T1 PCI cards are supported.

ichsmb(4) -- Intel ICH SMBus controller driver

This driver provides access to the SMBus controller logical device contained in the Intel 82801AA (ICH), 82801AB (ICH0), 82801BA (ICH2), 82801CA (ICH3), and 82801DC (ICH4) PCI chips.

icmp(4) -- Internet Control Message Protocol

ICMP is the error and control message protocol used by IP and the Internet protocol family. It may be accessed through a ``raw socket'' for network monitoring and diagnostic functions. The proto par...

icmp6(4) -- Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6

ICMPv6 is the error and control message protocol used by IPv6 and the Internet protocol family. It may be accessed through a ``raw socket'' for network monitoring and diagnostic functions. The proto...

ida(4) -- Compaq Intelligent Drive Array Controllers

The Compaq Intelligent Drive Array (IDA) technology is used to distribute data across an array of hard drives. It unites these hard drives into one or more high-performance logical drives. The drive a...

idt(4) -- device driver for IDT NICStAR-based ATM interfaces

The idt device driver supports ATM network interfaces based on the IDT NICStAR 77211 controller, including the FORE Systems ForeRunner LE25 and LE155. For configuring the card for IP see natmip(4). AT...

i386/ie(4) -- ethernet device driver

The ie driver provides support for 8 and 16bit ISA ethernet cards that are based on the Intel i82586 chip. It supports the AT&T Starlan 10 and Starlan Fiber, the EN100, the Intel EtherExpress 16, the ...

ieee80211(4) -- standard interface to IEEE 802.11 devices

This section describes the interface standard interface to configuration and status information on IEEE 802.11 devices. Most devices support options not configurable by this interface. They must be se...

ifmib(4) -- Management Information Base for network interfaces

The ifmib facility is an application of the sysctl(3) interface to provide management information about network interfaces to client applications such as netstat(1), slstat(8), and SNMP management age...

ifpi(4) -- isdn4bsd AVM Fritz!Card PCI Version 1 driver

The ifpi driver provides D-channel layer 1 support as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports passive PCI ISDN Version 1.0 cards from AVM based...

ifpi2(4) -- isdn4bsd AVM Fritz!Card PCI Version 2 driver

The ifpi2 driver provides D-channel layer 1 support as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports the version 2 passive PCI ISDN cards from AVM ba...

ifpnp(4) -- isdn4bsd AVM Fritz!Card ISA PnP driver

The ifpnp driver provides D-channel layer 1 supports as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports passive ISA PnP ISDN cards from AVM, based on t...

if_an(4) -- Aironet Communications 4500/4800 wireless network adapter driver

if_aue(4) -- ADMtek AN986 Pegasus USB Ethernet driver

if_awi(4) -- AMD PCnetMobile IEEE 802.11 PCMCIA wireless network driver

if_bge(4) -- Broadcom BCM570x PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

if_cue(4) -- CATC USB-EL1210A USB Ethernet driver

if_dc(4) -- DEC/Intel 21143 and clone 10/100 ethernet driver

if_de(4) -- DEC DC21x4x Ethernet device driver

if_disc(4) -- software discard network interface

if_ed(4) -- ethernet device driver

if_ef(4) -- pseudo-device driver providing support for multiple ethernet frame types

if_em(4) -- Intel(R) PRO/1000 gigabit Ethernet driver for the FreeBSD operating system

if_en(4) -- device driver for Midway-based ATM interfaces

if_faith(4) -- IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP relay capturing interface

if_fatm(4) -- Device driver for Fore PCA200E ATM interfaces

if_fwp(4) -- Ethernet emulation driver for FireWire

if_fxp(4) -- Intel EtherExpress Pro/100B ethernet device driver

if_gem(4) -- ERI/GEM/GMAC Ethernet device driver

if_gif(4) -- generic tunnel interface

if_gre(4) -- encapsulating network device

if_gx(4) -- Intel Pro/1000 gigabit ethernet driver

if_hatm(4) -- Device driver for Fore/Marconi HE155 and HE622 ATM interfaces

if_hme(4) -- Sun Microelectronics STP2002-STQ Ethernet interfaces device driver

The hme driver supports Sun Microelectronics STP2002-STQ Fast Ethernet interfaces.

if_idt(4) -- device driver for IDT NICStAR-based ATM interfaces

if_kue(4) -- Kawasaki LSI KL5KUSB101B USB Ethernet driver

The kue driver provides support for USB ethernet adapters based on the Kawasaki LSI KL5KLUSB101B chipset, including the following: +o 3Com 3c19250 +o AOX USB101 +o Abocom URE 450 +o ADS Technologies U...

if_lge(4) -- Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

The lge driver provides support for various NICs based on the Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator gigabit ethernet controller chip, including the following: +o SMC TigerCard 1000 (SMC9462SX) +o D-Link DGE-5...

if_nge(4) -- National Semiconductor PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

The nge driver provides support for various NICs based on the National Semiconductor DP83820 and DP83821 gigabit ethernet controller chips, including the following: +o SMC EZ Card 1000 (SMC9462TX) +o ...

if_patm(4) -- Device driver for IDT77252 based ATM interfaces (ProSum and IDT)

The patm device driver supports ATM cards based on the IDT77252 chip. It has been tested with ProSum's ProATM-155 cards and with IDT's evaluation boards. The driver interfaces with the natm(4) frame...

if_pcn(4) -- AMD PCnet/PCI fast ethernet device driver

The pcn driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the AMD PCnet/FAST, PCnet/FAST+, PCnet/FAST III, PCnet/PRO and PCnet/Home ethernet controller chips. The PCn...

if_ppp(4) -- point to point protocol network interface

The ppp interface allows serial lines to be used as network interfaces using the point-to-point protocol. The ppp interface can use various types of compression and has many features over the sl(4) pr...

if_rl(4) -- RealTek 8129/8139 Fast Ethernet device driver

The rl driver provides support for PCI Ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the RealTek 8129 and 8139 Fast Ethernet controller chips, including the following: +o Accton ``Cheetah'' EN...

i386/if_sbni(4) -- Granch SBNI12 leased line modem driver

The sbni driver provides support for leased line modems of following models: +o SBNI12-02, SBNI12D-02 +o SBNI12-04, SBNI12D-04 +o SBNI12-05, SBNI12D-05, ISA and PCI +o SBNI12-10, SBNI12D-10, ISA and P...

if_sbsh(4) -- Granch SBNI16 SHDSL modem device driver

The sbsh driver provides support for an internal PCI modem SBNI16-SHDSL. A device is introduced to the OS as a common Ethernet-like network card which must be configured with ifconfig(8) (all standard...

if_sf(4) -- Adaptec AIC-6915 "Starfire" PCI fast ethernet adapter driver

The sf driver provides support for Adaptec Duralink fast ethernet adapters based on the Adaptec AIC-6915 "Starfire" chipset. This includes the following: +o ANA-62011 64-bit single port 10/100baseTX...

if_sis(4) -- SiS 900, SiS 7016 and NS DP83815 Fast Ethernet device driver

The sis driver provides support for PCI Ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the Silicon Integrated Systems SiS 900 and SiS 7016 Fast Ethernet controller chips, including: +o @Nifty FNE...

if_sk(4) -- SysKonnect SK-984x and SK-982x PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

The sk driver provides support for the SysKonnect SK-984x and SK-982x series PCI gigabit ethernet adapters, including the following: +o 3COM 3C940 single port, 1000baseT adapter +o Linksys EG1032 sing...

if_sl(4) -- slip network interface

The sl interface allows serial lines to be used as network interfaces using the slip protocol. The sl interface can use Van Jacobson TCP header compression and ICMP filtering. This is arranged by usin...

if_sn(4) -- Ethernet driver for SMC91Cxx based cards

The sn device driver supports SMC9xxx based ISA and PCMCIA cards.

if_ste(4) -- Sundance Technologies ST201 fast ethernet device driver

The ste driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the Sundance Technologies ST201 PCI fast ethernet controller chip. This includes the D-Link DFE-550TX. The S...

if_stf(4) -- 6to4 tunnel interface

The stf interface supports ``6to4'' IPv6 in IPv4 encapsulation. It can tunnel IPv6 traffic over IPv4, as specified in RFC3056. For ordinary nodes in 6to4 site, you do not need stf interface. The stf...

if_tap(4) -- Ethernet tunnel software network interface

The tap interface is a software loopback mechanism that can be loosely described as the network interface analog of the pty(4), that is, tap does for network interfaces what the pty driver does for te...

if_ti(4) -- Alteon Networks Tigon I and Tigon II gigabit ethernet driver

The ti driver provides support for PCI gigabit ethernet adapters based on the Alteon Networks Tigon gigabit ethernet controller chip. The Tigon contains an embedded R4000 CPU, gigabit MAC, dual DMA ch...

if_tl(4) -- Texas Instruments ThunderLAN ethernet device driver

The tl driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters based on the Texas Instruments ThunderLAN ethernet controller chip. This includes a large number of Compaq PCI-bus ethernet adapters as well as...

if_tun(4) -- tunnel software network interface

The tun interface is a software loopback mechanism that can be loosely described as the network interface analog of the pty(4), that is, tun does for network interfaces what the pty(4) driver does for...

if_txp(4) -- 3Com 3XP Typhoon/Sidewinder (3CR990) Ethernet interface

The txp interface provides access to the 10Mb/s and 100Mb/s Ethernet networks via the 3Com Typhoon/Sidewinder chipset. This driver supports the following cards: +o 3Com 3CR990-TX-95 +o 3Com 3CR990-TX-...

if_vlan(4) -- IEEE 802.1Q VLAN network interface

The vlan driver demultiplexes frames tagged according to the IEEE 802.1Q standard into logical vlan network interfaces, which allows routing/bridging between multiple VLANs through a single switch tru...

if_vr(4) -- VIA Technologies Rhine I/II/III ethernet device driver

The vr driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the VIA Technologies VT3043 Rhine I, VT86C100A Rhine II, and VT6105/VT6105M Rhine III fast ethernet controlle...

if_wb(4) -- Winbond W89C840F fast ethernet device driver

The wb driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the Winbond W89C840F fast ethernet controller chip. This includes the Trendware TE100-PCIE and various other ...

if_wi(4) -- Lucent Hermes, Intersil PRISM and Spectrum24 IEEE 802.11 driver

The wi driver provides support for wireless network adapters based around the Lucent Hermes, Intersil PRISM-II, Intersil PRISM-2.5, Intersil Prism-3, and Symbol Spectrum24 chipsets. All five chipsets ...

if_xl(4) -- 3Com Etherlink XL and Fast Etherlink XL ethernet device driver

The xl driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the 3Com "boomerang," "cyclone," "hurricane" and "tornado" bus-master Etherlink XL chips. This includ...

ihfc(4) -- isdn4bsd ISA Cologne Chip HFC[-S][-SP] 2B[DS0] driver

The ihfc driver provides D-channel layer 1 supports as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports some passive ISA ISDN cards based on the HFC[-S]...

iic(4) -- I2C generic i/o device driver

The iic character device driver provides generic i/o to any iicbus(4) instance. In order to control I2C devices, use /dev/iic? with the following ioctls: Ioctl Description I2CSTART send start conditio...

iicbb(4) -- I2C generic bit-banging driver

The iicbb driver provides support to any bit-banging interface for the iicbus(4) system.

iicbus(4) -- I2C bus system

The iicbus system provides a uniform, modular and architecture-independent system for the implementation of drivers to control various I2C devices and to utilize different I2C controllers.

iicsmb(4) -- I2C to SMB bridge

The iicsmb driver supports SMB commands over iicbus(4) for the smbus(4) system.

iir(4) -- Intel Integrated RAID controller and ICP Vortex driver

The iir driver claims to interface with the Intel integrated RAID controller cards, and all versions of the ICP Vortex controllers (including FC). Supported controllers include: Intel RAID Controller ...

imm(4) -- parallel to SCSI interface driver

The primary purpose of the vpo driver is to provide access to the Adaptec AIC-7110 SCSI controller built in the Iomega ZIP drive. But it should also work with the Iomega Jaz Traveller parallel to SCSI...

inet(4) -- Internet protocol family

The Internet protocol family is a collection of protocols layered atop the Internet Protocol (IP) transport layer, and utilizing the Internet address format. The Internet family provides protocol supp...

inet6(4) -- Internet protocol version 6 family

The inet6 family is an updated version of inet(4) family. While inet(4) implements Internet Protocol version 4, inet6 implements Internet Protocol version 6. inet6 is a collection of protocols layered...

intpm(4) -- Intel PIIX4 Power Management controller driver

This driver provides access to Intel PIIX4 PCI Controller function 3, Power management controller. Currently, only smbus controller function is implemented. But it also have bus idle monitoring functi...

intro(4) -- introduction to devices and device drivers

This section contains information related to devices, device drivers and miscellaneous hardware. The device abstraction [Toc] [Back] Device is a term used mostly for hardware-related stuff that ...

i386/io(4) -- I/O privilege file

The special file /dev/io is a controlled security hole that allows a process to gain I/O privileges (which are normally reserved for kernelinternal code). Any process that holds a file descriptor on /...

ip(4) -- Internet Protocol

IP is the transport layer protocol used by the Internet protocol family. Options may be set at the IP level when using higher-level protocols that are based on IP (such as TCP and UDP). It may also be...

ip6(4) -- Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6)

IPv6 is the network layer protocol used by the Internet protocol version 6 family (AF_INET6). Options may be set at the IPv6 level when using higher-level protocols that are based on IPv6 (such as TCP...

ipaccounting(4) -- IP packet filter and traffic accounting

The ipfw system facility allows filtering, redirecting, and other operations on IP packets travelling through network interfaces. The user interface for ipfw is implemented by the ipfw(8) utility, so ...

ipacct(4) -- IP packet filter and traffic accounting

ipf(4) -- packet filtering kernel interface

ipfirewall(4) -- IP packet filter and traffic accounting

ipfw(4) -- IP packet filter and traffic accounting

ipl(4) -- IP packet log device

The ipl pseudo device's purpose is to provide an easy way to gather packet headers of packets you wish to log. If a packet header is to be logged, the entire header is logged (including any IP option...

ipnat(4) -- Network Address Translation kernel interface

ips(4) -- IBM/Adaptec ServeRAID controller driver

The ips driver claims to support the IBM (now Adaptec) ServeRAID series SCSI controller cards. Some supported devices include: IBM ServeRAID 3H ServeRAID 4L/4M/4H ServeRAID Series 5 ServeRAID 6i/6M Th...

ipsec(4) -- IP security protocol

ipsec is a security protocol in Internet Protocol layer. ipsec is defined for both IPv4 and IPv6 (inet(4) and inet6(4)). ipsec consists of two sub-protocols, namely ESP (encapsulated security payload)...

isic(4) -- isdn4bsd Siemens ISDN Chipset device driver

The isic driver provides D-channel layer 1 supports as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports several 8 and 16bit passive ISA, ISA PnP and PCI...

isp(4) -- Qlogic based SCSI and FibreChannel SCSI Host Adapters

This driver provides access to SCSI or FibreChannel devices. SCSI features include support for Ultra SCSI and wide mode transactions for SCSI, Ultra2 LVD (for the ISP1080 and ISP1280), and Ultra3 LVD ...

ispfw(4) -- Firmware Module for Qlogic based SCSI and FibreChannel SCSI Host Adapters

This trivial driver provides access to firmware sets for the Qlogic based SCSI and FibreChannel SCSI Host Adapters. It may either be statically linked into the kernel, or loaded as a module. In either...

itjc(4) -- isdn4bsd NETjet-S / Teles PCI-TJ hardware driver

The itjc driver provides D-channel layer 1 supports as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports passive PCI ISDN cards based on the combination ...

iwic(4) -- isdn4bsd Winbond ISDN Chip device driver

The iwic driver provides D-channel layer 1 supports as specified in ITU Recommendation I.430 and layer 1 support for the B-channel. The driver supports passive PCI ISDN cards from various manufacturer...

joy(4) -- joystick device driver

The joystick device driver allows applications to read the status of the PC joystick. This device may be opened by only one process at a time. The joystick status is read from a structure via a read()...

kame(4) -- introduction and roadmap to KAME IPv6 software package

KAME software package is a result of joint work of several IPv6 researchers in Japan, to provide reference implementation of IPv6 to Berkeley Software Distribution (BSD) derived system such as BSD/OS,...

keyboard(4) -- pc keyboard interface

The PC keyboard is used as the console character input device. The keyboard is owned by the current virtual console. To switch between the virtual consoles use the sequence ALT+Fn, which means hold do...

kld(4) -- dynamic kernel linker facility

The LKM (Loadable Kernel Modules) facility has been deprecated in FreeBSD 3.0 and above in favor of the kld interface. This interface, like its predecessor, allows the system administrator to dynamica...

kmem(4) -- memory files

The special file /dev/mem is an interface to the physical memory of the computer. Byte offsets in this file are interpreted as physical memory addresses. Reading and writing this file is equivalent to...

ktr(4) -- kernel tracing facility

The ktr facility allows kernel events to be logged while the kernel executes so that they can be examined later when debugging. The only mandatory option to enable ktr is ``options KTR''. The KTR_EN...

kue(4) -- Kawasaki LSI KL5KUSB101B USB Ethernet driver

i386/le(4) -- DEC EtherWORKS II/III Ethernet device driver

The le driver provides support for the later Digital Equipment EtherWORKS II (DE200, DE201, DE202, DE422), and the DEC EtherWORKS III NICs (DE203, DE204, and DE205) NICs. The valid IRQ settings for th...

led(4) -- enable soekris hardware specific options like the error LED

The led driver provides generic support for handling LEDs, lamps and other announciators. The hardware driver must supply a function to turn the announciator on and off and the device name of the anno...

lge(4) -- Level 1 LXT1001 NetCellerator PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

i386/linux(4) -- Linux ABI support

The linux module provides limited Linux ABI (application binary interface) compatibility for userland applications. The module provides the following significant facilities: +o An image activator for ...

lmc(4) -- LAN Media Corp. PCI WAN adapter driver

The lmc driver supports Lan Media Corp. Wide Area Network (WAN) adapters based on the DEC DECchip 21140A (DEC ``Tulip'') PCI Fast Ethernet controller. Supported boards include: LMC1000 Synchronous S...

i386/lnc(4) -- AMD Lance/PCnet Ethernet device driver

The lnc driver provides support for the AMD family of Lance/PCnet Ethernet NICs including the Am7990 and Am79C960. The Ethernet cards supported by the lnc interface are: Novell NE2100 Novell NE32-VL I...

lo(4) -- software loopback network interface

The loop interface is a software loopback mechanism which may be used for performance analysis, software testing, and/or local communication. As with other network interfaces, the loopback interface m...

lomac(4) -- Low-Watermark Mandatory Access Control security facility

The LOMAC module provides a drop-in security mechanism in addition to the traditional POSIX UID-based security facilities, requiring no additional configuration from the administrator. LOMAC aims to b...

i386/longrun(4) -- Transmeta(TM) Crusoe(TM) LongRun(TM) support

loop(4) -- software loopback network interface

lp(4) -- printer port Internet Protocol driver

The lp driver allows a PC parallel printer port to be used as a point-topoint network interface between two similarly configured systems. Data is transferred 4 bits at a time, using the printer status...

lpbb(4) -- parallel port I2C bit-banging interface

The lpbb driver supports the Philips official I2C parallel bit-banging interface. LS05 pin 14 (Vcc) o ------- | | | +--+--+---------------------+--+--+------------+------+-o 1 | | | | | | | ===.1uF | ...

lpt(4) -- generic printer device driver

The current lpt driver is the port of the original lpt driver to the ppbus(4) system. One purpose of this port was to allow parallel port sharing with other parallel devices. Secondly, inb()/outb() ca...

mac(4) -- Mandatory Access Control

Introduction The Mandatory Access Control, or MAC, framework allows administrators to finely control system security by providing for a loadable security policy architecture. It is important to note t...

mac_biba(4) -- Biba data integrity policy

The mac_biba policy module implements the Biba integrity model, which protects the integrity of system objects and subjects by means of a strict information flow policy. In Biba, all system subjects a...

mac_bsdextended(4) -- file system firewall policy

The mac_bsdextended interface provides an interface for the system administrator to impose mandatory rules regarding users and some system objects. Rules are uploaded to the module (typically using ug...

mac_ifoff(4) -- interface silencing policy

The mac_ifoff interface silencing module allows administrators to enable and disable incoming and outgoing data flow on system network interfaces via the sysctl(8) interface. To disable network traffi...

mac_lomac(4) -- Low-watermark Mandatory Access Control data integrity policy

The mac_lomac policy module implements the LOMAC integrity model, which protects the integrity of system objects and subjects by means of an information flow policy coupled with the subject demotion v...

mac_mls(4) -- Multi-Level Security confidentiality policy

The mac_mls policy module implements the Multi-Level Security, or MLS model, which controls access between subjects and objects based on their confidentiality by means of a strict information flow pol...

mac_none(4) -- null MAC policy module

The mac_none policy module implements a sample MAC policy that has no effect on access control in the system. Unlinke 4(mac_stub), none of the MAC entry points are defined. Label Format [Toc] [B...

mac_partition(4) -- process partition policy

The mac_partition policy module implements a process partition policy, which allows administrators to place running processes into ``partitions'', based on their numeric process partition (specified...

mac_portacl(4) -- network port access control policy

The mac_portacl policy allows administrators to administratively limit binding to local UDP and TCP ports via the sysctl(8) interface. In order to enable the mac_portacl policy, MAC policy must be enf...

mac_seeotheruids(4) -- simple policy controlling whether users see other users

The mac_seeotheruids policy module, when enabled, denies users to see processes or sockets owned by other users. To enable mac_seeotheruids, set the sysctl OID security.mac.seeotheruids.enabled to 1. ...

mac_stub(4) -- MAC policy stub module

The mac_stub policy module implements a sample MAC policy that has no effect on access control in the system. Unlinke 4(mac_none), each MAC entry point is defined as a ``no-op'', so the policy modul...

mac_test(4) -- MAC framework testing policy

The mac_test policy module implements a testing facility for the MAC framework. Among other things, mac_test will try to catch corrupt labels the system is attempting to destroy and drop to the debugg...

maestro3(4) -- FreeBSD audio sub-driver for ESS Maestro3/Allegro-1 hardware

The maestro3 driver provides support for the ESS Maestro3 and Allegro-1 sound chips under the PCM framework. These chips are mostly found in laptop computers and feature an AC97 mixer, a multi-channel...

i386/mcd(4) -- Mitsumi CD-ROM driver

The mcd driver provides a data and audio interface to the Mitsumi-brand CD-ROM player. The CD-ROM player must be interfaced to the ISA bus through one of the Mitsumi proprietary controller boards. The...

md(4) -- memory disk

The md driver provides support for four kinds of memory backed virtual disks: malloc Backing store is allocated using malloc(9). Only one mallocbucket is used, which means that all md devices with mal...

mem(4) -- memory files

i386/meteor(4) -- video capture driver

The meteor driver provides support for a PCI video capture. It allows the capture of 24 bit RGB, 16 bit RGB and 16 bit YUV output formats. Meteor Driver Installation [Toc] [Back] To use the Matr...

miibus(4) -- IEEE 802.3 Media Independent Interface network bus

The miibus driver provides an interconnection between the Media Access Control (MAC) sublayer, the Physical Layer entities (PHY), Station Management (STA) entities, and the PHY Layer as defined by the...

mlx(4) -- Mylex DAC-family RAID driver

The mlx driver provides support for Mylex DAC-family PCI to SCSI RAID controllers, including versions relabeled by Digital/Compaq. Supported controllers include: +o DAC960P +o DAC960PD / DEC KZPSC (Fa...

mly(4) -- Mylex AcceleRAID/eXtremeRAID family driver

The mly driver provides support for Mylex AcceleRAID and eXtremeRAID-family PCI to SCSI RAID controllers with version 6.00 and later firmware. Supported controllers include: +o AcceleRAID 160 +o Accel...

mouse(4) -- mouse and pointing device drivers

The mouse drivers mse(4), psm(4), ums(4) and sysmouse(4) provide user programs with movement and button state information of the mouse. Currently there are specific device drivers for bus, InPort, PS/...

mpt(4) -- LSI Fusion-MPT SCSI/Fibre Channel driver

The mpt driver provides support for the LSI Logic Fusion-MPT family of SCSI and Fibre Channel controllers: +o 53c1030 (Dual Ultra320 SCSI) +o FC909 (1Gb/s Fibre Channel) +o FC909A (Dual 1Gb/s Fibre Ch...

i386/mse(4) -- bus and InPort mice driver

The mse driver provides support for the bus mouse and the InPort mouse, which are often collectively called ``bus'' mice, as these mice are sold with an interface card which needs to be installed in...

mtio(4) -- FreeBSD magtape interface

The special files named /dev/[n]sa* refer to SCSI tape drives, which may be attached to the system. /dev/[n]sa*.ctl are control devices that can be used to issue ioctls to the SCSI tape driver to set ...

multicast(4) -- Multicast Routing

Multicast routing is used to efficiently propagate data packets to a set of multicast listeners in multipoint networks. If unicast is used to replicate the data to all listeners, then some of the netw...

my(4) -- Myson Technology Ethernet PCI driver

The my driver provides support for various NICs based on the Myson chipset. The Myson chipset is a variant of the DEC Tulip NIC chipset. Supported models include: +o Myson MTD800 PCI Fast Ethernet chi...

natm(4) -- Native Mode ATM protocol layer

The BSD ATM software comes with a native mode ATM protocol layer which provides socket level access to AAL0 and AAL5 virtual circuits. To enable this protocol layer, add options NATM to your kernel co...

natmip(4) -- IP over ATM PVCs

The NATM protocol stack includes support for IP over ATM. Without any additional signalling stacks or other modules it is possible to build a CLIP (classical IP over ATM) network based on PVCs. An ATM...

ncr(4) -- NCR 53C8xx SCSI driver

The ncr driver provides support for the following NCR/Symbios SCSI controller chips: +o 53C810 +o 53C810A +o 53C815 +o 53C820 +o 53C825A +o 53C860 +o 53C875 +o 53C875J +o 53C885 +o 53C895 +o 53C895A +...

ncv(4) -- NCR 53C500 based SCSI host adapter driver

The ncv driver provides access to the SCSI bus connected to an NCR 53C500 based PC-Card SCSI host adapter or an Adaptec AHA-2920 on the PCI bus. The following list of devices are currently supported: ...

net(4) -- introduction to networking facilities

This section is a general introduction to the networking facilities available in the system. Documentation in this part of section 4 is broken up into three areas: protocol families (domains), protoco...

netgraph(4) -- graph based kernel networking subsystem

The netgraph system provides a uniform and modular system for the implementation of kernel objects which perform various networking functions. The objects, known as nodes, can be arranged into arbitra...

netintro(4) -- introduction to networking facilities

networking(4) -- introduction to networking facilities

nge(4) -- National Semiconductor PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

ng_async(4) -- asynchronous framing netgraph node type

The async node type performs conversion between synchronous frames and asynchronous frames, as defined for the PPP protocol in RFC 1662. Asynchronous framing uses flag bytes and octet-stuffing to simu...

ng_atm(4) -- netgraph ATM node type

ng_atmpif(4) -- netgraph HARP/ATM Virtual Physical Interface

ng_bluetooth(4) -- placeholder for global Bluetooth variables

The ng_bluetooth module is a placeholder for global Bluetooth variables. All Bluetooth variables can be examined and changed via sysctl(8). Bluetooth Variables [Toc] [Back] Below is the descript...

ng_bpf(4) -- Berkeley packet filter netgraph node type

The bpf node type allows Berkeley Packet Filter (see bpf(4)) filters to be applied to data travelling through a Netgraph network. Each node allows an arbitrary number of connections to arbitrarily nam...

ng_bridge(4) -- Ethernet bridging netgraph node type

The bridge node type performs Ethernet bridging over one or more links. Each link (represented by a connected hook) is used to transmit and receive raw Ethernet frames. As packets are received, the no...

ng_bt3c(4) -- Netgraph node type that is also a 3Com Bluetooth PC card driver

The btccc node type is both a persistent Netgraph node type and a driver for 3Com Bluetooth PC card (3CRWB6096-HP). It implements a Bluetooth HCI UART transport layer as per chapter H4 of the Bluetoot...

ng_btsocket(4) -- Bluetooth sockets layer

The ng_btsocket module implements three Netgraph node types. Each type in its turn implements one protocol within PF_BLUETOOTH domain. BLUETOOTH_PROTO_HCI protocol SOCK_RAW HCI sockets Implemented by ...

ng_cisco(4) -- Cisco HDLC protocol netgraph node type

The cisco node type performs encapsulation and de-encapsulation of packets using the Cisco HDLC protocol. This is a fairly simple protocol for the transmission of packets across high speed synchronous...

ng_device(4) -- device netgraph node type

A device node is both a netgraph node and a system device interface. When a device node is created, a new device entry appears which is accessible via the regular file operators such as open(2), close...

ng_echo(4) -- netgraph echo node type

The echo node type reflects all data and control messages back to the sender. This node type is used for testing and debugging.

ng_etf(4) -- Ethertype filtering netgraph node type

The etf node type multiplexes and filters data between hooks on the basis of the ethertype found in an ethernet header, presumed to be in the first 14 bytes of the data. Incoming Ethernet frames are a...

ng_ether(4) -- Ethernet netgraph node type

The ng_ether netgraph node type allows Ethernet interfaces to interact with the netgraph(4) networking subsystem. Once the ng_ether module is loaded in the kernel, a node is automatically created for ...

ng_frame_relay(4) -- frame relay netgraph node type

The frame_relay node type performs encapsulation, de-encapsulation, and multiplexing of packets using the frame relay protocol. It supports up to 1024 DLCI's. The LMI protocol is handled by a separat...

ng_gif(4) -- generic tunnel interface netgraph node type

The ng_gif netgraph node type allows gif(4) interfaces to interact with the netgraph(4) networking subsystem. Once the ng_gif module is loaded in the kernel, a node is automatically created for each g...

ng_gif_demux(4) -- demultiplexer for packets from ng_gif(4) nodes

The ng_gif_demux netgraph node type demultiplexes the output from ng_gif(4) nodes in the netgraph(4) networking subsystem. The gif hook is meant to be connected to the lower or orphans hook of an ng_g...

ng_h4(4) -- Netgraph node type that is also an H4 line discipline

The h4 node type is both a persistent Netgraph node type and a H4 line discipline. It implements a Bluetooth HCI UART transport layer as per chapter H4 of the Bluetooth Specification Book v1.1. A new ...

ng_hci(4) -- Netgraph node type that is also a Bluetooth Host Controller Interface (HCI) layer

The hci node type is a Netgraph node type that implements Bluetooth Host Controller Interface (HCI) layer as per chapter H1 of the Bluetooth Specification Book v1.1.

ng_hole(4) -- netgraph discard node type

The hole node type silently discards all data and control messages it receives. This type is used for testing and debugging.

ng_iface(4) -- interface netgraph node type

An iface node is both a netgraph node and a system networking interface. When an iface node is created, a new interface appears which is accessible via ifconfig(8). Iface node interfaces are named ng0...

ng_ip_input(4) -- netgraph IP input node type

The ip_input node type takes all received packets and queues them into the IP in input processing subsystem.

ng_ksocket(4) -- kernel socket netgraph node type

A ksocket node is both a netgraph node and a BSD socket. The ng_ksocket node type allows one to open a socket inside the kernel and have it appear as a Netgraph node. The ng_ksocket node type is the r...

ng_l2cap(4) -- Netgraph node type that implements Bluetooth Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)

The l2cap node type is a Netgraph node type that implements Bluetooth Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol as per chapter D of the Bluetooth Specification Book v1.1. L2CAP provides connection-...

ng_l2tp(4) -- L2TP protocol netgraph node type

The l2tp node type implements the encapsulation layer of the L2TP protocol as described in RFC 2661. This includes adding the L2TP packet header for outgoing packets and verifying and removing it for ...

ng_lmi(4) -- frame relay LMI protocol netgraph node type

The lmi node type performs the frame relay LMI protocol. It supports the ITU Annex A, ANSI Annex D, and Group-of-four LMI types. It also supports auto-detection of the LMI type. To enable a specific L...

ng_mppc(4) -- Microsoft MPPC/MPPE compression and encryption netgraph node type

The mppc node type implements the Microsoft Point-to-Point Compression (MPPC) and Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE) sub-protocols of the PPP protocol. These protocols are often used in conjun...

ng_one2many(4) -- packet multiplexing netgraph node type

The one2many provides a simple mechanism for routing packets over several links in a one-to-many (and in the reverse direction, many-to-one) fashion. There is a single hook named one, and multiple hoo...

ng_ppp(4) -- PPP protocol netgraph node type

The ppp node type performs multiplexing for the PPP protocol. It handles only packets that contain data, and forwards protocol negotiation and control packets to a separate controlling entity (e.g., a...

ng_pppoe(4) -- RFC 2516 PPPOE protocol netgraph node type

The pppoe node type performs the PPPoE protocol. It is used in conjunction with the netgraph(4) extensions to the Ethernet framework to divert and inject Ethernet packets to and from a PPP agent (whic...

ng_pptpgre(4) -- PPTP GRE protocol netgraph node type

The pptpgre node type performs Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) over IP for the PPTP protocol as specified by RFC 2637. This involves packet encapsulation, sequencing, acknowledgement, and an adapt...

ng_rfc1490(4) -- RFC 1490 netgraph node type

The rfc1490 node type performs protocol encapsulation, de-encapsulation, and multiplexing according to RFC 1490 (which has since been updated by RFC 2427). This particular type of encapsulation is oft...

ng_socket(4) -- netgraph socket node type

A socket node is both a BSD socket and a netgraph node. The ng_socket node type allows user-mode processes to participate in the kernel netgraph(4) networking subsystem using the BSD socket interface....

ng_split(4) -- netgraph node to separate incoming and outgoing flows

The split node type is used to split a bidirectional stream of packets into two separate unidirectional streams of packets.

ng_sscfu(4) -- netgraph SSCF at the UNI node type

ng_sscop(4) -- netgraph SSCOP node type

ng_tee(4) -- netgraph ``tee'' node type

The tee node type has a purpose similar to the tee(1) command. Tee nodes are useful for debugging or ``snooping'' on a connection between two netgraph nodes. Tee nodes have four hooks, right, left, ...

ng_tty(4) -- netgraph node type that is also a line discipline

The tty node type is both a netgraph node type and a line discipline. A new node is created when the corresponding line discipline, NETGRAPHDISC, is registered on a tty device (see tty(4)). The node h...

ng_ubt(4) -- Netgraph node type that is also a driver for Bluetooth USB devices

The ubt node type is both a persistent Netgraph node type and a driver for Bluetooth USB devices. It implements a Bluetooth USB transport layer as per chapter H2 of the Bluetooth Specification Book v1...

ng_UI(4) -- UI netgraph node type

The UI node type has two hooks, upstream and downstream. Packets received on downstream must have 0x03 (indicating unnumbered information) as their first byte; if not the packet is dropped. This byte ...

ng_uni(4) -- netgraph UNI node type

ng_vjc(4) -- Van Jacobson compression netgraph node type

The vjc node type performs Van Jacobson compression, which is used over PPP, SLIP, and other point-to-point IP connections to compress TCP packet headers. The ip hook represents the uncompressed side ...

nmdm(4) -- nullmodem terminal driver

The nmdm driver provides support for a device-pair termed a null modem pair. A null modem pair is a pair of character devices. Each device provides to a process an interface identical to that describe...

i386/npx(4) -- Numeric Processing Extension coprocessor

The npx driver enables the use of the system's Numeric Processing Extension coprocessor. Numeric processing extensions are present in systems with 486DX CPUs and in systems with 387 or 487SX coproces...

nsp(4) -- Workbit Ninja SCSI-3 based PC-Card SCSI host adapter driver

The nsp driver provides access to the SCSI bus connected to a PC-Card SCSI host adapter based on a Ninja SCSI-3 controller by Workbit. The following adapters are known to work: +o Alpha-Data AD-PCS201...

null(4) -- the null device

The null device accepts and reads data as any ordinary (and willing) file - but throws it away. The length of the null device is always zero.

ohci(4) -- OHCI USB Host Controller driver

The ohci driver provides support for OHCI-type PCI based USB controllers. This includes AcerLabs M5237 (Aladdin-V) AMD-756 OPTi 82C861 (FireLink) NEC uPD 9210 CMD Tech 670 (USB0670) CMD Tech 673 (USB0...

oldcard(4) -- PC Card bridge driver

opie(4) -- One-time Passwords In Everything

OPIE is a package derived from the Bellcore S/Key Version 1 distribution that helps to secure a system against replay attacks (see below). It does so using a secure hash function and a challenge/respo...

orm(4) -- ISA I/O space option ROM(s) driver

The driver scans at boot time the ISA I/O memory space for option ROM(s) and claims them. Other drivers are thus precluded from using ISA I/O memory that is on top of an option ROM.

i386/pae(4) -- 0PAE

The PAE option provides support for the physical address extensions capability of the Intel Pentium Pro and above CPUs, and allows for up to 64 gigabytes of memory to be used in systems capable of sup...

i386/PAE(4) -- 0PAE

pass(4) -- CAM application passthrough driver

The pass driver provides a way for userland applications to issue CAM CCBs to the kernel. Since the pass driver allows direct access to the CAM subsystem, system administrators should exercise caution...

patm(4) -- Device driver for IDT77252 based ATM interfaces (ProSum and IDT)

pccard(4) -- PC Card bus driver

The pccard driver implements the PC Card bus. The pccard driver supports all PC Card bridges in the system.

pccbb(4) -- cardbus bridge driver

i386/pcf(4) -- Philips I2C bus controller

The pcf driver provides support to the Philips PCF8584 I2C controller for the iicbus(4) system. The PCF8584 is an integrated circuit designed in CMOS technology which serves as an interface between mo...

pci(4) -- generic PCI driver

The pci driver provides a way for userland programs to read and write PCI configuration registers. It also provides a way for userland programs to get a list of all PCI devices, or all PCI devices tha...

pcic(4) -- PC Card bridge driver

The pcic driver provides support for older ISA and non-Yenta PCI PC Card bridges. The pcic driver supports most ExCA devices attached to the ISA bus or PCI devices that do not conform to the Yenta spe...

pcm(4) -- FreeBSD PCM audio device infrastructure

pcn(4) -- AMD PCnet/PCI fast ethernet device driver

pcvt(4) -- VT220 virtual screen system console

Overview The pcvt driver provides a virtual screen handling system. Probably most important is an emulation of a wide range of DEC VT-220 functionality. See Features for a detailed description. The pc...

i386/perfmon(4) -- CPU performance-monitoring interface

The perfmon driver provides access to the internal performance-monitoring capabilities of the Intel Pentium and Pentium Pro CPUs. These processors implement two internal counters which can be configur...

pim(4) -- Protocol Independent Multicast

PIM is the common name for two multicast routing protocols: Protocol Independent Multicast - Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) and Protocol Independent Multicast - Dense Mode (PIM-DM). PIM-SM is a multicast routin...

plip(4) -- printer port Internet Protocol driver

i386/pnp(4) -- support for ``Plug and Play'' (PnP) ISA devices

The pnp driver enumerates ISA devices which support ``Plug and Play ISA Specification'' in the system. It assigns ISA bus resources (interrupt line, DMA channel, I/O ports, and memory region) to eac...

i386/pnpbios(4) -- support for embedded devices on the motherboard

The pnpbios driver enumerates embedded ISA devices on the motherboard whose BIOS supports ``Plug and Play BIOS Specification''. It assigns ISA bus resources (interrupt line, DMA channel, I/O ports, ...

polling(4) -- device polling support

``Device polling'' (polling for brevity) refers to a technique to handle devices that does not rely on the latter to generate interrupts when they need attention, but rather lets the CPU poll device...

ppbus(4) -- Parallel Port Bus system

The ppbus system provides a uniform, modular and architecture-independent system for the implementation of drivers to control various parallel devices, and to utilize different parallel port chipsets.

ppc(4) -- Parallel Port Chipset driver

The ppc driver provides low level support to various parallel port chipsets for the ppbus(4) system. During the probe phase, ppc detects parallel port chipsets and initializes private data according t...

ppi(4) -- user-space interface to ppbus parallel 'geek' port

The ppi driver provides a convenient means for user applications to manipulate the state of the parallel port, enabling easy low-speed I/O operations without the security problems inherent with the us...

ppp(4) -- point to point protocol network interface

psm(4) -- PS/2 mouse style pointing device driver

The psm driver provides support for the PS/2 mouse style pointing device. Currently there can be only one psm device node in the system. As the PS/2 mouse port is located at the auxiliary port of the ...

pst(4) -- device driver for Promise Supertrak SX6000

This driver is for the Promise Supertrak SX6000 ATA hardware RAID controller. It supports (in hardware) RAID levels 0, 1, 0+1, 3, 5 and JBOD on up to 6 ATA disk drives, including automatic rebuild and...

pt(4) -- SCSI processor type driver

The pt driver provides support for a SCSI processor type device. These are usually scanners and other devices using the SCSI link as a communication interface with device specific commands embedded in...

pty(4) -- pseudo terminal driver

The pty driver provides support for a device-pair termed a pseudo terminal. A pseudo terminal is a pair of character devices, a master device and a slave device. The slave device provides to a process...

puc(4) -- PCI ``Universal'' Communications driver

This driver acts as a shim to connect PCI serial and parallel ports to the sio(4) and ppc(4) driver. The list of supported devices is in sys/dev/puc/pucdata.c. Support for new cards should be added th...

raid(4) -- RAIDframe disk driver

The raid driver provides RAID 0, 1, 4, and 5 (and more!) capabilities to FreeBSD. This document assumes that the reader has at least some familiarity with RAID and RAID concepts. The reader is also as...

random(4) -- the entropy device

The random device accepts and reads data as any ordinary (and willing) file, but throws away any data written to it, and returns an endless supply of random bytes when read. The only purpose of writin...

i386/ray(4) -- Raytheon Raylink/Webgear Aviator PCCard driver

The ray driver provides support for Raytheon Raylink adapters (commonly available as Webgear Aviator, Webgear Aviator Pro and Raylink PC Card devices.) The core of the Raylink cards is a frequency hop...

i386/rdp(4) -- Ethernet driver for RealTek RTL 8002 pocket ethernet

The rdp device driver supports RealTek RTL 8002-based pocket ethernet adapters, connected to a standard parallel port. These adapters seem to belong to the cheaper choices among pocket ethernet adapte...

re(4) -- RealTek 8139C+/8169/8169S/8110S PCI ethernet adapter driver

The re driver provides support for various NICs based on the RealTek RTL8139C+, RTL8169, RTL8169S and RTL8110S PCI ethernet controllers, including the following: +o Alloy Computer Products EtherGOLD 1...

rl(4) -- RealTek 8129/8139 Fast Ethernet device driver

rndtest(4) -- FIPS 140-2 random number generator test monitor

The rndtest driver ``hooks up'' to hardware crypto devices to monitor the entropy data passed to the random(4) subsystem. This data is periodically tested for FIPS 140-2 compliance and statistics ar...

route(4) -- kernel packet forwarding database

FreeBSD provides some packet routing facilities. The kernel maintains a routing information database, which is used in selecting the appropriate network interface when transmitting packets. A user pro...

rp(4) -- driver for Comtrol RocketPort Intelligent Serial Port Cards

This driver provides a kernel device driver for the RocketPort and RocketPort RA serial boards. These boards provide 8, 16, or 32 highspeed serial ports while requiring only 68 bytes of I/O space for ...

rue(4) -- RealTek RTL8150 USB To Fast Ethernet controller driver

The rue driver provides support for USB Ethernet adapters based on the RealTek RTL8150 USB to Fast Ethernet controller chip. This includes the Melco Inc. LUA-KTX, the GREEN HOUSE GH-USB100B, and the B...

sa(4) -- SCSI Sequential Access device driver

The sa driver provides support for all SCSI devices of the sequential access class that are attached to the system through a supported SCSI Host Adapter. The sequential access class includes tape and ...

sab(4) -- Infineon SAB82532 (ESCC2) serial communications driver

The sab is a Infineon (formerly Siemens) SAB82532 (ESCC2) serial interface chip used in PCI-based UltraSPARC Sun workstations. The ESCC2 provides two independent input/output channels per instance. Th...

safe(4) -- SafeNet crypto accelerator

The safe driver supports cards containing any of the following chips: SafeNet 1141 The original chipset. Supports DES, Triple-DES, AES, MD5, and SHA-1 symmetric crypto operations, RNG, public key oper...

sbc(4) -- Creative Sound Blaster ISA and compatible bridge device driver

The sbc bridge driver allows the generic audio drivers including pcm(4) to attach to the following ISA sound cards: +o Creative SB16, SB32, SB AWE64 (including Gold) and ViBRA16 +o Advance Asound 100,...

i386/sbni(4) -- Granch SBNI12 leased line modem driver

sbp(4) -- Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2) Mass Storage Devices driver

The sbp driver provides support for SBP-2 devices that attach to the FireWire (IEEE 1394) port. It should work with SBP-2 devices which CAM layer supports, for example, HDD, CDROM drive and DVD drive....

sbp_targ(4) -- Serial Bus Protocol 2 (SBP-2) Target Mode devices driver

The sbp_targ driver provides support for SBP-2 target mode. This driver is supposed to work with cam(4), targ(4) and firewire(4). You also need to use scsi_target(8), which can be found in /usr/share/...

sbsh(4) -- Granch SBNI16 SHDSL modem device driver

sc(4) -- the console driver

The syscons driver provides multiple virtual terminals. It resembles the SCO color console driver. The syscons driver is implemented on top of the keyboard driver (atkbd(4)) and the video card driver ...

scbus(4) -- CAM SCSI subsystem

i386/scd(4) -- Sony CDU31/33 CD-ROM driver

The scd driver provides a data interface to the Sony CDU31 and CDU33A CDROM drives. The drive must be hooked to a Sony proprietary interface card or a compatible clone.

screen(4) -- pc display interface

Access to the virtual consoles are obtained through the device files /dev/ttyv0 - /dev/ttyvb. Each of these files correspond to a separate virtual console. All virtual console devices can be open at o...

screensaver(4) -- splash screen / screen saver interface

The splash pseudo device driver adds support for the splash screen and screen savers to the kernel. This driver is required if the splash bitmap image is to be loaded or any screen saver is to be used...

scsi(4) -- CAM SCSI subsystem

SCSI(4) -- CAM SCSI subsystem

sd(4) -- SCSI disk driver

The sd driver has been replaced by the da(4) driver.

sem(4) -- POSIX semaphores

The sem facility provides system calls used by the standard C library (libc) to implement POSIX semaphores. It is available both as a kernel option for static inclusion and as a dynamic kernel module.

ses(4) -- SCSI Environmental Services driver

The ses driver provides support for all SCSI devices of the environmental services class that are attached to the system through a supported SCSI Host Adapter, as well as emulated support for SAF-TE (...

sf(4) -- Adaptec AIC-6915 "Starfire" PCI fast ethernet adapter driver

si(4) -- driver for Specialix International SI/XIO or SX intelligent serial card

The Specialix SI/XIO and SX hardware makes up an 8 to 32 port RS-232 serial multiplexor. The system uses two components: A "Host adapter", which is plugged into an ISA, EISA or PCI slot and provides...

sio(4) -- fast interrupt driven asynchronous serial communications interface

The sio driver provides support for NS8250-, NS16450-, NS16550 and NS16550A-based EIA RS-232C (CCITT V.24) communications interfaces. The NS8250 and NS16450 have single character buffers, the NS16550A...

sis(4) -- SiS 900, SiS 7016 and NS DP83815 Fast Ethernet device driver

sk(4) -- SysKonnect SK-984x and SK-982x PCI gigabit ethernet adapter driver

skey(4) -- One-time Passwords In Everything

sl(4) -- slip network interface

i386/smapi(4) -- System Management Application Program Interface driver

Many IBM Thinkpad laptops utilize a special software interface known as SMAPI (System Management Application Program Interface). This interface controls various aspects of the system including: +o Sys...

smb(4) -- SMB generic I/O device driver

The smb character device driver provides generic i/o to any smbus(4) instance. In order to control SMB devices, use /dev/smb? with the following ioctls: Ioctl Description SMB_QUICK_WRITE QuickWrite co...

smbus(4) -- System Management Bus

The smbus system provides a uniform, modular and architecture-independent system for the implementation of drivers to control various SMB devices and to utilize different SMB controllers (I2C, PIIX4, ...

smp(4) -- description of the FreeBSD Symmetric MultiProcessor kernel

The SMP kernel implements symmetric multiprocessor support.

SMP(4) -- description of the FreeBSD Symmetric MultiProcessor kernel

The SMP kernel implements symmetric multiprocessor support.

sn(4) -- Ethernet driver for SMC91Cxx based cards

The sn device driver supports SMC9xxx based ISA and PCMCIA cards.

snd(4) -- FreeBSD PCM audio device infrastructure

snp(4) -- tty snoop interface

/dev/snp? are snoop devices which allow users to attach to any tty and watch activities on it. The kernel must be compiled with device snp, or the snp module must be loaded, for these devices to be av...

i386/speaker(4) -- console speaker device driver

The speaker device driver allows applications to control the PC console speaker on an IBM-PC--compatible machine running FreeBSD. Only one process may have this device open at any given time; open(2) ...

spic(4) -- Sony Programmable I/O Controller device driver

The spic driver allows using moused(8) to drive the Sony Vaio Jogdial device found on several Sony Vaio models. It works by mapping the forward, backwards, up, and down inputs to ``l'', ``r'', ``u...

i386/spkr(4) -- console speaker device driver

splash(4) -- splash screen / screen saver interface

sppp(4) -- point to point protocol network layer for synchronous lines

The sppp network layer implements the state machine and the Link Control Protocol (LCP) of the point to point protocol (PPP) as described in RFC 1661. Note that this layer does not provide network int...

i386/sr(4) -- synchronous RISCom/N2 / WANic 400/405 device driver

The sr driver supports the RISCom/N2 ISA cards and the WANic 400/405 PCI cards that is based on the HD64570 chip. If you have ISA cards, you need to specify the resources for them in /boot/device.hint...

st(4) -- SCSI tape driver

The st driver has been replaced by the sa(4) driver.

stderr(4) -- file descriptor files

stdin(4) -- file descriptor files

stdout(4) -- file descriptor files

ste(4) -- Sundance Technologies ST201 fast ethernet device driver

stf(4) -- 6to4 tunnel interface

stg(4) -- driver for Future Domain based SCSI controllers

The stg driver provides support for ISA, PCCARD and PCI controllers based on Future Domain SCSI controller chips including the TMC-16C30, 16C50 and 32C60. Supported controllers include: - Adaptec 2920...

i386/stl(4) -- drivers for Stallion Technologies multiport serial controllers

This is a kernel driver for Stallion Technologies multiport serial boards. There are two drivers, each supporting a different class of boards. The stl driver supports the EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/3...

i386/stli(4) -- drivers for Stallion Technologies multiport serial controllers

i386/streams(4) -- System V STREAMS networking ABI support

The streams module provides limited System V Release 4 STREAMS interprocess communication ABI (application binary interface) compatibility for userland applications. Internally, streams provides STREA...

i386/svr4(4) -- System V Release 4 ABI support

The svr4 module provides limited System V Release 4 ABI (application binary interface) compatibility for userland applications. The module provides the following significant facilities: +o An image ac...

sym(4) -- NCR/Symbios/LSI Logic 53C8XX PCI SCSI host adapter driver

This driver provides support for the following Symbios/LSI Logic PCI SCSI controllers: +o 53C810 +o 53C810A +o 53C815 +o 53C825 +o 53C825A +o 53C860 +o 53C875 +o 53C876 +o 53C895 +o 53C895A +o 53C896 ...

syncache(4) -- sysctl(8) MIBs for controlling TCP SYN caching

The syncache sysctl(8) MIB is used to control the TCP SYN caching in the system, which is intended to handle SYN flood Denial of Service attacks. When a TCP SYN segment is received on a port correspon...

syncer(4) -- file system synchronizer kernel process

The syncer kernel process helps protect the integrity of disk volumes by flushing volatile cached file system data to disk. The kernel places all vnode(9)'s in a number of queues. The syncer process ...

syncookies(4) -- sysctl(8) MIBs for controlling TCP SYN caching

syscons(4) -- the console driver

sysmouse(4) -- virtualized mouse driver

The console driver, in conjunction with the mouse daemon moused(8), supplies mouse data to the user process in the standardized way via the sysmouse driver. This arrangement makes it possible for the ...

tap(4) -- Ethernet tunnel software network interface

targ(4) -- SCSI target emulator driver

The targ driver provides an interface for usermode programs to emulate SCSI target devices. A sample program that emulates a disk drive (similar to da(4)) can be found in /usr/share/examples/scsi_targ...

tcp(4) -- Internet Transmission Control Protocol

The TCP protocol provides reliable, flow-controlled, two-way transmission of data. It is a byte-stream protocol used to support the SOCK_STREAM abstraction. TCP uses the standard Internet address form...

tdfx(4) -- Voodoo Graphics and VoodooII Memory Access GLIDE device driver

This driver creates an entry in /dev that allows programs (mostly GLIDE-based software) to access the device memory of the Voodoo Graphics and VoodooII 3D accelerators created by 3Dfx, Inc. This provi...

termios(4) -- general terminal line discipline

This describes a general terminal line discipline that is supported on tty asynchronous communication ports. Opening a Terminal Device File [Toc] [Back] When a terminal file is opened, it normal...

ti(4) -- Alteon Networks Tigon I and Tigon II gigabit ethernet driver

tl(4) -- Texas Instruments ThunderLAN ethernet device driver

trm(4) -- Tekram TRM-S1040 ASIC based PCI SCSI host adapter driver

The trm driver supports PCI SCSI host adapters based on the Tekram TRMS1040 SCSI ASIC.

ttcp(4) -- Transmission Control Protocol Extensions for Transactions

T/TCP refers to a set of extensions to the TCP protocol (see tcp(4)) which permit hosts to reliably exchange a small amount of data in a twopacket exchange, thus eliminating the extra round-trip delay...

tty(4) -- general terminal interface

This section describes the interface to the terminal drivers in the system. Terminal Special Files [Toc] [Back] Each hardware terminal port on the system usually has a terminal special device fi...

tun(4) -- tunnel software network interface

twe(4) -- 3ware Escalade ATA RAID adapter driver

The twe driver provides support for the following series of ATA RAID controllers: +o Escalade 3W-5x00 +o Escalade 3W-6x00 +o Escalade 3W-7x00 +o Escalade 3W-8x00 These devices support 2, 4 or 8 ATA di...

i386/tx(4) -- SMC 83c17x Fast Ethernet device driver

The tx driver provides support for the Ethernet adapters based on the SMC 83c17x (EPIC) chips. These are mostly SMC 9432 series cards. The tx driver supports the following media types (depending on ca...

txp(4) -- 3Com 3XP Typhoon/Sidewinder (3CR990) Ethernet interface

uart(4) -- driver for Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) devices

The uart device driver provides support for various classes of UARTs implementing the EIA RS-232C (CCITT V.24) serial communications interface. Each such interface is controlled by a seperate and inde...

uaudio(4) -- USB audio device driver

The uaudio driver provides support for USB audio class devices. A USB audio device consists of a number of components: input terminals (e.g. USB digital input), output terminals (e.g. speakers), and a...

ubsa(4) -- USB support for Belkin serial adapters

The ubsa driver provides support for USB-to-RS232 Bridge chip used by a variety of serial adapters from Belkin and other vendors. The device is accessed through the ucom(4) driver which makes it behav...

ubsec(4) -- Broadcom and BlueSteel uBsec 5x0x crypto accelerator

The ubsec driver supports cards containing any of the following chips: Bluesteel 5501 The original chipset, no longer made. This extremely rare unit was not very fast, lacked a RNG, and had a number o...

ubtbcmfw(4) -- Firmware driver for Broadcom BCM2033 chip based Bluetooth USB devices

The ubtbcmfw is a firmware driver for Broadcom BCM2033 chip based Bluetooth USB devices. It provides minimal access to the parts of the device required to download firmware. The ubtbcmfw driver create...

ucom(4) -- USB tty support

The ucom driver attaches to USB modems, serial ports, and other devices that need to look like a tty. The ucom driver shows a behavior like a tty(4). This means that normal programs such as tip(1) or ...

udbp(4) -- USB Double Bulk Pipe driver

The udbp driver provides support for host-to-host cables that contain at least two bulk pipes (one for each direction), for example the EzLink cable and the NetChip 1080 chip. It requires netgraph(4) ...

udp(4) -- Internet User Datagram Protocol

UDP is a simple, unreliable datagram protocol which is used to support the SOCK_DGRAM abstraction for the Internet protocol family. UDP sockets are connectionless, and are normally used with the sendt...

ufm(4) -- USB driver for Cypress Semiconductor FM Radio

The ufm driver provides support for the D-Link/GEMTEK FM tuner. The USB interface chip is the common Cypress 63001, and the tuner is a Philips TEA5757 radio chip that uses a serial interface to set th...

uftdi(4) -- USB support for serial adapters based on the FT8U100AX and FT8U232AM

The uftdi driver provides support for various serial adapters based on the FTDI FT8U100AX and FT8U232AM chips. The device is accessed through the ucom(4) driver which makes it behave like a tty(4).

ugen(4) -- USB generic device support

The ugen driver provides support for all USB devices that do not have a special driver. It supports access to all parts of the device, but not in a way that is as convenient as a special purpose drive...

uhci(4) -- UHCI USB Host Controller driver

The uhci driver provides support for UHCI-type PCI based USB controllers. This includes Intel 82371AB/EB (PIIX4) Intel 82371SB (PIIX3) VIA 83C572 or any other UHCI v1.1 compliant controller.

uhid(4) -- USB generic HID support

The uhid driver provides support for all HID (Human Interface Device) interfaces in USB devices that do not have a special driver. The device handles the following ioctl(2) calls: USB_GET_REPORT_ID (i...

uhidev(4) -- USB Human Interface Device support

The uhidev driver handles all Human Interface Devices. Each HID device can have several components, e.g., a keyboard and a mouse. These components use different report identifiers (a byte) to distingu...

ukbd(4) -- USB keyboard driver

The ukbd driver provides support for keyboards that attach to the USB port. usb(4) and one of uhci(4) or ohci(4) must be configured in the kernel as well.

ulpt(4) -- USB printer support

The ulpt driver provides support for USB printers that follow the printer bi- or uni-directional protocol. The bits in the minor number select various features of the driver. Minor Bit Function 64 Do ...

umass(4) -- USB Mass Storage Devices driver

The umass driver provides support for Mass Storage devices that attach to the USB port. Supported are: Iomega USB Zip 100 drive Iomega USB Zip 250 drive Microtech International, Inc. USB-SCSI-HD 50 US...

umodem(4) -- USB modem support

The umodem driver provides support for USB modems in the Communication Device Class using the Abstract Control Model. These modems are basically standard serial line modems, but they are accessed via ...

ums(4) -- USB mouse driver

The ums driver provides support for mice that attach to the USB port. Supported are mice with any number of buttons and mice with a wheel. usb and one of uhci or ohci must be configured in the kernel ...

unix(4) -- UNIX-domain protocol family

The UNIX-domain protocol family is a collection of protocols that provides local (on-machine) interprocess communication through the normal socket(2) mechanisms. The UNIX-domain family supports the SO...

uplcom(4) -- USB support for Prolific PL-2303 serial adapters driver

The uplcom driver provides support for Prolific PL-2303 USB-to-RS232 Bridge chip. The device is accessed through the ucom(4) driver which makes it behave like a tty(4).

urio(4) -- USB driver for the Rio500 MP3 player

The urio driver provides support for the Rio500 MP3 player from Diamond MultiMedia which attaches to the USB port. The urio device must be configured in the kernel, along with usb and one of the uhci ...

usb(4) -- Universal Serial Bus

FreeBSD provides machine-independent bus support and drivers for USB devices. The usb driver has three layers: the controller, the bus, and the device layer. The controller attaches to a physical bus ...

uscanner(4) -- USB Scanners

The uscanner driver provides support for scanners that attach to the USB port. For each scanner attached it will provide an entry like /dev/uscanner0 in /dev. See the SANE home page for the exact conf...

utopia(4) -- Driver module for ATM PHY chips

This module is used by all ATM drivers for cards that use PMC-Sierra S/Uni and IDT77105/IDT77155 chips to provide uniform functionality. The module implements status monitoring in either interrupt or ...

uvisor(4) -- USB support for the Handspring Visor, a Palmpilot compatible PDA

The uvisor driver provides support for the Handspring Visor, a Palmpilot compatible PDA. The device is accessed through the ucom(4) driver which makes it behave like a tty(4). The device has several p...

uvscom(4) -- USB support for SUNTAC Slipper U VS-10U serial adapters driver

The uvscom driver provides support for SUNTAC Slipper U VS-10U. Slipper U is a PC card to USB converter for data communication card adapter. It supports DDI Pocket's Air H" C@rd, C@rd H" 64, NTT's...

vga(4) -- generic video card interface

The vga driver is a generic video card driver which provides access to video cards. This driver is required for the console driver syscons(4). The console driver will call the vga driver to manipulate...

i386/viapm(4) -- VIA chipsets Power Management controller driver

This driver provides access to the VIA chipset Power Management Unit family. They are VT82C586B, VT82C596A, VT82C596B, VT82C686A and VT8233. The embedded controller of the VIA chipset may give you acc...

vinum(4) -- Logical Volume Manager

vinum is a logical volume manager inspired by, but not derived from, the Veritas Volume Manager. It provides the following features: +o It provides device-independent logical disks, called volumes. Vo...

vlan(4) -- IEEE 802.1Q VLAN network interface

vn(4) -- memory disk

i386/vpd(4) -- Vital Product Data kernel interface

IBM ThinkPad notebooks (and most IBM desktop PCs) have a 48-byte Vital Product Data (VPD) structure located in the BIOS Shadow RAM. The VPD provides machine type and model information, the build ID (t...

vpo(4) -- parallel to SCSI interface driver

vr(4) -- VIA Technologies Rhine I/II/III ethernet device driver

vt(4) -- VT220 virtual screen system console

i386/vx(4) -- 3Com EtherLink III / Fast EtherLink III (3c59x) Ethernet driver

The vx driver provides support for the 3Com ``Vortex'' chipset. The following Ethernet adapters are supported: +o 3Com 3c590 EtherLink III PCI +o 3Com 3c592 EtherLink III EISA +o 3Com 3c595 Fast Eth...

watchdog(4) -- Software watchdog

watchdog is a set of checks and routines which allow the implementation of a software watchdog solution. The user interface for watchdog is implemented via a trio of sysctl OIDs. When debug.watchdog.e...

wb(4) -- Winbond W89C840F fast ethernet device driver

i386/wd(4) -- generic WD100x/IDE disk controller driver

This driver provides access to disks connected to controllers that emulate the Western Digital WD100x series. This range of controllers includes WD1003 type ST412 controllers, WD1007 ESDI controllers ...

i386/wdc(4) -- generic WD100x/IDE disk controller driver

wi(4) -- Lucent Hermes, Intersil PRISM and Spectrum24 IEEE 802.11 driver

witness(4) -- lock validation facility

The witness module keeps track of the locks acquired and released by each thread. It also keeps track of the order in which locks are acquired with respect to each other. Each time a lock is acquired,...

i386/wl(4) -- T1 speed ISA/radio lan card

The wl driver controls a radio lan card system made originally by NCR, then ATT, now Lucent. The system is spread-spectrum radio at around 915 MHz (or 2.4 GHz). With the supplied omni-directional ante...

wlan(4) -- generic 802.11 link-layer support

The wlan device provides generic code to support 802.11 drivers, including host AP mode. Currently it is required for the wi(4), an(4) and ath(4) drivers but will eventually be required by all 802.11 ...

worm(4) -- write-once (CD-R) disk driver

The worm driver was provided under FreeBSD releases prior to FreeBSD 3.0. The FreeBSD SCSI layer was replaced for FreeBSD 3.0 by a CAM-compliant SCSI layer. The new SCSI layer doesn't include a worm ...

i386/wt(4) -- Archive/Wangtek cartridge tape driver

The wt driver provides support for the following Archive and Wangtek boards: QIC-02 QIC-36

xe(4) -- Xircom PCMCIA Ethernet device driver

The xe driver supports PCMCIA Ethernet adapters based on Xircom CE2- and CE3-class hardware. This includes devices made by Xircom along with various OEM manufacturers. The following cards are supporte...

xl(4) -- 3Com Etherlink XL and Fast Etherlink XL ethernet device driver

The xl driver provides support for PCI ethernet adapters and embedded controllers based on the 3Com "boomerang," "cyclone," "hurricane" and "tornado" bus-master Etherlink XL chips. This includ...

xpt(4) -- CAM transport layer interface

The xpt driver provides a way for userland applications to issue certain CAM CCBs to the kernel. Since the xpt driver allows direct access to the CAM subsystem, system administrators should exercise c...

zero(4) -- the zero device

The zero device accepts and reads data as any ordinary (and willing) file, but throws away any data written to it, and returns an endless supply of null bytes when read.

a.out(5) -- format of executable binary files

The include file declares three structures and several macros. The structures describe the format of executable machine code files (`binaries') on the system. A binary file consists of up t...

acct(5) -- execution accounting file

The kernel maintains the following acct information structure for all processes. If a process terminates, and accounting is enabled, the kernel calls the acct(2) function call to prepare and append th...

aliases(5) -- aliases file for sendmail

This file describes user ID aliases used by sendmail. The file resides in /etc/mail and is formatted as a series of lines of the form name: addr_1, addr_2, addr_3, . . . The name is the name to alias,...

amd.conf(5) -- amd configuration file

The amd.conf file is the configuration file for amd, as part of the amutils suite. amd.conf contains runtime configuration information for the amd(8) automounter program.

auth.conf(5) -- authentication capability database

auth.conf contains various attributes important to the authentication code, most notably kerberos(5) for the time being. This documentation will be updated as the /etc/auth.conf file, which is very ne...

big5(5) -- ``Big Five'' encoding for Traditional Chinese text

``Big Five'' is the de facto standard for encoding Traditional Chinese text. Each character is represented by either one or two bytes. Characters from the ASCII character set are represented as sing...

bluetooth.hosts(5) -- Bluetooth host name database

The /etc/bluetooth/hosts file contains information regarding the known Bluetooth hosts. For each Bluetooth host a single line should be present with the following information: Bluetooth address offici...

bluetooth.protocols(5) -- Bluetooth Protocol Service Multiplexor database

The /etc/bluetooth/protocols file contains information regarding the known Bluetooth Protocol Service Multiplexor values. For each Bluetooth Protocol Service Multiplexor a single line should be presen...

bootparams(5) -- boot parameter database

The bootparams file specifies the boot parameters that diskless(8) clients may request when booting over the network. Each client supported by this server must have an entry in the bootparams file con...

bootptab(5) -- Internet Bootstrap Protocol server database

The bootptab file is the configuration database file for bootpd(8), the Internet Bootstrap Protocol server. Its format is similar to that of termcap(5) in which two-character case-sensitive tag symbol...

config(5) -- kernel configuration file format

A kernel configuration file specifies the configuration of a FreeBSD kernel. It is processed by config(8) to create a build environment where a kernel may be built using make(1). Lexical Structure ...

core(5) -- memory image file format

A small number of signals which cause abnormal termination of a process also cause a record of the process's in-core state to be written to disk for later examination by one of the available debugger...

crontab(5) -- tables for driving cron

A crontab file contains instructions to the cron(8) daemon of the general form: ``run this command at this time on this date''. Each user has their own crontab, and commands in any given crontab wil...

ctm(5) -- source code mirror system

The ctm transfers data in a specific file format, called a CTM delta. CTM deltas consist of control lines and data chunks. Each control line starts with the letters ``CTM'', followed by a CTM statem...

cvs(5) -- Concurrent Versions System support files

cvs is a system for providing source control to hierarchical collections of source directories. Commands and procedures for using cvs are described in cvs(1). cvs manages source repositories, the dire...

devd.conf(5) -- configuration file for devd(8)

General Syntax A devd(8) configuration consists of two general features, statements and comments. All statements end with a semicolon. Many statements can contain substatements, which are also termina...

devfs(5) -- device file system

The device file system, or devfs, provides access to kernel's device namespace in the global file system namespace. The conventional mount point is /dev. The file system includes several directories,...

device.hints(5) -- device resource hints

The device.hints file is read in by the boot loader(8) when the system is about to start, and its contents are passed to the kernel. It contains various variables to control the boot behavior of the k...

dhclient.conf(5) -- DHCP client configuration file

The dhclient.conf file contains configuration information for dhclient, the Internet Software Consortium DHCP Client. The dhclient.conf file is a free-form ASCII text file. It is parsed by the recursi...

dhclient.leases(5) -- DHCP client lease database

The Internet Software Consortium DHCP client keeps a persistent database of leases that it has acquired that are still valid. The database is a free-form ASCII file containing one valid declaration pe...

dhcp-eval(5) -- ISC DHCP conditional evaluation

The Internet Software Consortium DHCP client and server both provide the ability to perform conditional behavior depending on the contents of packets they receive. The syntax for specifying this condi...

dhcp-options(5) -- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol options

The Dynamic Host Configuration protocol allows the client to receive options from the DHCP server describing the network configuration and various services that are available on the network. When conf...

dir(5) -- directory file format

Directories provide a convenient hierarchical method of grouping files while obscuring the underlying details of the storage medium. A directory file is differentiated from a plain file by a flag in i...

dirent(5) -- directory file format

disktab(5) -- disk description file

Disktab is a simple database which describes disk geometries and disk partition characteristics. It is used to initialize the disk label on the disk. The format is patterned after the termcap(5) termi...

drivers.conf(5) -- driver configuration file for boot floppies

The file drivers.conf is used during the release build process. A FreeBSD release includes three installation floppies. The first floppy image, kern.flp, contains a statically linked kernel. The secon...

editrc(5) -- configuration file for editline library

The editrc file defines various settings to be used by the editline(3) library. The format of each line is: [prog:]command [arg [...]] command is one of the editline(3) builtin commands. Refer to BUIL...

elf(5) -- format of ELF executable binary files

The header file defines the format of ELF executable binary files. Amongst these files are normal executable files, relocatable object files, core files and shared libraries. An executable fil...

ethers(5) -- ethernet address database

The ethers database contains information regarding known 48-bit ethernet addresses of hosts on an Internetwork. The data is stored in a file called /etc/ethers in the following format: ethernet-addres...

euc(5) -- EUC encoding of wide characters

EUC implements a system of 4 multibyte codesets. A multibyte character in the first codeset consists of len1 bytes starting with a byte in the range of 0x00 to 0x7f. To allow use of ASCII, len1 is alw...

exports(5) -- define remote mount points for NFS mount requests

The exports file specifies remote mount points for the NFS mount protocol per the NFS server specification; see Network File System Protocol Specification, RFC1094, Appendix A and NFS: Network File Sy...

fbtab(5) -- change device protection upon login

The fbtab file contains a number of lines specifying a device together with a list of devices with associated protections. Comments start with a `#' and extend to the end of the line. Blank lines or ...

fdescfs(5) -- file-descriptor file system

The file-descriptor file system, or fdescfs, provides access to the perprocess file descriptor namespace in the global file system namespace. The conventional mount point is /dev/fd. The file system'...

finger.conf(5) -- finger(1) alias configuration file

The optional finger.conf file is used to provide aliases that can be fingered by local and network users. This may be useful where a user's login name is not the same as their preferred mail address,...

forward(5) -- mail forwarding instructions

The .forward file contains a list of mail addresses or programs that the user's mail should be redirected to. If the file is not present, then no mail forwarding will be done. Mail may also be forwar...

fs(5) -- format of file system volume

The files and declare several structures, defined variables and macros which are used to create and manage the underlying format of file system objects on random access devices (disks...

fstab(5) -- static information about the file systems

The file fstab contains descriptive information about the various file systems. fstab is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maint...

ftpchroot(5) -- list users and groups subject to FTP access restrictions

The file ftpchroot is read by ftpd(8) at the beginning of an FTP session, after having authenticated the user. Each line in ftpchroot corresponds to a user or group. If a line in ftpchroot matches the...

gb18030(5) -- GB 18030 encoding method for Chinese text

The GB18030 encoding implements GB 18030-2000, a PRC national standard for the encoding of Chinese characters. It is a superset of the older GB 2312-1980 and GBK encodings, and incorporates Unicode's...

gb2312(5) -- GB2312 encoding method for Chinese text

The GB2312 encoding implements GB 2312-1980, a PRC national standard for the encoding of simplified Chinese characters. Multibyte characters in the GB2312 encoding can be one byte or two bytes long. G...

gbk(5) -- Guojia biaozhun kuozhan (GBK) encoding method for Chinese text

GBK is a backwards-compatible extension of the GB 2312-1980 encoding method for Chinese text, which adds the characters defined in the Unified Han portion of the Unicode 2.1 standard. Multibyte charac...

gettytab(5) -- terminal configuration data base

The gettytab file is a simplified version of the termcap(5) data base used to describe terminal lines. The initial terminal login process getty(8) accesses the gettytab file each time it starts, allow...

groff_font(5) -- format of groff device and font description files

The groff font format is roughly a superset of the ditroff font format. The font files for device name are stored in a directory devname. There are two types of file: a device description file called ...

groff_out(5) -- groff intermediate output format

This manual page describes the intermediate output format of the GNU roff(7) text processing system. This output is produced by a run of the GNU troff(1) program before it is fed into a device postpro...

groff_tmac(5) -- macro files in the roff typesetting system

The roff(7) type-setting system provides a set of macro packages suitable for special kinds of documents. Each macro package stores its macros and definitions in a file called the package's tmac file...

group(5) -- format of the group permissions file

The group file is the local source of group information. It can be used in conjunction with the Hesiod domain `group', and the NIS maps `group.byname' and `group.bygid', as controlled by nsswitch.c...

hcsecd.conf(5) -- hcsecd(8) configuration file

The hcsecd.conf file is the configuration file for the hcsecd(8) Bluetooth link keys/PIN codes management daemon. The hcsecd.conf file is a free-form ASCII text file. It is parsed by the recursive-des...

hesiod.conf(5) -- configuration file for the Hesiod library

The file hesiod.conf determines the behavior of the Hesiod library. Blank lines and lines beginning with a `#' character are ignored. All other lines should be of the form variable = value, where the...

hosts(5) -- host name data base

The hosts file contains information regarding the known hosts on the network. It can be used in conjunction with DNS, and the NIS maps `hosts.byaddr' and `hosts.byname', as controlled by nsswitch.co...

hosts.equiv(5) -- trusted remote host and user name data base

The hosts.equiv and .rhosts files contain information regarding trusted hosts and users on the network. For each host a single line should be present with the following information: simple hostname [u...

hosts.lpd(5) -- trusted hosts that may use local print services

The hosts.lpd file contains a list of hostnames or IP addresses that are allowed to use your local print services. List every hostname or IP address on a line itself.

hosts_access(5) -- format of host access control files

This manual page describes a simple access control language that is based on client (host name/address, user name), and server (process name, host name/address) patterns. Examples are given at the end...

hosts_options(5) -- host access control language extensions

This document describes optional extensions to the language described in the hosts_access(5) document. The extensions are enabled at program build time. For example, by editing the Makefile and turnin...

inetd.conf(5) -- internet ``super-server''

The inetd utility should be run at boot time by /etc/rc (see rc(8)). It then listens for connections on certain internet sockets. When a connection is found on one of its sockets, it decides what serv...

info(5) -- readable online documentation

The Info file format is an easily-parsable representation for online documents. It can be read by emacs(1) and info(1) among other programs. Info files are usually created from texinfo(5) sources by m...

inode(5) -- format of file system volume

The files and declare several structures, defined variables and macros which are used to create and manage the underlying format of file system objects on random access devices (disks...

intro(5) -- introduction to file formats

This section contains information about file formats.

ipf(5) -- IP packet filter rule syntax

A rule file for ipf may have any name or even be stdin. As ipfstat produces parseable rules as output when displaying the internal kernel filter lists, it is quite plausible to use its output to feed ...

ipnat(5) -- IP NAT file format

The format for files accepted by ipnat is described by the following grammar: ipmap :: = mapblock | redir | map . map ::= mapit ifname ipmask "->" dstipmask [ mapport ] mapoptions. map ::= mapit ifn...

ipnat.conf(5) -- IP NAT file format

ipsend(5) -- IP packet description language

The ipsend program expects, with the -L option, input to be a text file which fits the grammar described below. The purpose of this grammar is to allow IP packets to be described in an arbitary way wh...

isdnd.acct(5) -- isdn4bsd ISDN management daemon accounting file format

The file isdnd.acct contains accounting information which is written if the variable useacctfile in the isdnd(8) configuration file isdnd.rc(5) is set to on and charging information transmission has b...

isdnd.rates(5) -- isdn4bsd ISDN management daemon rates description file

The file isdnd.rates contains descriptions how long charging units last at a given time of day, day of week and the distance to the destination. If this file is available, this information may be used...

isdnd.rc(5) -- isdn4bsd ISDN connection management daemon config file format

The file /etc/isdn/isdnd.rc contains (if not otherwise specified on the command line) the runtime configuration for the isdnd(8) ISDN connection management daemon which is part of the isdn4bsd package...

kbdmap(5) -- keyboard map file format for kbdcontrol

A kbdmap file describes how the keys on a keyboard should behave. These files can be loaded using kbdcontrol(1), or kbdmap(1) can be used to select one of the default kbdmap files interactively. A kbd...

keycap(5) -- keyboard mapping data base

The keycap file is a data base describing keyboard mappings, used by kcon(1). Entries in keycap consist of a number of `:'-separated fields. The first entry for each mapping gives the names that are ...

keymap(5) -- keyboard map file format for kbdcontrol

krb5.conf(5) -- configuration file for Kerberos 5

The /etc/krb5.conf file specifies several configuration parameters for the Kerberos 5 library, as well as for some programs. The file consists of one or more sections, containing a number of bindings....

lastlog(5) -- login records

The file declares the structures used to record information about current users in the file utmp, logins and logouts in the file wtmp, and last logins in the file lastlog. The time stamps of ...

libmap.conf(5) -- configuration file for dynamic object dependency mapping

The libmap functionality of ld-elf.so.1(1) allows dynamic object dependencies to be mapped to arbitrary names. The configuration file consists of two whitespace separated columns; the left hand side c...

link(5) -- dynamic loader and link editor interface

The include file declares several structures that are present in dynamically linked programs and libraries. The structures define the interface between several components of the link-editor a...

linprocfs(5) -- Linux process file system

The Linux process file system, or linprocfs, emulates a subset of Linux' process file system and is required for the complete operation of some Linux binaries. The linprocfs provides a two-level view...

loader.conf(5) -- system bootstrap configuration information

The file loader.conf contains descriptive information on bootstrapping the system. Through it you can specify the kernel to be booted, parameters to be passed to it, and additional modules to be loade...

The login.access file specifies (user, host) combinations and/or (user, tty) combinations for which a login will be either accepted or refused. When someone logs in, the login.access is scanned for th...

login.conf contains various attributes and capabilities of login classes. A login class (an optional annotation against each record in the user account database, /etc/master.passwd) determines session...

mac.conf(5) -- format of the MAC library configuration file

The mac.conf file configures the default label elements to be used by policy-agnostic applications that operate on MAC labels. A file contains a series of default label sets specified by object class,...

magic(5) -- file command's magic number file

This manual page documents the format of the magic file as used by the magic command, version 3.41. The file command identifies the type of a file using, among other tests, a test for whether the file...

mailer.conf(5) -- configuration file for mailwrapper(8)

The file /etc/mail/mailer.conf contains a series of pairs. The first member of each pair is the name of a program invoking mailwrapper(8) which is typically a symbolic link to /usr/sbin/sendmail. (On ...

make.conf(5) -- system build information

The file make.conf contains settings that control the compilation of the FreeBSD sources and ported applications. The file make.conf is generally created by the system administrator when the values ne...

malloc.conf(5) -- general purpose memory allocation functions

master.passwd(5) -- format of the password file

The passwd files are the local source of password information. They can be used in conjunction with the Hesiod domains `passwd' and `uid', and the NIS maps `passwd.byname', `passwd.byuid', `master...

moduli(5) -- system moduli file

The moduli file contains the system-wide Diffie-Hellman prime moduli for the photurisd(8) and sshd(8) programs. Each line in this file contains the following fields: Time, Type, Tests, Tries, Size, Ge...

motd(5) -- file containing message(s) of the day

The file /etc/motd is normally displayed by login(1) after a user has logged in but before the shell is run. It is generally used for important system-wide announcements. During system startup, a line...

msdos(5) -- MS-DOS file system

The msdosfs driver will permit the FreeBSD kernel to read and write MS-DOS based file systems. The most common usage follows: mount_msdosfs /dev/ad0sN /mnt where N is the partition number and /mnt is ...

msdosfs(5) -- MS-DOS file system

mskanji(5) -- Shift-JIS (MS Kanji) encoding for Japanese text

Shift-JIS, also known as MS Kanji or SJIS, is an encoding system for Japanese characters, developed by Microsoft Corporation. It encodes the characters from the JIS X 0201 (ASCII/JIS-Roman) and JIS X ...

named.conf(5) -- configuration file for named(8)

netconfig(5) -- network configuration data base

The netconfig file defines a list of ``transport names'', describing their semantics and protocol. In FreeBSD, this file is only used by the RPC library code. Entries have the following format: netw...

netgroup(5) -- defines network groups

The netgroup file specifies ``netgroups'', which are sets of (host, user, domain) tuples that are to be given similar network access. Each line in the file consists of a netgroup name followed by a ...

netid(5) -- YP network credential file

Files in netid format are rare. One lives in the YP map netid.byname. The format is rather simple. Each row consists of two items: a key and a value. When created by mknetid(8) there are three types o...

networks(5) -- network name data base

The networks file contains information regarding the known networks which comprise the DARPA Internet. For each network a single line should be present with the following information: official network...

nologin(5) -- disallow logins

Programs such as login(1) disallow logins if the file /var/run/nologin exists. Programs display the contents of /var/run/nologin to the user and exit. This makes it simple to temporarily prevent incom...

nsmb.conf(5) -- configuration file for SMB requests

The nsmb.conf file contains information about the computers, users, and shares or mount points for the SMB network protocol. The configuration hierarchy is made up of several sections, each section co...

nsswitch.conf(5) -- name-service switch configuration file

The nsswitch.conf file specifies how the nsdispatch(3) (name-service switch dispatcher) routines in the C library should operate. The configuration file controls how a process looks up various databas...

ntp.conf(5) -- Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon configuration file

The ntp.conf configuration file is read at initial startup by the ntpd(8) daemon in order to specify the synchronization sources, modes and other related information. Usually, it is installed in the /...

ntp.keys(5) -- NTP daemon key file format

Following is a description of the format of NTP key files. For a description of the use of these files, see the "Authentication Support" section of the ntp.conf(5) page. In the case of DES, the keys...

opieaccess(5) -- OPIE database of trusted networks

The opieaccess file contains a list of networks that are considered trusted by the system as far as security against passive attacks is concerned. Users from networks so trusted will be able to log in...

opiekeys(5) -- OPIE database of user key information

The opiekeys file contains user information used by the OPIE software to authenticate users. The opiekeys file is backwards compatible with the S/Key /etc/skeykeys database file, but only if the hashi...

passwd(5) -- format of the password file

The passwd files are the local source of password information. They can be used in conjunction with the Hesiod domains `passwd' and `uid', and the NIS maps `passwd.byname', `passwd.byuid', `master...

pbm(5) -- portable bitmap file format

The portable bitmap format is a lowest common denominator monochrome file format. It was originally designed to make it reasonable to mail bitmaps between different types of machines using the typical...

pccard.conf(5) -- pccardd(8) configuration file

The pccard.conf file is the configuration file for the pccardd(8) PC-CARD slot management daemon. It provides information to allow card identification, and the matching of drivers (along with driver r...

periodic.conf(5) -- periodic job configuration information

The file periodic.conf contains a description of how daily, weekly and monthly system maintenance jobs should run. It resides in the /etc/defaults directory and parts may be overridden by a file of th...

phones(5) -- remote host phone number data base

The file /etc/phones contains the system-wide private phone numbers for the tip(1) program. This file is normally unreadable, and so may contain privileged information. The format of the file is a ser...

printcap(5) -- printer capability data base

The Printcap function is a simplified version of the termcap(5) data base used to describe line printers. The spooling system accesses the printcap file every time it is used, allowing dynamic additio...

procfs(5) -- process file system

The process file system, or procfs, implements a view of the system process table inside the file system. It is normally mounted on /proc, and is required for the complete operation of programs such a...

protocols(5) -- protocol name data base

The protocols file contains information regarding the known protocols used in the DARPA Internet. For each protocol a single line should be present with the following information: official protocol na...

publickey(5) -- public key database

/etc/publickey is the public key database used for secure RPC (Remote Procedure Calls). Each entry in the database consists of a network user name (which may either refer to a user or a hostname), fol...

pw.conf(5) -- format of the pw.conf configuration file

The file contains configuration data for the pw(8) utility. The pw(8) utility is used for maintenance of the system password and group files, allowing users and groups to be added, dele...

quota.group(5) -- per file system quota database

Each file system with active quotas should contain a quota.user and quota.group file in the file system root. These files are created by quotacheck(8), and should be edited with edquota(8).

quota.user(5) -- per file system quota database

Each file system with active quotas should contain a quota.user and quota.group file in the file system root. These files are created by quotacheck(8), and should be edited with edquota(8).

radius.conf(5) -- RADIUS client configuration file

radius.conf contains the information necessary to configure the RADIUS client library. It is parsed by rad_config(3). The file contains one or more lines of text, each describing a single RADIUS serve...

rc.conf(5) -- system configuration information

The file rc.conf contains descriptive information about the local host name, configuration details for any potential network interfaces and which services should be started up at system initial boot t...

rcsfile(5) -- format of RCS file

An RCS file's contents are described by the grammar below. The text is free format: space, backspace, tab, newline, vertical tab, form feed, and carriage return (collectively, white space) have no si...

remote(5) -- remote host description file

The systems known by tip(1) and their attributes are stored in an ASCII file which is structured somewhat like the termcap(5) file. Each line in the file provides a description for a single system. Fi...

resolv.conf(5) -- resolver configuration file

The resolver(3) is a set of routines in the C library which provide access to the Internet Domain Name System. The resolver configuration file contains information that is read by the resolver routine...

resolver(5) -- resolver configuration file

rhosts(5) -- trusted remote host and user name data base

rpc(5) -- rpc program number data base

The rpc file contains user readable names that can be used in place of RPC program numbers. For each RPC program a single line should be present with the following information: 1. name of the RPC prog...

rrenumd.conf(5) -- configuration file for router renumbering daemon

The rrenumd config file describes how the router renumbering packet must be constructed and to which destinations it should be sent. This file consists of a sequence of statements terminated by a semi...

rtadvd.conf(5) -- config file for router advertisement daemon

This file describes how the router advertisement packets must be constructed for each of the interfaces. As described in rtadvd(8), you do not have to set this configuration file up at all, unless you...

services(5) -- service name data base

The services file contains information regarding the known services available in the Internet. For each service a single line should be present with the following information: official service name po...

shells(5) -- shell database

The shells file contains a list of the shells on the system. For each shell a single line should be present, consisting of the shell's path, relative to root. A hash mark (``#'') indicates the begi...

sshd_config(5) -- OpenSSH SSH daemon configuration file

sshd reads configuration data from /etc/ssh/sshd_config (or the file specified with -f on the command line). The file contains keyword-argument pairs, one per line. Lines starting with `#' and empty ...

ssh_config(5) -- OpenSSH SSH client configuration files

ssh obtains configuration data from the following sources in the following order: 1. command-line options 2. user's configuration file ($HOME/.ssh/config) 3. system-wide configuration file (/etc/ssh/...

stab(5) -- symbol table types

The file defines some of the symbol table n_type field values for a.out files. These are the types for permanent symbols (i.e. not local labels, etc.) used by the old debugger sdb and the Ber...

style.Makefile(5) -- FreeBSD Makefile file style guide

This file specifies the preferred style for makefiles in the FreeBSD source tree. +o All makefiles should have an SCM ID at the start of the file, followed by a blank line. # $FreeBSD$ +o .PATH: comes...

sysctl.conf(5) -- kernel state defaults

The /etc/sysctl.conf file is read in when the system goes into multi-user mode to set default settings for the kernel. The /etc/sysctl.conf is in the format of the sysctl(8) command, i.e. sysctl_mib=v...

syslog.conf(5) -- syslogd(8) configuration file

The syslog.conf file is the configuration file for the syslogd(8) program. It consists of blocks of lines separated by program and hostname specifications (separations appear along on the line), with ...

tacplus.conf(5) -- TACACS+ client configuration file

tacplus.conf contains the information necessary to configure the TACACS+ client library. It is parsed by tac_config() (see libtacplus(3)). The file contains one or more lines of text, each describing ...

term(5) -- format of compiled term file.

Compiled terminfo descriptions are placed under the directory /usr/share/misc/terminfo. In order to avoid a linear search of a huge UNIX system directory, a two-level scheme is used: /c/name where nam...

termcap(5) -- terminal capability data base

The termcap file is a data base describing terminals, used, for example, by vi(1) and ncurses(3). Terminals are described in termcap by giving a set of capabilities that they have and by describing ho...

terminfo(5) -- terminal capability data base

Terminfo is a data base describing terminals, used by screen-oriented programs such as nvi(1), rogue(1) and libraries such as curses(3X). Terminfo describes terminals by giving a set of capabilities w...

texinfo(5) -- software documentation system

Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both online information and printed output. It is primarily designed for writing software manuals. For a full description of...

tmac(5) -- macro files in the roff typesetting system

ttys(5) -- terminal initialization information

The file ttys contains information that is used by various routines to initialize and control the use of terminal special files. This information is read with the getttyent(3) library routines. There ...

tzfile(5) -- timezone information

The time zone information files used by tzset(3) begin with the magic characters ``TZif'' to identify them as time zone information files, followed by sixteen bytes reserved for future use, followed...

usbd.conf(5) -- usbd(8) configuration file

The usbd.conf file is the configuration file for the usbd(8) daemon. It provides information to allow execution of userland commands on events reported by the usb(4) subsystem in the kernel. Currently...

utf2(5) -- Universal character set Transformation Format encoding of wide characters

The UTF2 encoding has been deprecated in favour of UTF-8. New applications should not use UTF2. The UTF2 encoding is based on a proposed X-Open multibyte FSS-UCS-TF (File System Safe Universal Charact...

utf8(5) -- UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646

The UTF-8 encoding represents UCS-4 characters as a sequence of octets, using between 1 and 6 for each character. It is backwards compatible with ASCII, so 0x00-0x7f refer to the ASCII character set. ...

utmp(5) -- login records

The file declares the structures used to record information about current users in the file utmp, logins and logouts in the file wtmp, and last logins in the file lastlog. The time stamps of ...

uuencode(5) -- format of an encoded uuencode file

Files output by uuencode(1) consist of a header line, followed by a number of body lines, and a trailer line. The uudecode(1) command will ignore any lines preceding the header or following the traile...

uuencode.format(5) -- format of an encoded uuencode file

vgrindefs(5) -- language definition data base for vgrind(1)

The vgrindefs file contains all language definitions for vgrind(1). The data base is very similar to termcap(5).

wtmp(5) -- login records

The file declares the structures used to record information about current users in the file utmp, logins and logouts in the file wtmp, and last logins in the file lastlog. The time stamps of ...

ascii(7) -- octal, hexadecimal and decimal ASCII character sets

The octal set: 000 NUL 001 SOH 002 STX 003 ETX 004 EOT 005 ENQ 006 ACK 007 BEL 010 BS 011 HT 012 NL 013 VT 014 NP 015 CR 016 SO 017 SI 020 DLE 021 DC1 022 DC2 023 DC3 024 DC4 025 NAK 026 SYN 027 ETB 0...

build(7) -- information on how to build the system

The source for the FreeBSD system and applications are contained in three different directories, normally /usr/src, /usr/doc, and /usr/ports. /usr/src contains the ``base system'' sources, which is ...

clocks(7) -- various system timers

HZ is not part of the application interface in BSD. There are many different real and virtual (timekeeping) clocks with different frequencies: +o The scheduling clock. This is a real clock with freque...

development(7) -- introduction to development with the FreeBSD codebase

This manual page describes how an ordinary sysop, UNIX admin, or developer can, without any special permission, obtain, maintain, and modify the FreeBSD codebase as well as how to maintaining a master...

ditroff(7) -- classical device independent roff

The name ditroff once marked a development level of the troff text processing system. In actual roff(7) systems, the name troff is used as a synonym for ditroff. The first roff system was written by J...

environ(7) -- user environment

An array of strings called the environment is made available by execve(2) when a process begins. By convention these strings have the form ``name=value''. The following names are used by various com...

ffs(7) -- Berkeley fast file system

The Berkeley fast file system provides facilities to store file system data onto a disk device. ffs has been optimized over the years for speed and reliability and is the default FreeBSD file system. ...

firewall(7) -- simple firewalls under FreeBSD

groff(7) -- a short reference for the GNU roff language

The name groff stands for GNU roff and is the free implementation of the roff type-setting system. See roff(7) for a survey and the background of the groff system. This document gives only short descr...

groff_char(7) -- groff glyph names

This manual page lists the standard groff glyph names and the default input mapping, latin-1. The glyphs in this document will look different depending on which output device was chosen (with option -...

groff_diff(7) -- differences between GNU troff and classical troff

This manual page describes the language differences between groff, the GNU roff text processing system and the classical roff formatter of the freely available Unix 7 of the 1970s, documented in the T...

groff_man(7) -- groff `man' macros to support generation of man pages

The man macros used to generate man pages with groff were written by James Clark. This document provides a brief summary of the use of each macro in that package.

groff_mdoc(7) -- reference for groff's mdoc implementation

A complete reference for writing UNIX manual pages with the -mdoc macro package; a content-based and domain-based formatting package for GNU troff(1). Its predecessor, the -man(7) package, addressed p...

groff_me(7) -- troff macros for formatting papers

This manual page describes the GNU version of the -me macros, which is part of the groff document formatting system. This version can be used with both GNU troff and Unix troff. This package of troff ...

groff_mm(7) -- groff mm macros

The groff mm macros are intended to be compatible with the DWB mm macros with the following limitations: +o no Bell Labs localisms implemented. +o the macros OK and PM are not implemented. +o groff mm...

groff_mmse(7) --

groff_ms(7) -- groff ms macros

This manual page describes the GNU version of the ms macros, part of the groff typesetting system. The ms macros are mostly compatible with the documented behavior of the 4.3 BSD Unix ms macros (see D...

groff_trace(7) -- groff macro package trace.tmac

The trace macro package of groff(1) can be a valuable tool for debugging documents written in the roff formatting language. A call stack trace is protocolled on standard error, that means, a diagnosti...

groff_www(7) -- groff macros for authoring web pages

This manual page describes the GNU -mwww macro package, which is part of the groff document formatting system. The manual page is very a basic guide, and the html device driver (grohtml) has been comp...

hier(7) -- layout of file systems

A sketch of the file system hierarchy. / root directory of the file system /bin/ user utilities fundamental to both single-user and multi-user environments /boot/ programs and configuration files used...

hostname(7) -- host name resolution description

Hostnames are domains, where a domain is a hierarchical, dot-separated list of subdomains; for example, the machine monet, in the Berkeley subdomain of the EDU subdomain of the Internet would be repre...

intro(7) -- miscellaneous information pages

This section contains miscellaneous documentation.

lint(7) -- Lint error message list

The following is a list of message IDs and messages produced by lint(1). It is intended to be used with -X flag of lint(1). 0 syntax error: empty declaration 1 old style declaration; add int 2 empty d...

maclabel(7) -- Mandatory Access Control label format

If Mandatory Access Control, or MAC, is enabled in the kernel, then in addition to the traditional credentials, each subject (typically a user or a socket) and object (file system object, socket, etc....

mailaddr(7) -- mail addressing description

Mail addresses are based on the Internet protocol listed at the end of this manual page. These addresses are in the general format user@domain where a domain is a hierarchical dot separated list of su...

man(7) -- groff `man' macros to support generation of man pages

The man macros used to generate man pages with groff were written by James Clark. This document provides a brief summary of the use of each macro in that package.

mdoc(7) -- reference for groff's mdoc implementation

mdoc.samples(7) -- reference for groff's mdoc implementation

me(7) -- troff macros for formatting papers

miscellaneous(7) -- miscellaneous information pages

This section contains miscellaneous documentation.

mm(7) -- groff mm macros

mmse(7) --

ms(7) -- groff ms macros

operator(7) -- C operator precedence and order of evaluation

Operator Associativity -------- ------------- () [] -> . left to right ! ~ ++ -- - (type) * & sizeof right to left * / % left to right + - left to right << >> left to right < <= > >= left to right == ...

orig_me(7) -- macros for formatting papers

This package of nroff and troff macro definitions provides a canned formatting facility for technical papers in various formats. When producing 2-column output on a terminal, filter the output through...

ports(7) -- contributed applications

The FreeBSD Ports Collection offers a simple way for users and administrators to install applications. Each port contains any patches necessary to make the original application source code compile and...

release(7) -- release building infrastructure

FreeBSD provides a complete build environment suitable for users to make full releases of the FreeBSD operating system. All of the tools necessary to build a release are available from the CVS reposit...

re_format(7) -- POSIX 1003.2 regular expressions

Regular expressions (``REs''), as defined in IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2''), come in two forms: modern REs (roughly those of egrep(1); 1003.2 calls these ``extended'' REs) and obsolete REs (rough...

roff(7) -- concepts and history of roff typesetting

roff is the general name for a set of type-setting programs, known under names like troff, nroff, ditroff, groff, etc. A roff type-setting system consists of an extensible text formatting language and...

sdoc(7) -- guide to adding security considerations sections to manual pages

This document presents guidelines for adding security considerations sections to manual pages. It provides two typical examples. The guidelines for writing FreeBSD manual pages in groff_mdoc(7) mandat...

security(7) -- introduction to security under FreeBSD

Security is a function that begins and ends with the system administrator. While all BSD multi-user systems have some inherent security, the job of building and maintaining additional security mechani...

sprog(7) -- secure programming practices

Security issues have crept into many systems over the years. This document is a guide for programming practices that prevent these problems. Overview [Toc] [Back] Writing secure applications tak...

stdint(7) -- standard integer types

The header provides source-portable integer types of a specific size, smallest memory footprint with a minimum size, fastest access speed with a minimum size, largest integer size, and thos...

symlink(7) -- symbolic link handling

term(7) -- conventions for naming terminal types

The environment variable TERM should normally contain the type name of the terminal, console or display-device type you are using. This information is critical for all screen-oriented programs, includ...

tuning(7) -- performance tuning under FreeBSD SYSTEM SETUP - DISKLABEL, NEWFS, TUNEFS, SWAP When using disklabel(...

ac(8) -- connect time accounting

If the file /var/log/wtmp exists, a record of individual login and logout times are written to it by login(1) and init(8), respectively. The ac utility examines these records and writes the accumulate...

accton(8) -- enable/disable system accounting

The accton utility is used for switching system accounting on or off. If called with the argument acctfile, system accounting is enabled and a record of every process that is started by the execve(2) ...

acpiconf(8) -- control ACPI power management

The acpiconf utility allows the user control of the ACPI power management functions. The following command-line options are recognized: -d Disables ACPI power management. -e Enables ACPI power managem...

acpidb(8) -- ACPI DSDT debugger

The acpidb utility is a debugger for the ACPI DSDT. It can parse and execute various AML methods and display the result.

acpidump(8) -- dump ACPI tables and ASL

The acpidump utility analyzes ACPI tables in physical memory and can dump them to a file. In addition, acpidump can call iasl(8) to disassemble AML (ACPI Machine Language) found in these tables and du...

adding_user(8) -- procedure for adding new users

A new user must choose a login name, which must not already appear in /etc/passwd or /etc/mail/aliases. It must also not begin with the hyphen `-' character. It is strongly recommended that it be all...

adduser(8) -- command for adding new users

The adduser utility is a shell script, implemented around the pw(8) command, for adding new users. It creates passwd/group entries, a home directory, copies dotfiles and sends the new user a welcome m...

adjkerntz(8) -- adjust local time CMOS clock to reflect time zone changes and keep current timezone offset for the k...

The adjkerntz utility maintains the proper relationship between the kernel clock, which is always set to UTC, and the CMOS clock, which may be set to local time. The adjkerntz utility also informs the...

amd(8) -- automatically mount file systems

Amd is a daemon that automatically mounts file systems whenever a file or directory within that file system is accessed. File systems are automatically unmounted when they appear to be quiescent. Amd ...

amq(8) -- automounter query tool

Amq provides a simple way of determining the current state of the amd(8) program. Communication is by RPC. Three modes of operation are supported by the current protocol. By default a list of mount po...

ancontrol(8) -- configure Aironet 4500/4800 devices

The ancontrol utility controls the operation of Aironet wireless networking devices via the an(4) driver. Most of the parameters that can be changed relate to the IEEE 802.11 protocol which the Airone...

apm(8) -- control the APM BIOS and display its information

The apm utility controls the Intel / Microsoft APM (Advanced Power Management) BIOS and displays the current status of APM on laptop PCs. The zzz utility suspends the system by controlling APM. The fo...

apmconf(8) -- control the APM BIOS and display its information

apmd(8) -- Advanced Power Management monitor daemon

The apmd utility monitors the occurrence of the specified Advanced Power Management (APM) events and, if one of the events occurs, it executes the sequence of commands corresponding to the event. Only...

arp(8) -- address resolution display and control

The arp utility displays and modifies the Internet-to-Ethernet address translation tables used by the address resolution protocol (arp(4)). With no flags, the program displays the current ARP entry fo...

asf(8) -- add symbol files

By default, asf reads kldstat(8) output from standard input and writes to standard output a list of gdb(1) commands to add symbol files from KLDs in subdirectories of the subdirectory modules of the c...

atacontrol(8) -- ATA device driver control program

The atacontrol utility is a control program that provides the user access and control to the FreeBSD ata(4) subsystem. The atacontrol utility can cause severe system crashes and loss of data if used i...

atm(8) -- user configuration and display command for HARP ATM interface

atm configures and displays the status of the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) networking software. The subcommands fall into several categories: Interface management subcommands allow manipulation o...

atmarpd(8) -- ATMARP/SCSP interface daemon

The atmarpd utility provides an interface between the ATMARP server in the kernel and the SCSP daemon for the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) networking software. The atmarpd utility reads the ATMAR...

atmconfig(8) -- ATM configuration tool

The atmconfig tool is used to configure the Netgraph ATM network sub-system. The command line of atmconfig generally consists of common options followed by a command string, optionally followed by sub...

atrun(8) -- run jobs queued for later execution

Atrun runs jobs queued by at(1). Root's crontab(5) file /etc/crontab has to contain the line */5 * * * * root /usr/libexec/atrun so that atrun gets invoked every five minutes. At every invocation, at...

badsect(8) -- create files to contain bad sectors

The badsect utility makes a file to contain a bad sector. Normally, bad sectors are made inaccessible by the standard formatter, which provides a forwarding table for bad sectors to the driver. If a d...

bcmfw(8) -- firmware download utility for Broadcom BCM2033 chip based Bluetooth USB devices

The bcmfw utility downloads the specified mini-driver and firmware files to the specified device. This utility will only work with Broadcom BCM2033 chip based Bluetooth USB devices. The identification...

boot(8) -- system bootstrapping procedures

Power fail and crash recovery. Normally, the system will reboot itself at power-up or after crashes. An automatic consistency check of the file systems will be performed, and unless this fails, the sy...

boot0cfg(8) -- boot manager installation/configuration utility

The FreeBSD `boot0' boot manager permits the operator to select from which disk and slice an i386 machine (PC) is booted. Note that what are referred to here as ``slices'' are typically called ``pa...

bootparamd(8) -- boot parameter server

The bootparamd utility is a server process that provides information to diskless(8) clients necessary for booting. It consults the /etc/bootparams file. This version will allow the use of aliases on t...

bootpd(8) -- Internet Boot Protocol server/gateway

The bootpd utility implements an Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) server as defined in RFC951, RFC1532, and RFC1533. The bootpgw utility implements a simple BOOTP gateway which can be used to forwa...

bootpef(8) -- BOOTP Extension File compiler

The bootpef utility builds the Extension Path files described by RFC 1497 (tag 18). If any client-name arguments are specified, then bootpef compiles the extension files for only those clients.

bootpgw(8) -- Internet Boot Protocol server/gateway

bootptest(8) -- send BOOTP queries and print responses

The bootptest utility sends BOOTP requests to the host specified as server-name at one-second intervals until either a response is received, or until ten requests have gone unanswered. After a respons...

boot_i386(8) -- system bootstrapping procedures

bsdlabel(8) -- read and write disk pack label

The bsdlabel utility installs, examines or modifies the BSD label on a disk partition. In addition, bsdlabel can install bootstrap code. Disk Device Name [Toc] [Back] When specifying the device,...

bt3cfw(8) -- firmware download utility for 3Com Bluetooth PC card driver

The bt3cfw utility connects to the specified Netgraph driver node of type BTCCC and downloads the specified firmware file. Due to copyright issues, I will no longer provide firmware with the card driv...

btxld(8) -- link editor for BTX clients

The btxld utility binds the specified client executable together with a BTX loader program and the BTX kernel, and creates a composite object file suitable for loading during the boot process. The opt...

burncd(8) -- control the ATAPI CD-R/RW driver

The burncd utility is used to burn CD-R/RW media using the ATAPI cd driver. Available options and operands: -d burn the CD-R/RW in DAO (disk at once) mode. -e eject the media when done. -f device set ...

camcontrol(8) -- CAM control program

The camcontrol utility is designed to provide a way for users to access and control the FreeBSD CAM subsystem. The camcontrol utility can cause a loss of data and/or system crashes if used improperly....

catman.local(8) -- start makewhatis or catman for local file systems

The makewhatis.local utility starts makewhatis(1) only for file systems physically mounted on the system where the makewhatis.local is being executed. Running makewhatis by periodic weekly for rw nfs-...

ccdconfig(8) -- configuration utility for the concatenated disk driver

The ccdconfig utility is used to dynamically configure and unconfigure concatenated disk devices, or ccds. For more information about the ccd, see ccd(4). The options are as follows: -c Configure a cc...

chat(8) -- Automated conversational script with a modem

The chat program defines a conversational exchange between the computer and the modem. Its primary purpose is to establish the connection between the Point-to-Point Protocol Daemon (pppd) and the remo...

chkgrp(8) -- check the syntax of the group file

The chkgrp utility scans the given file or, failing that, the system-wide group file for errors. Specifically, it checks that every non-blank, non-comment entry is composed of four colon-separated fie...

chkprintcap(8) -- check validity of entries in the print spooler database

The chkprintcap utility scans a printcap(5) database (named by the printcap argument, or by default /etc/printcap), looking for entries which are invalid in one way or another. The following checks ar...

chown(8) -- change file owner and group

The chown utility changes the user ID and/or the group ID of the specified files. Symbolic links named by arguments are silently left unchanged unless -h is used. The options are as follows: -H If the...

chroot(8) -- change root directory

The chroot utility changes its current and root directories to the supplied directory newroot and then exec's command, if supplied, or an interactive copy of the user's login shell. If the -u, -g or...

clri(8) -- clear an inode

The clri utility is obsoleted for normal file system repair work by fsck(8). The clri utility zeroes out the inodes with the specified inode number(s) on the file system residing on the given special_...

comcontrol(8) -- control a special tty device

The comcontrol utility is used to examine and modify some of the special characteristics of the specified tty device. If no arguments other than the device (or "-" for stdin) are specified, it print...

comsat(8) -- biff server

The comsat utility is the server process which receives reports of incoming mail and notifies users if they have requested this service. The comsat utility receives messages on a datagram port associa...

config(8) -- build system configuration files

This is the old version of the config utility. It understands the old autoconfiguration scheme used on the HP300, i386, DECstation, and derivative platforms. The new version of config is used with the...

conscontrol(8) -- control physical console devices

The conscontrol utility is used to examine and modify the physical devices which back the virtual console devices. If no arguments (or only the list command) are specified, the current console setting...

crash(8) -- FreeBSD system failures

This section explains a bit about system crashes and (very briefly) how to analyze crash dumps. When the system crashes voluntarily it prints a message of the form panic: why i gave up the ghost on th...

cron(8) -- daemon to execute scheduled commands (Vixie Cron)

The cron utility should be started from /etc/rc or /etc/rc.local. It will return immediately, so you don't need to start it with '&'. The cron utility searches /var/cron/tabs for crontab files whic...

cvsbug(8) -- send problem report (PR) about CVS to a central support site

cvsbug is a tool used to submit problem reports (PRs) to a central support site. In most cases the correct site will be the default. This argument indicates the support site which is responsible for t...

daemon(8) -- run detached from the controlling terminal

The daemon utility detaches itself from the controlling terminal and executes the program specified by its arguments. The options are as follows: -c Change the current working directory to the root (`...

dconschat(8) -- user interface to dcons

The dconschat utility is designed to provide a way for users to access dcons(4) (dumb console device) on a local or remote system. The dconschat interacts with dcons(4) using kvm(3) or firewire(4) and...

devd(8) -- device state change daemon

The devd daemon provides a way to have userland programs run when certain kernel events happen. The following options are accepted. -D Enable debugging messages. -d Run in the foreground instead of be...

devfs(8) -- DEVFS control

The devfs utility provides an interface to manipulate properties of devfs(5) mounts. The keyword argument determines the context for the rest of the arguments. For example, most of the commands relate...

devinfo(8) -- print information about system device configuration

The devinfo utility, without any arguments, shows the hierarchy of devices available in the system, starting from the ``nexus'' device. The following options are accepted. -r Causes hardware resourc...

dhclient(8) -- Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client

The Internet Software Consortium DHCP Client, dhclient, provides a means for configuring one or more network interfaces using the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, BOOTP protocol, or if these proto...

dhclient-script(8) -- DHCP client network configuration script

The DHCP client network configuration script is invoked from time to time by dhclient(8). This script is used by the dhcp client to set each interface's initial configuration prior to requesting an a...

digictl(8) -- control Digiboard devices

The digictl utility provides control of the Digiboard installed with the given ctrl-device name and provides control of individual digiboard devices. A digiboard ctrl-device is usually of the form /de...

diskinfo(8) -- get information about disk device

The diskinfo utility prints out information about a disk device, and optionally runs a naive performance test on the device. If given no arguments, the output will be a single line per specified devic...

disklabel(8) -- read and write disk pack label

The bsdlabel utility installs, examines or modifies the BSD label on a disk partition. In addition, bsdlabel can install bootstrap code. Disk Device Name [Toc] [Back] When specifying the device,...

diskless(8) -- booting a system over the network

The ability to boot a machine over the network is useful for diskless or dataless machines, or as a temporary measure while repairing or reinstalling file systems on a local disk. This file provides a...

dmesg(8) -- display the system message buffer

The dmesg utility displays the contents of the system message buffer. If neither the -N nor the -M option is specified, the buffer is read from the currently running kernel via the sysctl(3) interface...

dump(8) -- file system backup

The dump utility examines files on a file system and determines which files need to be backed up. These files are copied to the given disk, tape or other storage medium for safe keeping (see the -f op...

dumpfs(8) -- dump file system information

The dumpfs utility prints out the super block and cylinder group information for the file system or special device specified, unless -m is specified. The listing is very long and detailed. This comman...

dumpon(8) -- specify a device for crash dumps

The dumpon utility is used to specify a device where the kernel can save a crash dump in the case of a panic. Calls to dumpon normally occur from the system multi-user initialization file /etc/rc, con...

editmap(8) -- query and edit single records in database maps for sendmail

Editmap queries or edits one record in database maps used by the keyed map lookups in sendmail(8). Arguments are passed on the command line and output (for queries) is directed to standard output. Dep...

edquota(8) -- edit user quotas

The edquota utility is a quota editor. By default, or if the -u flag is specified, one or more users may be specified on the command line. For each user a temporary file is created with an ASCII repre...

extattrctl(8) -- manage UFS1 extended attributes

The extattrctl utility is the management utility for extended attributes over the UFS1 file system. It allows the starting and stopping of extended attributes on a file system, as well as initializati...

faithd(8) -- FAITH IPv6/v4 translator daemon

The faithd utility provides IPv6-to-IPv4 TCP relay. faithd must be used on an IPv4/v6 dual stack router. When faithd receives TCPv6 traffic, faithd will relay the TCPv6 traffic to TCPv4. Destination f...

fastboot(8) -- stopping and restarting the system

The halt and reboot utilities flush the file system cache to disk, send all running processes a SIGTERM (and subsequently a SIGKILL) and, respectively, halt or restart the system. The action is logged...

fasthalt(8) -- stopping and restarting the system

fdcontrol(8) -- display and modify floppy disk parameters

The fdcontrol utility allows the modification of the run-time behavior of the fdc(4) driver for the device specified by device. Commands are implemented to query the current device density settings as...

fdisk(8) -- PC slice table maintenance utility

The FreeBSD utility, fdisk, serves a similar purpose to the DOS utility. The first form is used to display slice information or to interactively edit the slice table. The second is used to write a sli...

ffsinfo(8) -- dump all meta information of an existing ufs file system

The ffsinfo utility extends the dumpfs(8) utility. The output is generated into the file outfile. Also expect the output file to be rather large. Up to 2 percent of the size of the specified file syst...

fingerd(8) -- remote user information server

The fingerd utility uses a simple protocol based on RFC1196 that provides an interface to finger(1) at several network sites. It is supposed to return a friendly, human-oriented status report on eithe...

fixmount(8) -- fix remote mount entries

fixmount is a variant of showmount(8) that can delete bogus mount entries in remote mountd(8) daemons. The actions specified by the options are performed for each host in turn.

fore_dnld(8) -- download FORE Systems' microcode into host ATM adapter

The fore_dnld utility downloads FORE Systems' microcode into the host ATM adapter(s).

fsck(8) -- file system consistency check and interactive repair

The fsck utility invokes file system-specific programs to check the special devices listed in the fstab(5) file or in the command line for consistency. It is normally used in the script /etc/rc during...

fsck_ffs(8) -- file system consistency check and interactive repair

The specified disk partitions and/or file systems are checked. In "preen" mode the clean flag of each file system's superblock is examined and only those file systems that are not marked clean are ...

fsck_msdosfs(8) -- DOS/Windows (FAT) file system consistency checker

The fsck_msdosfs utility verifies and repairs FAT file systems (more commonly known as DOS file systems). The first form of fsck_msdosfs preens the specified file systems. It is normally started by fs...

fsdb(8) -- FFS debugging/editing tool

The fsdb utility opens fsname (usually a raw disk partition) and runs a command loop allowing manipulation of the file system's inode data. You are prompted to enter a command with fsdb (inum X)> whe...

fsinfo(8) -- co-ordinate site-wide file system information

The fsinfo utility takes a set of system configuration information, and generates a coordinated set of , and mountd configuration files. The following options are available: -a autodir Specifies the d...

fsirand(8) -- randomize inode generation numbers

The fsirand utility installs random generation numbers on all the inodes for each file system specified on the command line by special. This increases the security of NFS-exported file systems by maki...

ftpd(8) -- Internet File Transfer Protocol server

The ftpd utility is the Internet File Transfer Protocol server process. The server uses the TCP protocol and listens at the port specified with the -P option or in the ``ftp'' service specification;...

fwcontrol(8) -- FireWire control utility

The fwcontrol utility is designed to provide a way for users to access and control the FreeBSD FireWire subsystem. Without options, fwcontrol will output a list of devices that are/were connected to t...

gbde(8) -- operation and management utility for Geom Based Disk Encryption

getextattr(8) -- manipulate extended attributes

These utilities are user tools to manipulate the named extended attributes on files and directories. The attrnamespace argument should be the namespace of the attribute to retrieve: legal values are u...

getfmac(8) -- print MAC label for a file system object

The getfmac utility prints the text representation of the MAC label associated with the specified files.

getpmac(8) -- print process-related MAC labels

The getpmac utility prints the text representation of the MAC label associated with the specified process. If no process is specified, it prints the label associated with its own process.

getty(8) -- set terminal mode

The getty utility is called by init(8) to open and initialize the tty line, read a login name, and invoke login(1). The argument tty is the special device file in /dev to open for the terminal (for ex...

growfs(8) -- grow size of an existing ufs file system

The growfs utility extends the newfs(8) program. Before starting growfs the disk must be labeled to a bigger size using disklabel(8). If you wish to grow a file system beyond the boundary of the slice...

gstat(8) -- print statistics about GEOM disks

The gstat utility can be used to monitor I/O transactions of geom(4) devices. The options are as follows: -c Enable display of geom(4) consumers too. The default is to show statistics only for geom(4)...

halt(8) -- stopping and restarting the system

hccontrol(8) -- HCI configuration utility

The hccontrol utility connects to the specified Netgraph node of type HCI and attempts to send specified command to the HCI Netgraph node or to the associated Bluetooth device. The hccontrol utility w...

hcsecd(8) -- control link keys and PIN codes for Bluetooth devices

The hcsecd daemon controls link keys and PIN codes for Bluetooth devices. It opens raw HCI socket and listens for the Link_Key_Request, PIN_Code_Request and Link_Key_Notification HCI events. Once Link...

hcseriald(8) -- supervise serial Bluetooth devices

The hcseriald utility handles serial Bluetooth devices. It does one simple thing: it opens the specified serial device, sets the device parameters, and pushes the H4 line discipline. The options are a...

hlfsd(8) -- home-link file system daemon

hlfsd is a daemon which implements a file system containing a symbolic link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending on the user which accessed that link. It was primarily designed t...

hpropd(8) -- receive a propagated database

hpropd receives a database sent by hprop. and writes it as a local database. By default, hpropd expects to be started from inetd if stdin is a socket and expects to receive the dumped database over st...

iasl(8) -- Intel ACPI compiler/decompiler

The iasl utility is a compiler/decompiler for ACPI Source Language (ASL) and ACPI Machine Language (AML). Major features of iasl include: +o Full support for the ACPI 2.0b Specification including ASL ...

ifconfig(8) -- configure network interface parameters

The ifconfig utility is used to assign an address to a network interface and/or configure network interface parameters. The ifconfig utility must be used at boot time to define the network address of ...

ifmcstat(8) -- dump multicast group management statistics per interface

The ifmcstat utility dumps multicast group information from the kernel. It is similar but not identical to the output from netstat -ina. There are no command line options. Only root can use ifmcstat.

ilmid(8) -- simple ILMI ATM address registration daemon

The ilmid utility is a HARP ATM daemon that performs the ILMI ATM address registration procedures with an ATM network switch. It is normally invoked at boot time from the ATM startup script. For each ...

inetd(8) -- internet ``super-server''

init(8) -- process control initialization

The init utility is the last stage of the boot process. It normally runs the automatic reboot sequence as described in rc(8), and if this succeeds, begins multi-user operation. If the reboot scripts f...

intro(8) -- introduction to system maintenance and operation commands

This section contains information related to system operation and maintenance. It describes commands used to create new file systems, newfs(8), verify the integrity of the file systems, fsck(8), contr...

iostat(8) -- report I/O statistics

The iostat utility displays kernel I/O statistics on terminal, device and cpu operations. The first statistics that are printed are averaged over the system uptime. To get information about the curren...

ip6addrctl(8) -- configure address selection policy for IPv6 and IPv4

The ip6addrctl command manages the policy table of source and destination address selection for outgoing IPv4 and IPv6 packets. When ip6addrctl is invoked without an argument or with a single argument...

ip6fw(8) -- controlling utility for IPv6 firewall

To ease configuration, rules can be put into a file which is processed using ip6fw as shown in the first synopsis line. An absolute pathname must be used. The file will be read line by line and applie...

ipf(8) -- alters packet filtering lists for IP packet input and output

ipf opens the filenames listed (treating "-" as stdin) and parses the file for a set of rules which are to be added or removed from the packet filter rule set. Each rule processed by ipf is added to...

ipfs(8) -- saves and restores information for NAT and state tables.

ipfs allows state information created for NAT entries and rules using keep state to be locked (modification prevented) and then saved to disk, allowing for the system to experience a reboot, followed ...

ipfstat(8) -- reports on packet filter statistics and filter list

ipfstat examines /dev/kmem using the symbols _fr_flags, _frstats, _fil- terin, and _filterout. To run and work, it needs to be able to read both /dev/kmem and the kernel itself. The kernel name defaul...

ipfw(8) -- IP firewall and traffic shaper control program

The ipfw utility is the user interface for controlling the ipfw(4) firewall and the dummynet(4) traffic shaper in FreeBSD. NOTE: this manual page documents the newer version of ipfw introduced in Free...

ipmon(8) -- monitors /dev/ipl for logged packets

ipmon opens /dev/ipl for reading and awaits data to be saved from the packet filter. The binary data read from the device is reprinted in human readable for, however, IP#'s are not mapped back to hos...

IPXrouted(8) -- IPX Routing Information Protocol daemon

The IPXrouted utility is invoked at boot time to manage the IPX routing tables. The IPX routing daemon uses the Novell IPX Routing Information Protocol in maintaining up to date kernel routing table e...

isdnd(8) -- isdn4bsd ISDN connection management daemon

The isdnd utility is the isdn4bsd package daemon which manages all ISDN related connection and disconnection of ISDN devices supported by the package. The options are as follows: -c Use configfile as ...

isdndebug(8) -- display and control isdn4bsd kernel variables and statistics

The isdndebug utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to control the level of debugging output of the isdn4bsd kernel part. Every layer of the isdn4bsd kernel uses a debugging mask which c...

isdndecode(8) -- isdn4bsd ISDN protocol decode utility

The isdndecode utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to provide the user with a detailed mnemonic display of the layers 1, 2 and 3 protocol activities on the D channel and hex dump of th...

isdnmonitor(8) -- isdn4bsd / isdnd remote monitoring tool

The isdnmonitor utility is used to remotely monitor the operation of the isdn daemon, isdnd(8), which manages all ISDN related connection and disconnection of ISDN devices supported by the isdn4bsd pa...

isdnphone(8) -- telephone dialing and more for isdn4bsd

The isdnphone utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to handle dialing and hangup for the telephone control interfaces /dev/i4bteld. Options are provided to dial out or hang up using c...

isdntel(8) -- isdn4bsd telephone answering management utility

The isdntel utility is used to provide an "answering machine" functionality for incoming telephone voice messages. The following options are supported: -a Use aliasfile as the pathname for an aliasf...

isdntelctl(8) -- control isdn4bsd telephone sound format conversion

The isdntelctl utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to configure the sound format conversion facilities of the /dev/i4btel interfaces. The following options are available: -c Clear the ...

isdntrace(8) -- isdn4bsd ISDN protocol trace utility

The isdntrace utility is part of the isdn4bsd package and is used to provide the user with a mnemonic display of the layers 1, 2 and 3 protocol activities on the D channel and hex dump of the B channe...

ispcvt(8) -- verify if current video driver is pcvt driver

The ispcvt utility allows the user to check whether the current video driver compiled into the kernel is a pcvt driver. The major and minor release numbers of the driver are also checked. Furthermore ...

jail(8) -- imprison process and its descendants

The jail utility imprisons a process and all future descendants. The options are as follows: -i Output the jail identifier of the newly created jail. -u username The user name as whom the command shou...

jexec(8) -- execute a command inside an existing jail

The jexec utility executes command inside the jail identified by jid.

jls(8) -- list active jails

The jls utility lists all active jails. Each jail is represented by one row which contains the following columns: jail identifier (JID), IP address, hostname, and path.

kadmin(8) -- Kerberos administration utility

The kadmin program is used to make modifications to the Kerberos database, either remotely via the kadmind(8) daemon, or locally (with the -l option). Supported options: -p string, --principal=string ...

kdc(8) -- Kerberos 5 server

kdc serves requests for tickets. When it starts, it first checks the flags passed, any options that are not specified with a command line flag are taken from a config file, or from a default compiled-...

kerberos(8) -- introduction to the Kerberos system

Kerberos is a network authentication system. Its purpose is to securely authenticate users and services in an insecure network environment. This is done with a Kerberos server acting as a trusted thir...

kernbb(8) -- generate a dump of the kernels basic-block profile buffers

The kernbb utility is used to extract the basic-block profiling buffers of the running kernel into the files needed for the gcov(1) tool. At least one source file in the running kernel must have been ...

keyserv(8) -- server for storing private encryption keys

The keyserv utility is a daemon that is used for storing the private encryption keys of each user logged into the system. These encryption keys are used for accessing secure network services such as s...

kgmon(8) -- generate a dump of the operating system's profile buffers

The kgmon utility is used when profiling the operating system. When no arguments are supplied, kgmon indicates the state of operating system profiling as running, off, or not configured. (see config(8...

kgzip(8) -- compress a kernel

The kgzip utility compresses a kernel or some other bootable binary. Operation is in two phases as follows: 1. A load image of the executable file is built which omits all but the `text' and `data' ...

kldconfig(8) -- display or modify the kernel module search path

The kldconfig utility displays or modifies the search path used by the kernel when loading modules using the kldload(8) utility or the kldload(2) syscall. The following options are available: -d Remov...

kldload(8) -- load a file into the kernel

The kldload utility loads file.ko into the kernel using the kernel linker. Note that if multiple modules are specified then an attempt will be made to load them all, even if some fail. The following o...

kldstat(8) -- display status of dynamic kernel linker

The kldstat utility displays the status of any files dynamically linked into the kernel. The following options are available: -v Be more verbose. -i id Display the status of only the file with this ID...

kldunload(8) -- unload a file from the kernel

The kldunload utility unloads a file which was previously loaded with kldload(8). The following options are available: -v Be more verbose. -i id Unload the file with this ID. -n name Unload the file w...

kldxref(8) -- generate hints for the kernel loader

The kldxref utility is used to generate hint files which list modules, their version numbers, and the files that contain them. These hints are used by the kernel loader to determine where to find a pa...

kpasswdd(8) -- Kerberos 5 password changing server

kpasswdd serves request for password changes. It listens on UDP port 464 (service kpasswd) and processes requests when they arrive. It changes the database directly and should thus only run on the mas...

kstash(8) -- store the KDC master password in a file

kstash reads the Kerberos master key and stores it in a file that will be used by the KDC. Supported options: -e string, --enctype=string the encryption type to use, defaults to DES3-CBC-SHA1 -k file,...

ktrdump(8) -- print kernel ktr trace buffer

The ktrdump utility is used to dump the contents of the kernel ktr trace buffer. The following options are available: -c Print the CPU number that each entry was logged from. -f Print the file and lin...

ktutil(8) -- manage Kerberos keytabs

ktutil is a program for managing keytabs. Supported options: -v, --verbose Verbose output. command can be one of the following: add [-p principal] [--principal=principal] [-V kvno] [--kvno=kvno] [-e e...

l2control(8) -- L2CAP configuration utility

The l2control utility connects to the local device with the specified BD_ADDR and attempts to send the specified command. The l2control utility will print results to the standard output and error mess...

l2ping(8) -- send L2CAP ECHO_REQUEST to remote devices

The l2ping utility uses L2CAP ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an L2CAP ECHO_RESPONSE from a remote device. The options are as follows: -a BD_ADDR Address of remote device to ping. Example: -a 00:01:02...

lastlogin(8) -- indicate last login time of users

The lastlogin utility will list the last login session of each specified user, or for all users by default. Each line of output contains the user name, the tty from which the session was conducted, an...

ldconfig(8) -- configure the shared library cache

The ldconfig utility is used to prepare a set of ``hints'' for use by the dynamic linker to facilitate quick lookup of shared libraries available in multiple directories. It scans a set of built-in ...

loader(8) -- kernel bootstrapping final stage

The program called loader is the final stage of FreeBSD's kernel bootstrapping process. On IA32 (i386) architectures, it is a BTX client. It is linked statically to libstand(3) and usually located in...

loader.4th(8) -- loader.conf processing tools

The file that goes by the name of loader.4th is a set of commands designed to manipulate loader.conf(5) files. The default /boot/loader.rc includes loader.4th and uses one of its commands to automatic...

locate.updatedb(8) -- update locate database

The locate.updatedb utility updates the database used by locate(1). It is typically run once a week by the /etc/periodic/weekly/310.locate script. The contents of the newly built database can be contr...

lockd(8) -- NFS file locking daemon

The rpc.lockd utility provides monitored and unmonitored file and record locking services in an NFS environment. To monitor the status of hosts requesting locks, the locking daemon typically operates ...

lpc(8) -- line printer control program

The lpc utility is used by the system administrator to control the operation of the line printer system. For each line printer configured in /etc/printcap, lpc may be used to: +o disable or enable a p...

lpd(8) -- line printer spooler daemon

The lpd utility is the line printer daemon (spool area handler) and is normally invoked at boot time from the rc(8) file. It makes a single pass through the printcap(5) file to find out about the exis...

lptcontrol(8) -- a utility for manipulating the lpt printer driver

The lptcontrol utility is used to set either the interrupt-driven, extended or polling mode of individual lpt(4) devices. When a printer is switched from a mode to another, this change will only take ...

lsextattr(8) -- manipulate extended attributes

mail.local(8) -- store mail in a mailbox

Mail.local reads the standard input up to an end-of-file and appends it to each user's mail file. The user must be a valid user name. The options are as follows: -7 Do not advertise 8BITMIME support ...

mailstats(8) -- display mail statistics

The mailstats utility displays the current mail statistics. First, the time at which statistics started being kept is displayed, in the format specified by ctime(3). Then, the statistics for each mail...

mailwrapper(8) -- invoke appropriate MTA software based on configuration file

At one time, the only Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) software easily available was sendmail(8). As a result of this, most Mail User Agents (MUAs) such as mail(1) had the path and calling conventions expect...

MAKEDEV(8) -- old script for creating device nodes

The MAKEDEV script was deprecated by devfs(5) and removed from FreeBSD after devfs(5) became mandatory.

makekey(8) -- make encrypted keys or passwords

The makekey utility has been deprecated and will be removed in a future release of FreeBSD. The makekey utility encrypts a key and salt which it reads from the standard input and writes the result to ...

makemap(8) -- create database maps for sendmail

Makemap creates the database maps used by the keyed map lookups in sendmail(8). It reads input from the standard input and outputs them to the indicated mapname. Depending on how it is compiled, makem...

makewhatis.local(8) -- start makewhatis or catman for local file systems

manctl(8) -- manipulating manual pages

The manctl utility compress or uncompress manual pages in directory path. If possible, .so's are replaced with hard links. The following options are available: -help Print options and exit. -compress...

map-mbone(8) -- multicast connection mapper

The map-mbone utility attempts to display all multicast routers that are reachable from the multicast starting_router. If not specified on the command line, the default multicast starting_router is th...

mdconfig(8) -- configure and enable memory disks

The mdconfig utility configures and enables md(4) devices. Options indicate an action to be performed: -a Attach a memory disk. This will configure and attach a memory disk with the parameters specifi...

mdmfs(8) -- configure and mount an in-memory file system using the md(4) driver

The mdmfs utility is designed to be a work-alike and look-alike of the deprecated mount_mfs(8). The end result is essentially the same, but is accomplished in a completely different way. The mdmfs uti...

memcontrol(8) -- control system cache behaviour with respect to memory

A number of supported system architectures allow the behaviour of the CPU cache to be programmed to behave differently depending on the region being written. The memcontrol utility provides an interfa...

mergemaster(8) -- merge configuration files, et al during an upgrade

The mergemaster utility is a Bourne shell script which is designed to aid you in updating the various configuration and other files associated with FreeBSD. It is HIGHLY recommended that you back up y...

mixer(8) -- set/display soundcard mixer values

The mixer utility is used to set and display soundcard mixer device levels. It may also be used to start and stop recording from the soundcard. The list of mixer devices that may be modified are: vol,...

mk-amd-map(8) -- create database maps for Amd

mk-amd-map creates the database maps used by the keyed map lookups in amd(8). It reads input from the named file and outputs them to a correspondingly named hashed database. The -p option prints the m...

mknetid(8) -- generate netid map data

The mknetid utility processes the contents of the group(5), passwd(5), hosts(5) and netid(5) files into the format used to generate the netid.byname NIS map. This map is used to hold credential inform...

mknod(8) -- build special file

The mknod utility creates device special files. To make nodes manually, the four required arguments are: name Device name, for example ``sd'' for a SCSI disk on an HP300 or a ``pty'' for pseudo-te...

mksnap_ffs(8) -- take a file system snapshot

The mksnap_ffs utility creates a snapshot named snapshot_name on the file system mounted at mountpoint. The snapshot_name argument must be contained within the file system mounted at mountpoint. The g...

mld6query(8) -- send multicast listener query

The mld6query utility sends an IPv6 multicast listener discovery (MLD) query packet toward the specified multicast address, maddr, toward interface intface. If you omit maddr, linklocal all nodes mult...

mlxcontrol(8) -- Mylex DAC-family RAID management utility

The mlxcontrol utility provides status monitoring and management functions for devices attached to the mlx(4) driver. Controller names are of the form "mlxN" where N is the unit number of the contro...

mount(8) -- mount file systems

The mount utility calls the mount(2) system call to prepare and graft a special device or the remote node (rhost:path) on to the file system tree at the point node. If either special or node are not p...

mountd(8) -- service remote NFS mount requests

The mountd utility is the server for NFS mount requests from other client machines. It listens for service requests at the port indicated in the NFS server specification; see Network File System Proto...

mount_cd9660(8) -- mount an ISO-9660 file system

The mount_cd9660 utility attaches the ISO-9660 file system residing on the device special to the global file system namespace at the location indicated by node. This command is normally executed by mo...

mount_devfs(8) -- mount ``standard'' file systems

The mount_std utility is a generic mechanism for attaching ``standard'' file systems to the file system. The mount_std utility currently supports the following file systems: devfs, fdescfs, linprocf...

mount_ext2fs(8) -- mount an ext2fs file system

The mount_ext2fs utility attaches an ext2fs file system special device on to the file system tree at the point node. This command is normally executed by mount(8) at boot time. The options are as foll...

mount_fdescfs(8) -- mount ``standard'' file systems

mount_linprocfs(8) -- mount ``standard'' file systems

mount_mfs(8) -- configure and mount an in-memory file system using the md(4) driver

mount_msdosfs(8) -- mount an MS-DOS file system

The mount_msdosfs utility attaches the MS-DOS file system residing on the device special to the global file system namespace at the location indicated by node. This command is normally executed by mou...

mount_nfs(8) -- mount NFS file systems

The mount_nfs utility calls the mount(2) system call to prepare and graft a remote NFS file system (rhost:path) on to the file system tree at the point node. This command is normally executed by mount...

mount_nfs4(8) -- mount NFSv4 file systems

The mount_nfs4 utility calls the mount(2) system call to prepare and graft a remote NFSv4 file system (rhost:path) on to the file system tree at the point node. This command is normally executed by mo...

mount_ntfs(8) -- mount an NTFS file system

The mount_ntfs utility attaches the NTFS file system residing on the device special to the global file system namespace at the location indicated by node. This command is normally executed by mount(8)...

mount_nullfs(8) -- mount a loopback file system sub-tree; demonstrate the use of a null file system layer

The mount_nullfs utility creates a null layer, duplicating a sub-tree of the file system name space under another part of the global file system namespace. This allows existing files and directories t...

mount_nwfs(8) -- mount NetWare volume from a NetWare file server

The mount_nwfs utility allows to mount volume from a NetWare server. It may use either existing connection or create new: if no usable connection was found it will try to establish a new one. Connecti...

mount_portalfs(8) -- mount the portal daemon

The mount_portalfs utility attaches an instance of the portal daemon to the global file system namespace. The conventional mount point is /p. This command is normally executed by mount(8) at boot time...

mount_procfs(8) -- mount ``standard'' file systems

mount_smbfs(8) -- mount a shared resource from an SMB file server

The mount_smbfs command mounts a share from a remote server using SMB/CIFS protocol. The options are as follows: -E cs1:cs2 Specifies local (cs1) and server's (cs2) character sets. -I host Do not use...

mount_std(8) -- mount ``standard'' file systems

mount_udf(8) -- mount a UDF file system

The mount_udf utility attaches the UDF file system residing on the device special to the global file system namespace at the location indicated by node. The options are as follows: -o Options are spec...

mount_umapfs(8) -- sample file system layer

The mount_umapfs utility is used to mount a sub-tree of an existing file system that uses a different set of uids and gids than the local system. Such a file system could be mounted from a remote site...

mount_unionfs(8) -- mount union file systems

The mount_unionfs utility attaches directory above uniondir in such a way that the contents of both directory trees remain visible. By default, directory becomes the upper layer and uniondir becomes t...

moused(8) -- pass mouse data to the console driver

The moused utility and the console driver work together to support mouse operation in the text console and user programs. They virtualize the mouse and provide user programs with mouse data in the sta...

mrinfo(8) -- display configuration info from a multicast router

The mrinfo utility attempts to display the configuration information from the multicast router multicast_router. The mrinfo utility uses the ASK_NEIGHBORS IGMP message to the specified multicast route...

mrouted(8) -- IP multicast routing daemon

The mrouted utility is an implementation of the Distance-Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP), an earlier version of which is specified in RFC-1075. It maintains topological knowledge via a dista...

mtest(8) -- test multicast membership socket operations and ioctls

The mtest utility is a small program for testing the multicast membership socket operations and ioctls. It accepts the following commands, interactively: j g.g.g.g i.i.i.i Join the IP group address g....

mtrace(8) -- print multicast path from a source to a receiver

Assessing problems in the distribution of IP multicast traffic can be difficult. The mtrace utility utilizes a tracing feature implemented in multicast routers that is accessed via an extension to the...

mtree(8) -- map a directory hierarchy

The mtree utility compares the file hierarchy rooted in the current directory against a specification read from the standard input. Messages are written to the standard output for any files whose char...

named(8) -- Internet domain name server (DNS)

Named is the Internet domain name server. See RFC's 1033, 1034, and 1035 for more information on the Internet name-domain system. Without any arguments, named will read the default configuration file...

named-bootconf(8) -- convert name server configuration files

named-bootconf converts named configuration files from BIND 4 format to BIND 8 format.

named-xfer(8) -- ancillary agent for inbound zone transfers

Named-xfer is an ancillary program executed by named(8) to perform an inbound zone transfer. It is rarely executed directly, and then only by system administrators who are trying to debug a zone trans...

named.reload(8) -- cause the name server to synchronize its database

This command runs ndc(8) which reloads the running name server.

named.restart(8) -- stop and restart the name server

This command runs ndc(8) which restarts the running name server with the command line options specified in rc.conf(5).

natd(8) -- Network Address Translation daemon

The natd utility provides a Network Address Translation facility for use with divert(4) sockets under FreeBSD. (If you need NAT on a PPP link, ppp(8) provides the -nat option that gives most of the na...

ndc(8) -- name daemon control program

This command allows the system administrator to control the operation of a name server. If no command is given, ndc will prompt for commands until it reads EOF. Options are: -c channel Specifies the r...

ndp(8) -- control/diagnose IPv6 neighbor discovery protocol

The ndp command manipulates the address mapping table used by the Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP). -a Dump the currently existing NDP entries. The following information will be printed: Neighbor IPv...

newfs(8) -- construct a new UFS1/UFS2 file system

The newfs utility is used to initialize and clear file systems before first use. Before running newfs the disk must be labeled using bsdlabel(8). The newfs utility builds a file system on the specifie...

newfs_msdos(8) -- construct a new MS-DOS (FAT) file system

The newfs_msdos utility creates a FAT12, FAT16, or FAT32 file system on device special, using disktab(5) entry disktype to determine geometry, if required. The options are as follow: -N Don't create ...

newkey(8) -- create a new key in the publickey database

The newkey utility is normally run by the network administrator on the Network Interface Service (NIS) master machine in order to establish public keys for users and super-users on the network. These ...

newsyslog(8) -- maintain system log files to manageable sizes

The newsyslog utility should be scheduled to run periodically by cron(8). When it is executed it archives log files if necessary. If a log file is determined to require archiving, newsyslog rearranges...

nextboot(8) -- specify an alternate kernel and boot flags for the next reboot

The nextboot utility allows specifying an alternate kernel and/or boot flags for the next time the machine is booted. Once the loader(8) loads in the new kernel information, it is deleted so in case t...

nfsd(8) -- remote NFS server

The nfsd utility runs on a server machine to service NFS requests from client machines. At least one nfsd must be running for a machine to operate as a server. Unless otherwise specified, four servers...

nfsiod(8) -- local NFS asynchronous I/O server

The nfsiod utility is a kernel process which runs on an NFS client machine to service asynchronous I/O requests to its server. It improves performance but is not required for correct operation. This p...

ngctl(8) -- netgraph control utility

The ngctl utility creates a new netgraph node of type socket which can be used to issue netgraph commands. If no -f flag is given, no command is supplied on the command line, and standard input is a t...

nghook(8) -- connect to a netgraph(4) node

The nghook utility creates a ng_socket(4) socket type node and connects it to hook hookname of the node found at path. If hookname is omitted, ``debug'' is assumed. If the -e option is given the thi...

NIS(8) -- description of the YP/NIS system

The YP subsystem allows network management of passwd, group, netgroup, hosts, services, rpc, bootparams and ethers file entries through the functions getpwent(3), getgrent(3), getnetgrent(3), gethoste...

nis(8) -- description of the YP/NIS system

nologin(8) -- politely refuse a login

The nologin utility displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field for accounts that have been disabled. To disable all logins, inv...

nos-tun(8) -- implement ``nos'' or ``ka9q'' style IP over IP tunnel

The nos-tun utility is used to establish an nos style tunnel, (also known as ka9q or IP-IP tunnel) using a tun(4) kernel interface. Tunnel is the name of the tunnel device /dev/tun0 for example. Sourc...

nslookup(8) -- query Internet name servers interactively

Nslookup is a program to query Internet domain name servers. Nslookup has two modes: interactive and non-interactive. Interactive mode allows the user to query name servers for information about vario...

nsupdate(8) -- update Internet name servers interactively

Nsupdate is a program to update Internet domain name servers supporting dynamic update. Nsupdate uses the DNS resolver library to pass messages to a DNS server requesting the additional or deletion of...

ntp-genkeys(8) -- generate public and private keys

The ntp-genkeys utility generates random keys used by either or both the NTPv3/NTPv4 symmetric key or the NTPv4 public key (Autokey) cryptographic authentication schemes. The following options are ava...

ntpd(8) -- Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon

The ntpd utility is an operating system daemon which sets and maintains the system time of day in synchronism with Internet standard time servers. It is a complete implementation of the Network Time P...

ntpdate(8) -- set the date and time via NTP

Note: The functionality of this program is now available in the ntpd(8) program. See the -q command line option in the ntpd(8) page. After a suitable period of mourning, the ntpdate utility is to be r...

ntpdc(8) -- special NTP query program

The ntpdc utility is used to query the ntpd(8) daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state. The program may be run either in interactive mode or controlled using command line a...

ntpq(8) -- standard NTP query program

The ntpq utility is used to query NTP servers which implement the recommended NTP mode 6 control message format about current state and to request changes in that state. The program may be run either ...

ntptime(8) -- read kernel time variables

The ntptime utility is useful only with special kernels described in the "A Kernel Model for Precision Timekeeping" page (available as part of the HTML documentation provided in /usr/share/doc/ntp)....

ntptrace(8) -- trace a chain of NTP servers back to the primary source

The ntptrace utility determines where a given Network Time Protocol (NTP) server gets its time from, and follows the chain of NTP servers back to their master time source. If given no arguments, it st...

pac(8) -- printer/plotter accounting information

The pac utility reads the printer/plotter accounting files, accumulating the number of pages (the usual case) or feet (for raster devices) of paper consumed by each user, and printing out how much eac...

pam_chroot(8) -- Chroot PAM module

The chroot service module for PAM chroots users into either a predetermined directory or one derived from their home directory. If a user's home directory as specified in the passwd structure returne...

pam_deny(8) -- Deny PAM module

The Deny authentication service module for PAM, pam_deny provides functionality for all the PAM categories: authentication, account management, session management and password management. In terms of ...

pam_echo(8) -- Echo PAM module

The echo service module for PAM displays its arguments to the user, separated by spaces, using the current conversation function. If the % character occurs anywhere in the arguments to pam_echo, it is...

pam_exec(8) -- Exec PAM module

The exec service module for PAM executes the program designated by its first argument, with its remaining arguments as command-line arguments. The child's environment is set to the current PAM enviro...

pam_ftpusers(8) -- ftpusers PAM module

The ftpusers service module for PAM, pam_ftpusers provides functionality for only one PAM category: account management. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``account'' feature. Ftpuse...

pam_group(8) -- Group PAM module

The group service module for PAM accepts or rejects users based on their membership in a particular file group. The following options may be passed to the pam_group module: deny Reverse the meaning of...

pam_guest(8) -- Guest PAM module

The guest service module for PAM allows guest logins. If successful, the pam_guest module sets the PAM environment variable GUEST to the login name. The application can check this variable using pam_g...

pam_krb5(8) -- Kerberos 5 PAM module

The Kerberos 5 service module for PAM, typically /usr/lib/pam_krb5.so, provides functionality for three PAM categories: authentication, account management, and password management. It also provides nu...

pam_ksu(8) -- Kerberos 5 SU PAM module

The Kerberos 5 SU authentication service module for PAM, pam_ksu for only one PAM category: authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature. The module is specifi...

pam_lastlog(8) -- login accounting PAM module

The login accounting service module for PAM, pam_lastlog provides functionality for only one PAM category: session management. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``session'' feature....

pam_login_access(8) -- login.access PAM module

The login.access service module for PAM, pam_login_access provides functionality for only one PAM category: account management. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``account'' feature...

pam_nologin(8) -- NoLogin PAM module

The NoLogin authentication service module for PAM, pam_nologin provides functionality for only one PAM category: authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature. ...

pam_opie(8) -- OPIE PAM module

The OPIE authentication service module for PAM, pam_opie provides functionality for only one PAM category: that of authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature...

pam_opieaccess(8) -- OPIEAccess PAM module

The pam_opieaccess module is used in conjunction with the pam_opie(8) PAM module to ascertain that authentication can proceed by other means (such as the pam_unix(8) module) even if OPIE authenticatio...

pam_passwdqc(8) -- Password quality-control PAM module

The pam_passwdqc module is a simple password strength checking module for PAM. In addition to checking regular passwords, it offers support for passphrases and can provide randomly generated passwords...

pam_permit(8) -- Promiscuous PAM module

The Promiscuous authentication service module for PAM, pam_permit provides functionality for all the PAM categories: authentication, account management, session management and password management. In ...

pam_radius(8) -- RADIUS authentication PAM module

The pam_radius module provides authentication services based upon the RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service) protocol for the PAM (Pluggable Authentication Module) framework. The pam_radi...

pam_rhosts(8) -- Rhosts PAM module

The rhosts authentication service module for PAM, pam_rhosts provides functionality for only one PAM category: authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature. Rh...

pam_rootok(8) -- RootOK PAM module

The RootOK authentication service module for PAM, pam_rootok provides functionality for only one PAM category: authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature. It...

pam_securetty(8) -- SecureTTY PAM module

The SecureTTY service module for PAM, pam_securetty provides functionality for only one PAM category: account management. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``account'' feature. It a...

pam_self(8) -- Self PAM module

The Self authentication service module for PAM, pam_self provides functionality for only one PAM category: authentication. In terms of the module-type parameter, this is the ``auth'' feature. Self A...

pam_ssh(8) -- authentication and session management with SSH private keys

The SSH authentication service module for PAM, pam_ssh provides functionality for two PAM categories: authentication and session management. In terms of the module-type parameter, they are the ``auth...

pam_tacplus(8) -- TACACS+ authentication PAM module

The pam_tacplus module provides authentication services based upon the TACACS+ protocol for the PAM (Pluggable Authentication Module) framework. The pam_tacplus module accepts these optional parameter...

pam_unix(8) -- UNIX PAM module

The UNIX authentication service module for PAM, pam_unix provides functionality for two PAM categories: authentication and account management. In terms of the module-type parameter, they are the ``aut...

pccardc(8) -- PC-CARD (PCMCIA) management and monitoring tool

The pccardc utility controls PC-CARD slots and configures and displays information about PCMCIA cards. It understands the following subcommands: beep Set beep type dumpcis Print card CIS(s) dumpcisfil...

pccardd(8) -- PC-CARD (PCMCIA) management daemon

The pccardd utility is normally started at boot time, and manages the insertion and removal of PC-CARD cards. When started, pccardd will read the configuration file (default name /etc/defaults/pccard....

pciconf(8) -- diagnostic utility for the PCI bus

The pciconf utility provides a command line interface to functionality provided by the pci(4) ioctl(2) interface. As such, it is only available to users with write access to /dev/pci, normally only th...

periodic(8) -- run periodic system functions

The periodic utility is intended to be called by cron(8) to execute shell scripts located in the specified directory. One or more of the following arguments must be specified: daily Perform the standa...

picobsd(8) -- floppy disk based FreeBSD system

The picobsd utility is a script which produces a minimal implementation of FreeBSD (historically called PicoBSD) which typically fits on one floppy disk, or can be downloaded as a single image file fr...

ping(8) -- send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to network hosts

The ping utility uses the ICMP protocol's mandatory ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP ECHO_RESPONSE from a host or gateway. ECHO_REQUEST datagrams (``pings'') have an IP and ICMP header, foll...

ping6(8) -- send ICMPv6 ECHO_REQUEST packets to network hosts

The ping6 command uses the ICMPv6 protocol's mandatory ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY from a host or gateway. ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST datagrams (``pings'') have an IPv6 header...

pnpinfo(8) -- reports information about Plug-n-Play ISA devices

pnpinfo reports information about Plug-n-Play ISA devices. Some of the information, such as the vendor ID, serial number, I/O ports, IRQ, etc. are useful when configuring a kernel with ISA PnP devices...

ppp(8) -- Point to Point Protocol (a.k.a. user-ppp)

This is a user process PPP software package. Normally, PPP is implemented as a part of the kernel (e.g., as managed by pppd(8)) and it's thus somewhat hard to debug and/or modify its behaviour. Howev...

pppctl(8) -- PPP control program

This utility provides command line control of the ppp(8) daemon. Its primary use is to facilitate simple scripts that control a running daemon. The pppctl utility is passed at least one argument, spec...

pppd(8) -- Point to Point Protocol daemon

The Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) provides a method for transmitting datagrams over serial point-to-point links. PPP is composed of three parts: a method for encapsulating datagrams over serial links,...

pppoed(8) -- handle incoming PPP over Ethernet connections

The pppoed utility listens to the given interface for PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) service request packets, and actions them by negotiating a session then invoking a ppp(8) program. The negotiation is im...

pppstats(8) -- print PPP statistics

The pppstats utility reports PPP-related statistics at regular intervals for the specified PPP interface. If the interface is unspecified, it will default to ppp0. The display is split horizontally in...

praliases(8) -- display system mail aliases

The praliases utility displays the current system aliases, one per line, in no particular order. The special internal @:@ alias will be displayed if present. The options are as follows: -C Read the sp...

procctl(8) -- clear procfs event flags

The procctl utility clears the procfs(5) event mask used by truss(1). This can be used in the event that a process is left stranded, since the procfs(5) events result in a non-killable process. The ar...

pstat(8) -- display system data structures

The pstat utility displays open file entry, swap space utilization, terminal state, and vnode data structures. If invoked as swapinfo the -s option is implied, and only the -k option is legal. The fol...

pw(8) -- create, remove, modify & display system users and groups

The pw utility is a command-line based editor for the system user and group files, allowing the superuser an easy to use and standardized way of adding, modifying and removing users and groups. Note t...

pwd_mkdb(8) -- generate the password databases

The pwd_mkdb utility creates db(3) style secure and insecure databases for the specified file. These databases are then installed into /etc/spwd.db and /etc/pwd.db respectively. The file is installed ...

pxeboot(8) -- Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) bootloader

The pxeboot bootloader is a modified version of the system third-stage bootstrap loader(8) configured to run under Intel's Preboot Execution Environment (PXE) system. PXE is a form of smart boot ROM,...

quot(8) -- display disk space occupied by each user

The quot utility is used to gather statistics about the disk usage for each local user. The following options are available: -a Include statistics for all mounted file systems. -c Display three column...

quotacheck(8) -- file system quota consistency checker

The quotacheck utility examines each file system, builds a table of current disk usage, and compares this table against that recorded in the disk quota file for the file system. If any inconsistencies...

quotaoff(8) -- turn file system quotas on and off

The quotaon utility announces to the system that disk quotas should be enabled on one or more file systems. The quotaoff utility announces to the system that the specified file systems should have any...

quotaon(8) -- turn file system quotas on and off

raidctl(8) -- configuration utility for the RAIDframe disk driver

raidctl is the user-land control program for raid(4), the RAIDframe disk device. raidctl is primarily used to dynamically configure and unconfigure RAIDframe disk devices. For more information about t...

rarpd(8) -- reverse ARP daemon

The rarpd utility services Reverse ARP requests on the Ethernet connected to interface. Upon receiving a request, rarpd maps the target hardware address to an IP address via its name, which must be pr...

raycontrol(8) -- configure Raytheon Raylink/Webgear Aviator devices

The raycontrol utility controls the operation of Raylink/Webgear wireless networking devices via the ray(4) driver. Most of the parameters that can be changed relate to the IEEE 802.11 protocol which ...

rbootd(8) -- HP remote boot server

The rbootd utility services boot requests from Hewlett-Packard workstations over a local area network. All boot files must reside in the boot file directory; further, if a client supplies path informa...

rc(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

The rc utility is the command script which controls the automatic boot process after being called by init(8). The rc.local script contains commands which are pertinent only to a specific site. Typical...

rc.atm(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.d(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.early(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.firewall(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.local(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.network(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.pccard(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.sendmail(8) -- sendmail(8) startup script

The rc.sendmail script is used by /etc/rc at boot time to start sendmail(8). It is meant to be sendmail(8) specific and not a generic script for all MTAs. It is only called by /etc/rc if the rc.conf(5...

rc.serial(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.shutdown(8) -- command scripts for auto-reboot and daemon startup

rc.subr(8) -- functions used by system shell scripts

rc.subr contains commonly used shell script functions and variable definitions which are used by various scripts such as rc(8). Scripts required by ports in /usr/local/etc/rc.d will also eventually be...

rcorder(8) -- print a dependency ordering of interdependent files

The rcorder utility is designed to print out a dependency ordering of a set of interdependent files. Typically it is used to find an execution sequence for a set of shell scripts in which certain file...

rdump(8) -- file system backup

reboot(8) -- stopping and restarting the system

renice(8) -- alter priority of running processes

The renice utility alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The following who parameters are interpreted as process ID's, process group ID's, user ID's or user names. The re...

repquota(8) -- summarize quotas for a file system

The repquota utility prints a summary of the disk usage and quotas for the specified file systems. Available options: -a Print the quotas of all the file systems listed in /etc/fstab. -g Print only gr...

rescue(8) -- rescue utilities in /rescue

The /rescue directory contains a collection of common utilities intended for use in recovering a badly damaged system. With the transition to a dynamically-linked root beginning with FreeBSD 5.2, ther...

restore(8) -- restore files or file systems from backups made with dump

The restore utility performs the inverse function of dump(8). A full backup of a file system may be restored and subsequent incremental backups layered on top of it. Single files and directory subtree...

revnetgroup(8) -- generate reverse netgroup data

The revnetgroup utility processes the contents of a file in netgroup(5) format into what is called reverse netgroup form. That is, where the original file shows netgroup memberships in terms of which ...

rexecd(8) -- remote execution server

The rexecd utility is the server for the rexec(3) routine. The server provides remote execution facilities with authentication based on user names and passwords. The rexecd utility listens for service...

rfcomm_pppd(8) -- RFCOMM PPP daemon

The rfcomm_pppd daemon is a simple wrapper daemon that allows to use standard ppp(8) on RFCOMM connection. It can operate in two modes: client and server. In the client mode, rfcomm_pppd opens a RFCOM...

rip6query(8) -- RIPng debugging tool

The rip6query utility requests remote RIPng daemon on destination to dump RIPng routing information. -I lets you specify outgoing interface for the query packet, and is useful when link-local address ...

rlogind(8) -- remote login server

The rlogind utility is the server for the rlogin(1) program. The server provides a remote login facility with authentication based on privileged port numbers from trusted hosts. Options supported by r...

rmail(8) -- handle remote mail received via uucp

Rmail interprets incoming mail received via uucp(1), collapsing ``From'' lines in the form generated by mail.local(8) into a single line of the form ``return-path!sender'', and passing the process...

rmextattr(8) -- manipulate extended attributes

rmt(8) -- remote magtape protocol module

The rmt utility is used by the remote dump and restore programs in manipulating a magnetic tape drive through an interprocess communication connection. It is normally started up with an rexec(3) or rc...

rmuser(8) -- remove users from the system

The rmuser utility removes one or more users submitted on the command line or from a file. In removing a user from the system, this utility: 1. Removes the user's crontab(1) entry (if any). 2. Remove...

route(8) -- manually manipulate the routing tables

The route utility is used to manually manipulate the network routing tables. It normally is not needed, as a system routing table management daemon, such as routed(8), should tend to this task. The ro...

route6d(8) -- RIP6 Routing Daemon

The route6d utility is a routing daemon which supports RIP over IPv6. Options are: -a Enables aging of the statically defined routes. With this option, any statically defined routes will be removed un...

routed(8) -- network RIP and router discovery routing daemon

The routed utility is a daemon invoked at boot time to manage the network routing tables. It uses Routing Information Protocol, RIPv1 (RFC 1058), RIPv2 (RFC 1723), and Internet Router Discovery Protoc...

rpc.lockd(8) -- NFS file locking daemon

rpc.rquotad(8) -- remote quota server

The rpc.rquotad utility is a rpc(3) server which returns quotas for a user of a local file system which is NFS-mounted onto a remote machine. The quota(1) utility uses the results to display user quot...

rpc.rstatd(8) -- kernel statistics server

The rpc.rstatd utility is a server which returns performance statistics obtained from the kernel. These statistics are read using the rup(1) command. The rpc.rstatd daemon is normally invoked by inetd...

rpc.rusersd(8) -- logged in users server

The rpc.rusersd utility is a server which returns information about users currently logged in to the system. The currently logged in users are queried using the rusers(1) command. The rpc.rusersd daem...

rpc.rwalld(8) -- write messages to users currently logged in server

The rpc.rwalld utility is a server which will send a message to users currently logged in to the system. This server invokes the wall(1) command to actually write the messages to the system. The follo...

rpc.sprayd(8) -- spray server

The rpc.sprayd utility is a server which records packets sent by the spray(8) command and sends a traffic report to the originator of the packets. The rpc.sprayd daemon is normally invoked by inetd(8)...

rpc.statd(8) -- host status monitoring daemon

The rpc.statd utility is a daemon which co-operates with rpc.statd daemons on other hosts to provide a status monitoring service. The daemon accepts requests from programs running on the local host (t...

rpc.umntall(8) -- notify NFS servers about unmounted NFS file systems

The rpc.umntall utility is proposed in the NFS RPC specification; see NFS Version 3 Protocol Specification, RFC 1813, Appendix I. It uses remote procedure calls to remove mount entries from /var/db/mo...

rpc.yppasswdd(8) -- server for updating NIS passwords

The rpc.yppasswdd utility allows users to change their NIS passwords and certain other information using the yppasswd(1) and ypchpass(1) commands. The rpc.yppasswdd utility is an RPC-based server that...

rpc.ypxfrd(8) -- NIS map transfer server

The rpc.ypxfrd utility is used to speed up the distribution of very large NIS maps from NIS master to NIS slave servers. The normal method for transfering maps involves several steps: +o The master se...

rpcbind(8) -- universal addresses to RPC program number mapper

The rpcbind utility is a server that converts RPC program numbers into universal addresses. It must be running on the host to be able to make RPC calls on a server on that machine. When an RPC service...

rpcinfo(8) -- report RPC information

The rpcinfo utility makes an RPC call to an RPC server and reports what it finds. In the first synopsis, rpcinfo lists all the registered RPC services with rpcbind on host. If host is not specified, t...

rrenumd(8) -- router renumbering daemon

The rrenumd utility transmits router renumbering request packets, to renumber the routers in the site network. On KAME-based systems, router renumbering requests are received and processed by rtadvd(8...

rrestore(8) -- restore files or file systems from backups made with dump

rshd(8) -- remote shell server

The rshd utility is the server for the rcmd(3) routine and, consequently, for the rsh(1) utility. The server provides remote execution facilities with authentication based on privileged port numbers f...

rtadvd(8) -- router advertisement daemon

rtadvd sends router advertisement packets to the specified interfaces. The program will daemonize itself on invocation. It will then send router advertisement packets periodically, as well as in respo...

rtquery(8) -- query routing daemons for their routing tables

The rtquery utility is used to query a RIP network routing daemon, such as routed(8), for its routing table by sending a request or poll command. The routing information in any routing response packet...

rtsol(8) -- router solicitation daemon

rtsold is the daemon program to send ICMPv6 Router Solicitation messages on the specified interfaces. If a node (re)attaches to a link, rtsold sends some Router Solicitations on the link destined to t...

rtsold(8) -- router solicitation daemon

rwhod(8) -- system status server

The rwhod utility is the server which maintains the database used by the rwho(1) and ruptime(1) programs. Its operation is predicated on the ability to broadcast or multicast messages on a network. Th...

sa(8) -- print system accounting statistics

The sa utility reports on, cleans up, and generally maintains system accounting files. The sa utility is able to condense the information in /var/account/acct into the summary files /var/account/savac...

savecore(8) -- save a core dump of the operating system

The savecore utility copies a core dump into directory, or the current working directory if no directory argument is given, and enters a reboot message and information about the core dump into the sys...

sconfig(8) -- channel configuration utility for Cronyx adapters

The sconfig utility is used for configuring the channel options of the Cronyx adapters. In asynchronous mode all the parameters should be set by standard stty(1) utility, with sconfig you could set on...

scspd(8) -- SCSP daemon

The scspd utility is an implementation of the Server Cache Synchronization Protocol (SCSP) for the Host ATM Research Platform (HARP) networking software. The scspd utility synchronizes the cache(s) of...

sdpcontrol(8) -- SDP configuration utility

The spdcontrol utility connects to the remote device with the specified BD_ADDR and attempts to send query via Service Discovery Protocol (SDP). The spdcontrol utility will use Service Search Attribut...

securelevel(8) -- process control initialization

sendmail(8) -- an electronic mail transport agent

Sendmail sends a message to one or more recipients, routing the message over whatever networks are necessary. Sendmail does internetwork forwarding as necessary to deliver the message to the correct p...

setextattr(8) -- manipulate extended attributes

setfmac(8) -- set MAC label for a file system object

The setfmac utility assigns the specified MAC label to the specified files. The following options are available: -R Set the labels on the file hierarchies rooted in the files instead of just the files...

setfsmac(8) -- set MAC label for a file hierarchy

The setfsmac utility accepts a list of specification files as input and sets the MAC labels on the specified file system hierarchies. Path names specified will be visited in order as given on the comm...

setkey(8) -- manually manipulate the IPsec SA/SP database

The setkey command adds, updates, dumps, or flushes Security Association Database (SAD) entries as well as Security Policy Database (SPD) entries in the kernel. The setkey command takes a series of op...

setpmac(8) -- run a command with a different MAC process label

The setpmac utility forks a new process, attempts to set the label to label and if successful, runs command.

sftp-server(8) -- SFTP server subsystem

sftp-server is a program that speaks the server side of SFTP protocol to stdout and expects client requests from stdin. sftp-server is not intended to be called directly, but from sshd(8) using the Su...

showmount(8) -- show remote nfs mounts on host

The showmount utility shows status information about the NFS server on host. By default it prints the names of all hosts that have NFS file systems mounted on the host. See NFS: Network File System Pr...

shutdown(8) -- close down the system at a given time

The shutdown utility provides an automated shutdown procedure for superusers to nicely notify users when the system is shutting down, saving them from system administrators, hackers, and gurus, who wo...

sicontrol(8) -- Specialix SI/XIO driver configuration and debugging

The sicontrol utility is used to configure and monitor the SI/XIO device driver. The sicontrol utility operates on the specified device to indicate which port is to be used. The special device string ...

slattach(8) -- attach serial lines as network interfaces

The slattach utility is used to assign a tty line to a network interface, and to define the network source and destination addresses. The following options are available: -a Autoenable the VJ header c...

slip(8) -- attach serial lines as network interfaces

sliplogin(8) -- attach a serial line network interface

The sliplogin utility is used to turn the terminal line on standard input (or device) into a Serial Line IP (SLIP) link to a remote host. To do this, the program searches the file /etc/sliphome/slip.h...

slstat(8) -- report serial line IP statistics

The slstat utility reports certain kernel statistics kept about serial line internet protocol traffic. The options are as follows: -i Repeat the display indefinitely every interval seconds. If no inte...

smrsh(8) -- restricted shell for sendmail

The smrsh program is intended as a replacement for sh for use in the ``prog'' mailer in sendmail(8) configuration files. It sharply limits the commands that can be run using the ``|program'' synta...

spkrtest(8) -- test script for the speaker driver

The spkrtest utility is an easy to use test script for the speaker driver.

spppcontrol(8) -- display or set parameters for an sppp interface

The sppp(4) driver might require a number of additional arguments or optional parameters besides the settings that can be adjusted with ifconfig(8). These are things like authentication protocol param...

spray(8) -- send many packets to host

The spray utility sends multiple RPC packets to host and records how many of them were correctly received and how long it took. The options are as follows: -c count Send count packets. -d delay Pause ...

ssh-keysign(8) -- ssh helper program for hostbased authentication

ssh-keysign is used by ssh(1) to access the local host keys and generate the digital signature required during hostbased authentication with SSH protocol version 2. ssh-keysign is disabled by default ...

sshd(8) -- OpenSSH SSH daemon

sshd (SSH Daemon) is the daemon program for ssh(1). Together these programs replace rlogin and rsh, and provide secure encrypted communications between two untrusted hosts over an insecure network. Th...

sticky(8) -- sticky text and append-only directories

A special file mode, called the sticky bit (mode S_ISVTX), is used to indicate special treatment for directories. It is ignored for regular files. See chmod(2) or the file for an explanat...

i386/stlload(8) -- Stallion Technologies multiport serial board down loader

The stlload utility is used to download the firmware code to Stallion Technologies intelligent multiport serial boards. A firmware download is only required for those boards that use the Stallion stli...

i386/stlstats(8) -- Stallion Technologies multiport serial statistics display

The stlstats utility is used to display statistical information about the ports on Stallion Technologies multiport serial boards. The stlstats utility normally runs as a full screen menu driven applic...

strfile(8) -- create a random access file for storing strings

Strfile reads a file containing groups of lines separated by a line containing a single percent `%' sign and creates a data file which contains a header structure and a table of file offsets for each...

swapctl(8) -- specify devices for paging and swapping

The swapon, swapoff and swapctl utilities are used to control swap devices in the system. At boot time all swap entries in /etc/fstab are added automatically when the system goes multi-user. Swap devi...

swapinfo(8) -- display system data structures

swapoff(8) -- specify devices for paging and swapping

swapon(8) -- specify devices for paging and swapping

sync(8) -- force completion of pending disk writes (flush cache)

The sync utility can be called to ensure that all disk writes have been completed before the processor is halted in a way not suitably done by reboot(8) or halt(8). Generally, it is preferable to use ...

sysctl(8) -- get or set kernel state

The sysctl utility retrieves kernel state and allows processes with appropriate privilege to set kernel state. The state to be retrieved or set is described using a ``Management Information Base'' (...

sysinstall(8) -- system installation and configuration tool

The sysinstall utility is used for installing and configuring FreeBSD systems. It is the first utility invoked by the FreeBSD installation boot floppy and is also available as /usr/sbin/sysinstall on ...

syslogd(8) -- log systems messages

The syslogd utility reads and logs messages to the system console, log files, other machines and/or users as specified by its configuration file. The options are as follows: -4 Force syslogd to use IP...

talkd(8) -- remote user communication server

The talkd utility is the server that notifies a user that someone else wants to initiate a conversation. It acts as a repository of invitations, responding to requests by clients wishing to rendezvous...

tcpd(8) -- access control facility for internet services

The tcpd program can be set up to monitor incoming requests for telnet, finger, ftp, exec, rsh, rlogin, tftp, talk, comsat and other services that have a one-to-one mapping onto executable files. The ...

tcpdchk(8) -- tcp wrapper configuration checker

tcpdchk examines your tcp wrapper configuration and reports all potential and real problems it can find. The program examines the tcpd access control files (by default, these are /etc/hosts.allow and ...

tcpdmatch(8) -- tcp wrapper oracle

tcpdmatch predicts how the tcp wrapper would handle a specific request for service. Examples are given below. The program examines the tcpd access control tables (default /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hos...

telnetd(8) -- DARPA TELNET protocol server

The telnetd command is a server which supports the DARPA standard TELNET virtual terminal protocol. Telnetd is normally invoked by the internet server (see inetd(8)) for requests to connect to the TEL...

tftpd(8) -- Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol server

The tftpd utility is a server which supports the Internet Trivial File Transfer Protocol (RFC 1350). The TFTP server operates at the port indicated in the `tftp' service description; see services(5)....

timed(8) -- time server daemon

The timed utility is a time server daemon which is normally invoked at boot time from the rc.network(8) file. It synchronizes the host's time with the time of other machines, which are also running t...

timedc(8) -- timed control program

The timedc utility is used to control the operation of the timed(8) program. It may be used to: +o Measure the differences between machines' clocks, +o Find the location where the master time server ...

traceroute(8) -- print the route packets take to network host

The Internet is a large and complex aggregation of network hardware, connected together by gateways. Tracking the route one's packets follow (or finding the miscreant gateway that's discarding your ...

traceroute6(8) -- print the route IPv6 packets will take to the destination

-d Debug mode. -f firsthop Specify how many hops to skip in trace. -g gateway Specify intermediate gateway (traceroute6 uses routing header). -I Use ICMP6 ECHO instead of UDP datagrams. -l Print both ...

trpt(8) -- transliterate protocol trace

The trpt utility interrogates the buffer of TCP trace records created when a socket is marked for ``debugging'' (see setsockopt(2)), and prints a readable description of these records. When no optio...

tunefs(8) -- tune up an existing file system

The tunefs utility is designed to change the dynamic parameters of a file system which affect the layout policies. The tunefs utility cannot be run on an active file system. To change an active file s...

tzsetup(8) -- set local timezone

The tzsetup utility reads a database of timezone information and presents a menu allowing the user to select a specific zone without knowing the details of the database layout. The selected zone is in...

ugidfw(8) -- firewall-like access controls for file system objects

The ugidfw utility provides an ipfw(8)-like interface to manage accesses to file system objects by UID and GID, supported by the mac_bsdextended(4) mac(9) policy. The arguments are as follows: list Pr...

umount(8) -- unmount file systems

The umount utility calls the unmount(2) system call to remove a file system from the file system tree. The file system can be specified by its special device or remote node (rhost:path), the path to t...

unstr(8) -- create a random access file for storing strings

updatedb(8) -- update locate database

usbd(8) -- supervise USB attach/detach

The usbd utility handles USB device attachment and detachment. It does two things. Through opening the /dev/usb0, /dev/usb1, etc. devices, it enables the kernel to handle change requests from attached...

usbdevs(8) -- show USB devices connected to the system

The usbdevs utility prints a listing of all USB devices connected to the system with some information about each device. The indentation of each line indicates its distance from the root. The options ...

verify_krb5_conf(8) -- checks krb5.conf for obvious errors

verify_krb5_conf reads the configuration file krb5.conf, or the file given on the command line, and parses it, thereby verifying that the syntax is not correctly wrong. If the file is syntactically co...

vinum(8) -- Logical Volume Manager control program

The vinum utility communicates with the kernel component of the Vinum logical volume manager. It is designed either for interactive use, when started without command line arguments, or to execute a si...

vipw(8) -- edit the password file

The vipw utility edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing ...

vmstat(8) -- report virtual memory statistics

The vmstat utility reports certain kernel statistics kept about process, virtual memory, disk, trap and cpu activity. The options are as follows: -c Repeat the display count times. The first display i...

vnconfig(8) -- configure and enable memory disks

watch(8) -- snoop on another tty line

The watch utility allows the user to examine all data coming through a specified tty using the snp(4) device. If the snp(4) device is not available, watch will attempt to load the module (snp). The wa...

watchdogd(8) -- Software watchdog daemon

The watchdogd utility interfaces with the kernel's software watchdog facility to ensure that the system is in a working state. If watchdogd is unable to interface with the kernel over a specific time...

wicontrol(8) -- configure Lucent, Intersil, & Atheros wireless devices

The wicontrol utility controls the operation of Lucent, Intersil, & Atheros-based wireless networking devices via wi(4) or ath(4) driver. You should not use this program to configure IEEE 802.11 param...

wire-test(8) -- test your network interfaces and local IP address

wire-test is used to find out what Amd thinks are the first two network interfaces and network names/numbers used, as well as the IP address used for Amd to NFS-mount itself. If host is specified, the...

wlconfig(8) -- read/write wavelan config parameters

The wlconfig utility can be used to read and set parameters for the NCR/AT&T Wavelan radio LAN card. Various parameters stored in the nonvolatile Parameter Storage Area (PSA) on the card can be modifi...

yp(8) -- description of the YP/NIS system

YP(8) -- description of the YP/NIS system

ypbind(8) -- NIS domain binding daemon

The ypbind utility is the process that maintains NIS binding information. At startup, it searches for an NIS server responsible for serving the system's default domain (as set by the domainname(1) co...

ypinit(8) -- build and install NIS databases

The ypinit utility is a script which sets up databases on a Network Information Service (NIS) master or slave server. On a master server, ypinit creates the /var/yp/$DOMAINNAME directory, the /var/yp/...

yppoll(8) -- ask version of YP map from YP server

The yppoll utility asks a YP server process for the order number and which host is the master server for mapname. The options are as follows: -h host Ask the YP server process running on host for info...

yppush(8) -- force propagation of updated NIS databases

The yppush utility distributes updated NIS databases (or maps) from an NIS master server to NIS slave servers within an NIS domain. It is normally only run on the NIS master by /var/yp/Makefile whenev...

ypserv(8) -- NIS database server

NIS is an RPC-based service designed to allow a number of UNIX-based machines to share a common set of configuration files. Rather than requiring a system administrator to update several copies of fil...

ypset(8) -- tell ypbind(8) which YP server process to use

The ypset utility tells the ypbind(8) process on the current machine which YP server process to communicate with. If server is down or is not running a YP server process, it is not discovered until a ...

ypxfr(8) -- transfer NIS database from remote server to local host

The ypxfr utility copies an NIS database (or map) from one NIS server to another using NIS services. In FreeBSD, ypxfr is generally invoked by ypserv(8) when it receives a map transfer request from yp...

yp_mkdb(8) -- generate the NIS databases

The yp_mkdb utility creates db(3) style databases for use with FreeBSD's NIS server. The yp_mkdb utility reads data from inputfile, and writes it to dbname in db(3) format (using the hash table metho...

zdump(8) -- timezone dumper

The zdump utility prints the current time in each zonename named on the command line. The following options are available: -v For each zonename on the command line, print the time at the lowest possib...

zic(8) -- timezone compiler

The zic utility reads text from the file(s) named on the command line and creates the time conversion information files specified in this input. If a filename is -, the standard input is read. The fol...

zzz(8) -- suspend an ACPI or APM system

The zzz utility checks for ACPI or APM support and then suspends the system appropriately. For APM, apm -z will be issued. For ACPI, the configured suspend state will be looked up, checked to see if i...

accept_filter(9) -- filter incoming connections

Accept filters allow an application to request that the kernel preprocess incoming connections. An accept filter is requested via the setsockopt(2) system call, passing in an optname of SO_ACCEPTFILTE...

accf_data(9) -- buffer incoming connections until data arrives

This is a filter to be placed on a socket that will be using accept() to receive incoming connections. It prevents the application from receiving the connected descriptor via accept() until data arriv...

accf_http(9) -- buffer incoming connections until a certain complete HTTP requests arrive

This is a filter to be placed on a socket that will be using accept() to receive incoming HTTP connections. It prevents the application from receiving the connected descriptor via accept() until eithe...

acl(9) -- virtual file system access control lists

Access control lists, or ACLs, allow fine-grained specification of rights for vnodes representing files and directories. However, as there are a plethora of file systems with differing ACL semantics, ...

alq(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

The alq facility provides an asynchronous fixed length recording mechanism, known as Asynchronous Logging Queues. It can record to any vnode(9), thus providing the ability to journal logs to character...

ALQ(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_close(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_flush(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_get(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_open(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_post(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

alq_write(9) -- Asynchronous Logging Queues

arc4rand(9) -- supply pseudo-random numbers

The random() function will by default produce a sequence of numbers that can be duplicated by calling srandom() with `1' as the seed. The srandom() function may be called with any arbitrary seed valu...

arc4random(9) -- supply pseudo-random numbers

atomic(9) -- atomic operations

Each of the atomic operations is guaranteed to be atomic in the presence of interrupts. They can be used to implement reference counts or as building blocks for more advanced synchronization primitive...

atomic_add(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_clear(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_cmpset(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_load(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_readandclear(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_set(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_store(9) -- atomic operations

atomic_subtract(9) -- atomic operations

be16dec(9) -- byte order operations

The bswap16(), bswap32(), and bswap64() functions return a byte order swapped integer. On big endian systems, the number is converted to little endian byte order. On little endian systems, the number ...

be16enc(9) -- byte order operations

be16toh(9) -- byte order operations

be32dec(9) -- byte order operations

be32enc(9) -- byte order operations

be32toh(9) -- byte order operations

be64dec(9) -- byte order operations

be64enc(9) -- byte order operations

be64toh(9) -- byte order operations

bios(9) -- interact with PC BIOS

These functions provide a general-purpose interface for dealing with the BIOS functions and data encountered on x86 PC-architecture systems. bios_sigsearch() Searches the BIOS address space for a serv...

boot(9) -- halt or reboot the system

The boot() function handles final system shutdown, and either halts or reboots the system. The exact action to be taken is determined by the flags passed in howto and by whether or not the system has ...

boottime(9) -- system time variables

The time variable is the system's ``wall time'' clock. It is set at boot by inittodr(9), and is updated by the settimeofday(2) system call and by periodic clock interrupts. The boottime variable ho...

bp(9) -- kernel buffer I/O scheme used in FreeBSD VM system

The kernel implements a KVM abstraction of the buffer cache which allows it to map potentially disparate vm_page's into contiguous KVM for use by (mainly file system) devices and device I/O. This abs...

bswap16(9) -- byte order operations

bswap32(9) -- byte order operations

bswap64(9) -- byte order operations

buf(9) -- kernel buffer I/O scheme used in FreeBSD VM system

BUF_LOCK(9) -- locks a buffer

The BUF_LOCK() function locks the given buffer. If the lock is already held this call will block until it can acquire the lock unless LK_NOWAIT is set. Its arguments are: bp The buffer to lock. lockty...

BUF_LOCKFREE(9) -- destroys a buffer's lock

The BUF_LOCKFREE() macro destroys the buffer lock. The lock must not be held when this macro is called or a panic will result. Its argument is: bp The buffer whose lock is to be destroyed.

BUF_LOCKINIT(9) -- unlocks a locked buffer

The BUF_LOCKINIT() macro initializes a buffer lock. Its argument is: bp The buffer whose lock it to be initialized.

BUF_REFCNT(9) -- returns the reference count on a buffer's lock

The BUF_REFCNT() function returns the reference count on a buffer's lock. Its argument is: bp The buffer whose lock reference count is to be returned.

BUF_TIMELOCK(9) -- locks a buffer

The BUF_TIMELOCK() function locks the given buffer, and limits the amount of time it will sleep to timo and OR's catch into the sleep's priority. wmesg is the wmesg used in the sleep. Its arguments ...

BUF_UNLOCK(9) -- unlocks a locked buffer

The BUF_UNLOCK() function unlocks a buffer that was previously locked with BUF_LOCK() or BUF_TIMELOCK(). Its argument is: bp The buffer to unlock. The buffer must already be locked.

busdma(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

Direct Memory Access (DMA) is a method of transferring data without involving the CPU, thus providing higher performance. A DMA transaction can be achieved between device to memory, device to device, ...

bus_activate_resource(9) -- activate or deactivate a resource

These functions activate or deactivate a previously allocated resource. In general, resources must be activated before they can be accessed by the driver so that the bus driver can map the resource in...

bus_alloc_resource(9) -- alloc resources on a bus

This is an easy interface to the resource-management functions. It hides the indirection through the parent's method table. This function generally should be called in attach, but (except in some rar...

bus_child_present(9) -- ask the bus driver to see if this device is still really present

The bus_child_present() function requests that the parent device driver of dev check to see if the hardware represented by dev is still physically accessible at this time. While the notion of accessib...

BUS_CONFIG_INTR(9) -- Configure interrupt polarity and trigger mode

The BUS_CONFIG_INTR method allows bus or device drivers to provide interrupt polarity and trigger mode to parent busses. This typically bubbles all the way up to the root bus (e.g. nexus) where the ne...

bus_deactivate_resource(9) -- activate or deactivate a resource

bus_dma(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_create(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_destroy(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_load(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_load_mbuf(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_load_uio(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_sync(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamap_unload(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamem_alloc(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dmamem_free(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dma_tag_create(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_dma_tag_destroy(9) -- Bus and Machine Independent DMA Mapping Interface

bus_generic_attach(9) -- generic implementation of DEVICE_ATTACH for busses

This function provides an implementation of the DEVICE_ATTACH(9) method which can be used by most bus code. It simply calls device_probe_and_attach(9) for each child device attached to the bus.

bus_generic_detach(9) -- generic implementation of DEVICE_DETACH for busses

This function provides an implementation of the DEVICE_DETACH(9) method which can be used by most bus code. It simply calls the DEVICE_DETACH(9) method of each child device attached to the bus.

bus_generic_print_child(9) -- generic implementation of DEVICE_PRINT_CHILD for busses

This implementation prints out the default device announcement message. Given device 'foo0' on bus 'bar0' where foo0 has the name "FooCard 1234" the following would be printed: foo0:

bus_generic_read_ivar(9) -- generic implementation of BUS_READ_IVAR and BUS_WRITE_IVAR for busses

These functions simply return ENOENT.

bus_generic_shutdown(9) -- generic implementation of DEVICE_SHUTDOWN for busses

This function provides an implementation of the DEVICE_SHUTDOWN(9) method which can be used by most bus code. It simply calls the DEVICE_SHUTDOWN(9) method of each child device attached to the bus.

bus_generic_write_ivar(9) -- generic implementation of BUS_READ_IVAR and BUS_WRITE_IVAR for busses

These functions simply return ENOENT.

BUS_PRINT_CHILD(9) -- print information about a device

This is called from system code which prints out a description of a device. It should describe the attachment that the child has with the parent. For instance the TurboLaser bus prints which node the ...

BUS_READ_IVAR(9) -- manipulate bus-specific device instance variables

These two methods manage a bus specific set of instance variables of a child device. The intention is that each different type of bus defines a set of appropriate instance variables (such as ports and...

bus_release_resource(9) -- release resources on a bus

Free a resource allocated by bus_alloc_resource(9). The resource must not be in use on release, i.e. call an appropriate function before (e.g. bus_teardown_intr(9) for IRQs). dev is the device that ow...

BUS_SETUP_INTR(9) -- create, attach and teardown an interrupt handler

The method BUS_SETUP_INTR will create and attach an interrupt handler to an interrupt previously allocated by the resource manager's BUS_ALLOC_RESOURCE(9) method. The flags are found in , ...

bus_setup_intr(9) -- create, attach and teardown an interrupt handler

The method BUS_SETUP_INTR will create and attach an interrupt handler to an interrupt previously allocated by the resource manager's BUS_ALLOC_RESOURCE(9) method. The flags are found in , ...

bus_set_resource(9) -- associate a definite resource with a given resource ID

The bus_set_resource() function sets the start address of the resource type, rid pair to be count long. Typically, client drivers do not use this interface. Bus drivers, however, often use it to set u...

BUS_TEARDOWN_INTR(9) -- create, attach and teardown an interrupt handler

The method BUS_SETUP_INTR will create and attach an interrupt handler to an interrupt previously allocated by the resource manager's BUS_ALLOC_RESOURCE(9) method. The flags are found in , ...

bus_teardown_intr(9) -- create, attach and teardown an interrupt handler

The method BUS_SETUP_INTR will create and attach an interrupt handler to an interrupt previously allocated by the resource manager's BUS_ALLOC_RESOURCE(9) method. The flags are found in , ...

BUS_WRITE_IVAR(9) -- manipulate bus-specific device instance variables

byteorder(9) -- byte order operations

callout_handle_init(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

The function timeout() schedules a call to the function given by the argument func to take place after ticks/hz seconds. Non-positive values of ticks are silently converted to the value `1'. func sho...

callout_init(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

callout_reset(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

callout_stop(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

cd(9) -- CDROM driver for the CAM SCSI subsystem

The cd device driver provides a read only interface for CDROM drives (SCSI type 5) and WORM drives (SCSI type 4) that support CDROM type commands. Some drives don't behave as the driver expects. See ...

cdevsw_add(9) -- adds a cdevsw entry

The cdevsw_add() function adds newentry to the cdevsw table if its major number is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than NUMCDEVSW. Its argument is: newentry The device to add to the table.

cdevsw_remove(9) -- removes a cdevsw entry

The cdevsw_remove() function removes oldentry from the cdevsw table if its major number is greater than or equal to zero, and is less than NUMCDEVSW. Its argument is: oldentry The device to remove fro...

chooseproc(9) -- manage the queue of runnable processes

The run queue consists of four priority queues: itqueues for interrupt threads, rtqueues for realtime priority processes, queues for time sharing processes, and idqueues for idle priority processes. E...

condvar(9) -- kernel condition variable

Condition variables are used in conjunction with mutexes to wait for conditions to occur. Condition variables are created with cv_init(), where cvp is a pointer to space for a struct cv, and desc is a...

copy(9) -- kernel copy functions

The copy functions are designed to copy contiguous data from one address to another. All but copystr() copy data from user-space to kernel-space or vice-versa. The copy routines provide the following ...

copyin(9) -- kernel copy functions

copyinstr(9) -- kernel copy functions

copyout(9) -- kernel copy functions

copystr(9) -- kernel copy functions

count_dev(9) -- get total number of references to a device

vcount() is used to get the number of references to a particular device. It allows for the fact that multiple vnodes may reference the same device. count_dev() does the same thing as vcount(), but tak...

cpu_critical_enter(9) -- enter and exit a critical region

These functions are used to prevent preemption in a critical region of code. All that is guaranteed is that the thread currently executing on a CPU will not be preempted. Specifically, a thread in a c...

cpu_critical_exit(9) -- enter and exit a critical region

cpu_switch(9) -- switch to another thread context

The mi_switch() function implements the machine independent prelude to a thread context switch. It is called from only a few distinguished places in the kernel code as a result of the principle of non...

cpu_throw(9) -- switch to another thread context

crcopy(9) -- functions related to user credentials

The ucred family of functions is used to manage user credential structures (struct ucred) within the kernel. The crget() function allocates memory for a new structure, sets its reference count to 1, a...

crdup(9) -- functions related to user credentials

crfree(9) -- functions related to user credentials

crget(9) -- functions related to user credentials

crhold(9) -- functions related to user credentials

critical_enter(9) -- enter and exit a critical region

critical_exit(9) -- enter and exit a critical region

crshared(9) -- functions related to user credentials

cru2x(9) -- functions related to user credentials

crypto(9) -- API for cryptographic services in the kernel

crypto is a framework for drivers of cryptographic hardware to register with the kernel so ``consumers'' (other kernel subsystems, and users through the /dev/crypto device) are able to make use of i...

CTASSERT(9) -- compile time assertion macro

The CTASSERT() macro evaluates expression at compile time and causes a compiler error if it is false. The CTASSERT() macro is useful for asserting the size or alignment of important data structures an...

CTR0(9) -- kernel tracing facility

KTR provides a circular buffer of events that can be logged in a printf(9) style fashion. These events can then be dumped either via ddb(4) or gdb(1). Events are created and logged in the kernel via t...

CTR1(9) -- kernel tracing facility

CTR2(9) -- kernel tracing facility

CTR3(9) -- kernel tracing facility

CTR4(9) -- kernel tracing facility

CTR5(9) -- kernel tracing facility

curpriority_cmp(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

Each process has three different priorities stored in struct proc: p_usrpri, p_nativepri, and p_priority. The p_usrpri member is the user priority of the process calculated from a process' estimated ...

CURSIG(9) -- kernel signal functions

The SIGADDSET() macro adds signo to set. No effort is made to ensure that signo is a valid signal number. The SIGDELSET() macro removes signo from set. No effort is made to ensure that signo is a vali...

cv_broadcast(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_destroy(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_init(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_signal(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_timedwait(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_timedwait_sig(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_wait(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_waitq_empty(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_waitq_remove(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_wait_sig(9) -- kernel condition variable

cv_wmesg(9) -- kernel condition variable

DECLARE_MODULE(9) -- kernel module declaration macro

The DECLARE_MODULE() macro declares a generic kernel module. It is used to register the module with the system, using the SYSINIT() macro. DECLARE_MODULE() is usually used within other macros, such as...

DEFINE_CLASS(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

The kernel object system implements an object-oriented programming system in the FreeBSD kernel. The system is based around the concepts of interfaces, which are descriptions of sets of methods; class...

DELAY(9) -- busy loop for an interval

Delay for delay microseconds (1/1000000th of a second).

destroy_dev(9) -- manage dev_t's and DEVFS registration for devices

The make_dev() function creates a dev_t structure for a new device. If DEVFS is available, it is also notified of the presence of the new device. The device will be owned by uid, with the group owners...

devclass(9) -- object representing a class of devices

The devclass object has two main functions in the system. The first is to manage the allocation of unit numbers for device instances and the second is to hold the list of device drivers for a particul...

devclass_add_driver(9) -- manipulate the drivers in a devclass

These functions can be used to add new drivers into the system, remove old ones and search for existing ones. Normally drivers are added automatically during system initialisation.

devclass_delete_driver(9) -- manipulate the drivers in a devclass

These functions can be used to add new drivers into the system, remove old ones and search for existing ones. Normally drivers are added automatically during system initialisation.

devclass_find(9) -- search for a devclass

Search for the devclass with the specified name.

devclass_find_driver(9) -- manipulate the drivers in a devclass

These functions can be used to add new drivers into the system, remove old ones and search for existing ones. Normally drivers are added automatically during system initialisation.

devclass_get_device(9) -- translate unit number to device

This function retrieves the device instance with the given unit number and returns it.

devclass_get_devices(9) -- get a list of devices in a devclass

Retrieve a list of all device instances currently in the devclass and return the list in *devlistp and the count in *devcountp. The memory allocated for the list should be freed using free(*devlistp, ...

devclass_get_maxunit(9) -- find the maximum unit number in the class

Returns the maximum unit number allocated to device instances in the specified devclass.

devclass_get_name(9) -- access the name of a devclass

Return the name of a devclass.

devclass_get_softc(9) -- translate unit number to driver private structure

This function retrieves the driver private instance variables for the device with the given unit number and returns it.

device(9) -- an abstract representation of a device

The device object represents a piece of hardware attached to the system such as an expansion card, the bus which that card is plugged into, disk drives attached to the expansion card etc. The system d...

devicestat(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

The devstat subsystem is an interface for recording device statistics, as its name implies. The idea is to keep reasonably detailed statistics while utilizing a minimum amount of CPU time to record th...

device_add_child(9) -- add a new device as a child of an existing device

Create a new child device of dev. The name and unit arguments specify the name and unit number of the device. If the name is unknown then the caller should pass NULL. If the unit is unknown then the c...

device_add_child_ordered(9) -- add a new device as a child of an existing device

DEVICE_ATTACH(9) -- attach a device

Attach a device to the system. The probe method will have been called and will have indicated that the device exists. This routine should initialise the hardware and allocate other system resources (s...

device_busy(9) -- manipulate device state

The current state of a device is accessed by calling device_get_state() which returns DS_NOTPRESENT, DS_ALIVE, DS_ATTACHED or DS_BUSY (described in device(9)). To test see if a device was successfully...

device_delete_child(9) -- delete a child from a device

The specified device is removed from dev and deleted. If the device is currently attached, it is first detached (see DEVICE_ATTACH(9) and DEVICE_DETACH(9)).

DEVICE_DETACH(9) -- detach a device

Detach a device. This can be called if the user is replacing the driver software or if a device is about to be physically removed from the system (e.g. for pccard devices). The method should deallocat...

device_disable(9) -- manipulate device enabled flag

Each device has an enabled flag associated with it. A device is enabled by default when it is created but may be disabled (for instance to prevent a destructive or time consuming probe attempt). To di...

device_enable(9) -- manipulate device enabled flag

device_find_child(9) -- search for a child of a device

This function looks for a specific child of dev. with the given name and unit.

device_get_children(9) -- get a list of devices connected to a device

Retrieve a list of all device instances currently connected to dev and return the list in *devlistp and the count in *devcountp. The memory allocated for the list should be freed using free(*devlistp,...

device_get_desc(9) -- access the description of a device

Manipulate the verbose description of a device. This description (if present) is printed as part of the message when it is attached during autoconfiguration. The variation device_set_desc_copy() is us...

device_get_devclass(9) -- access the devclass of a device

The current devclass associated with the device is returned. If the device has no devclass, NULL is returned.

device_get_driver(9) -- access the current driver of a device

The current driver associated with the device is returned. If the device has no driver, NULL is returned.

device_get_flags(9) -- manipulate driver flags

Each device supports a set of driver-dependent flags which are often used to control device behaviour. These flags are read by calling device_get_flags() and written by calling device_set_flags().

device_get_ivars(9) -- access bus private variables

The device_get_ivars() function returns the bus-specific instance variables of a device. The device_set_ivars() function sets the bus-specific instance variables of a device. Typically, only bus drive...

device_get_name(9) -- access the name of a device's device class or instance

The device_get_name() function returns the name of the device's device class. The device_get_nameunit() function returns the name of the device's instance.

device_get_nameunit(9) -- access the name of a device's device class or instance

The device_get_name() function returns the name of the device's device class. The device_get_nameunit() function returns the name of the device's instance.

device_get_parent(9) -- return the device's parent

The device_get_parent() function returns the name of the device's parent device.

device_get_softc(9) -- access driver private instance variables

Return the driver-specific state of dev. The softc is automatically allocated the first time it is requested. The size of the allocation is determined by the device's driver_t information used to def...

device_get_state(9) -- manipulate device state

device_get_unit(9) -- access the unit number of a device

Return the unit number of the device.

DEVICE_IDENTIFY(9) -- identify a device, register it

The identify function for a device is only needed for devices on busses that cannot identify their children independently, e.g. the ISA bus. It is used to recognize the device (usually done by accessi...

device_ids(9) -- calculate device ids

The device_ids family of functions take either the raw device ID, id, or a pointer to the device structure, dev, and return the integer value that is the major or minor device ID as requested. The act...

device_is_alive(9) -- manipulate device state

device_is_attached(9) -- manipulate device state

device_is_enabled(9) -- manipulate device enabled flag

device_is_quiet(9) -- manipulate device quiet flag

Each device has a quiet flag associated with it. A device is verbose by default when it is created but may be quieted to prevent the device identification string to be printed during probe. To quiet a...

device_printf(9) -- formatted output conversion

The device_printf() function is a convenience interface to the printf(9) function. It outputs the name of the dev device, followed by a colon and a space, and then what printf(9) would print if you pa...

DEVICE_PROBE(9) -- probe for device existence

This device method should probe to see if the device is present. It should return 0 if the device exists, ENXIO if it cannot be found. If some other error happens during the probe (such as a memory al...

device_probe_and_attach(9) -- initialise a device

This function is called during autoconfiguration to initialise the devices in the system. For each device, the DEVICE_PROBE(9) method of each suitable driver is called and if a probe succeeds, a descr...

device_quiet(9) -- manipulate device quiet flag

device_set_desc(9) -- access the description of a device

device_set_desc_copy(9) -- access the description of a device

device_set_driver(9) -- associate a specific driver with a device node in the tree

This function associates a specific driver with a given device node in the tree. It is typically used in DEVICE_IDENTIFY(9) functions to add devices to a bus that does not support doing so automatical...

device_set_flags(9) -- manipulate driver flags

Each device supports a set of driver-dependent flags which are often used to control device behaviour. These flags are read by calling device_get_flags() and written by calling device_set_flags().

device_set_ivars(9) -- access bus private variables

DEVICE_SHUTDOWN(9) -- called during system shutdown

This is called during system shutdown to allow the driver to put the hardware into a consistent state for rebooting the computer.

device_unbusy(9) -- manipulate device state

device_verbose(9) -- manipulate device quiet flag

devstat(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

devstat_add_entry(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

devstat_end_transaction(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

devstat_remove_entry(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

devstat_start_transaction(9) -- kernel interface for keeping device statistics

devsw(9) -- returns the cdevsw structure

The devsw() function returns a pointer to the cdevsw structure associated with this character device ID. If dev->si_cdevsw is set it is returned; otherwise, the major(9) offset into the cdevsw array i...

devtoname(9) -- converts dev_t data into a string indicating the device name

The devtoname() function returns a pointer to the name of the device passed to it. The name is whatever was set to it in make_dev(). If no name is associated with dev, a pointer to a string consisting...

dev_depends(9) -- manage dev_t's and DEVFS registration for devices

DEV_MODULE(9) -- device driver module declaration macro

The DEV_MODULE() macro declares a device driver kernel module. It fills in a moduledata_t structure and then calls DECLARE_MODULE() with the correct args, where name is the name of the module and evh ...

disk(9) -- Kernel disk storage API

The disk storage API permits kernel device drivers providing access to disk-like storage devices to advertise the device to other kernel components, including GEOM(4), and devfs(5). Each disk device i...

disk_create(9) -- Kernel disk storage API

disk_destroy(9) -- Kernel disk storage API

domain(9) -- network domain management

Network protocols installed in the system are maintained within what are called domains (for example the inetdomain and localdomain). struct domain { int dom_family; /* AF_xxx */ char *dom_name; void ...

DOMAIN_SET(9) -- network domain management

driver(9) -- structure describing a device driver

Each driver in the kernel is described by a driver_t structure. The structure contains the name of the device, a pointer to a list of methods, an indication of the kind of device which the driver impl...

DRIVER_MODULE(9) -- kernel driver declaration macro

The DRIVER_MODULE() macro declares a kernel driver. DRIVER_MODULE() expands to the real driver declaration, where the phrase name is used as the naming prefix for the driver and its functions. Note th...

endtsleep(9) -- manage the queues of sleeping processes

The sleep queues used by msleep(9) and friends are stored in a hash array. The address of the wait channel is used to generate an index into the array. Each entry in the array is a queue of processes ...

execsigs(9) -- kernel signal functions

extattr(9) -- virtual file system named extended attributes

Named extended attributes allow additional meta-data to be associated with vnodes representing files and directories. The semantics of this additional data is that of a "name=value" pair, where a na...

fetch(9) -- fetch data from user-space

The fetch functions are designed to copy small amounts of data from userspace. The fetch routines provide the following functionality: fubyte() Fetches a byte of data from the user-space address base....

FREE(9) -- kernel memory management routines

The malloc() function allocates uninitialized memory in kernel address space for an object whose size is specified by size. The free() function releases memory at address addr that was previously allo...

free(9) -- kernel memory management routines

fubyte(9) -- fetch data from user-space

fuswintr(9) -- fetch data from user-space

fusword(9) -- fetch data from user-space

fuword(9) -- fetch data from user-space

getmicrotime(9) -- get the current time

The microtime() and getmicrotime() functions store the system time as a struct timeval at the address specified by tv. The nanotime() and getnanotime() functions perform the same utility, but record t...

getmicrouptime(9) -- get the time elapsed since boot

The microuptime() and getmicrouptime() functions store the time elapsed since boot as a struct timeval at the address specified by tv. The nanouptime() and getnanouptime() functions perform the same u...

getnanotime(9) -- get the current time

getnanouptime(9) -- get the time elapsed since boot

getnewvnode(9) -- get a new vnode

The getnewvnode() function initializes a new vnode, assigning it the vnode operations passed in vops. The vnode is either freshly allocated, or taken from the head of the free list depending on the nu...

getpbuf(9) -- functions for managing physical buffers

These functions are used to allocate and release physical buffers. The physical buffers are allocated at system startup and are maintained in a separate pool from the main system buffers. They are int...

get_cyclecount(9) -- get the CPU's fast counter register contents

The get_cyclecount() function uses a register available in most modern CPUs to return a value that is monotonically increasing inside each CPU. On SMP systems, there will be a number of separate monot...

groupmember(9) -- checks group set for a group ID

The groupmember() function checks to see if the given gid is in the group set of the credentials. Its arguments are: gid The group ID to check for. cred The credentials to search for the group in.

gsignal(9) -- post signal to a process or process group

These functions post a signal to one or more processes. The argument signum common to all three functions should be in the range [1-NSIG]. The psignal() function posts signal number signum to the proc...

htobe16(9) -- byte order operations

htobe32(9) -- byte order operations

htobe64(9) -- byte order operations

htole16(9) -- byte order operations

htole32(9) -- byte order operations

htole64(9) -- byte order operations

ifaddr(9) -- kernel interfaces for manipulating network interfaces

ifnet(9) -- kernel interfaces for manipulating network interfaces

ifqueue(9) -- kernel interfaces for manipulating network interfaces

if_data(9) -- kernel interfaces for manipulating network interfaces

inittodr(9) -- initialize system time

The inittodr() function determines the time and sets the system clock. It tries to pick the correct time using a set of heuristics that examine the system's battery backed clock and the time obtained...

intro(9) -- introduction to system kernel interfaces

This section contains information about the interfaces and subroutines in the kernel.

issignal(9) -- kernel signal functions

ithread(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

Interrupt threads are kernel threads that run a list of handlers when triggered by either a hardware or software interrupt. Each interrupt handler has a name, handler function, handler argument, prior...

ithread_add_handler(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

ithread_create(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

ithread_destroy(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

ithread_priority(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

ithread_remove_handler(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

ithread_schedule(9) -- kernel interrupt threads

jumbo(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

The jumbo buffer facility is designed for allocating disposable pagesized buffers. Buffers allocated via this facility can either be returned or not. This facility is primarily intended for use with n...

jumbo_freem(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

jumbo_pg_alloc(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

jumbo_pg_free(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

jumbo_pg_steal(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

jumbo_phys_to_kva(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

jumbo_vm_init(9) -- kernel interface for allocating and

KASSERT(9) -- kernel expression verification macro

In a kernel compiled with options INVARIANTS, the KASSERT() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, calls the panic(9) function, terminating the running system. In a kernel that does not ...

kernacc(9) -- check memory regions for accessibility

The kernacc() and useracc() functions check whether operations of the type specified in rw are permitted in the range of virtual addresses given by addr and len. The possible values of rw are any bitw...

killproc(9) -- kernel signal functions

kobj(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_class_compile(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_class_compile_static(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_class_free(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_create(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_delete(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kobj_init(9) -- a kernel object system for FreeBSD

kproc_shutdown(9) -- kernel threads

The function kproc_start() is used to start ``internal'' daemons such as bufdaemon, pagedaemon, vmdaemon, and the syncer and is intended to be called from SYSINIT(9). The udata argument is actually ...

kproc_start(9) -- kernel threads

kthread(9) -- kernel threads

kthread_create(9) -- kernel threads

kthread_exit(9) -- kernel threads

kthread_resume(9) -- kernel threads

kthread_suspend(9) -- kernel threads

kthread_suspend_check(9) -- kernel threads

ktr(9) -- kernel tracing facility

le16dec(9) -- byte order operations

le16enc(9) -- byte order operations

le16toh(9) -- byte order operations

le32dec(9) -- byte order operations

le32enc(9) -- byte order operations

le32toh(9) -- byte order operations

le64dec(9) -- byte order operations

le64enc(9) -- byte order operations

le64toh(9) -- byte order operations

lock(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

The lockinit() function is used to initialize a lock. It must be called before any operation can be performed on a lock. Its arguments are: lkp A pointer to the lock to initialize. prio The priority p...

lockcount(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

lockdestroy(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

lockinit(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

lockmgr(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

lockmgr_printinfo(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

lockstatus(9) -- lockmgr family of functions

mac(9) -- TrustedBSD Mandatory Access Control framework

Introduction The TrustedBSD mandatory access control framework permits dynamically introduced system security modules to modify system security functionality. This can be used to support a variety of ...

major(9) -- calculate device ids

make_dev(9) -- manage dev_t's and DEVFS registration for devices

make_dev_alias(9) -- manage dev_t's and DEVFS registration for devices

malloc(9) -- kernel memory management routines

MALLOC(9) -- kernel memory management routines

maybe_resched(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

mbchain(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

These functions are used to compose mbuf chains from various data types. The mbchain structure is used as a working context and should be initialized with a call to either mb_init() or mb_initm(). It ...

mbpool(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

Mbuf pools are intented to help drivers for interface cards that need huge amounts of receive buffers and additionally provides a mapping between these buffers and 32-bit handles. An example of these ...

mbp_alloc(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_card_free(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_count(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_create(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_destroy(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_ext_free(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_free(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_get(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_get_keep(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbp_sync(9) -- Buffer pools for network interfaces

mbuf(9) -- memory management in the kernel IPC subsystem

An mbuf is a basic unit of memory management in the kernel IPC subsystem. Network packets and socket buffers are stored in mbufs. A network packet may span multiple mbufs arranged into a mbuf chain (l...

mb_detach(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_done(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_fixhdr(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_init(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_initm(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_int64be(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_int64le(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_mbuf(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_mem(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uint16be(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uint16le(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uint32be(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uint32le(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uint8(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_put_uio(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

mb_reserve(9) -- set of functions to build an mbuf chain from various data types

MD5(9) -- message digest routines

The MD5 module implements the RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm (MD5). It produces 128-bit MD5 Digest of data. MD5Init must be called just before MD5Transform() will be used to prod...

MD5Init(9) -- message digest routines

MD5Transform(9) -- message digest routines

mdchain(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

These functions are used to decompose mbuf chains to various data types. The mdchain structure is used as a working context and should be initialized through a call of the mb_initm() function. It has ...

md_append_record(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_done(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_int64(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_int64be(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_int64le(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_mbuf(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_mem(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint16(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint16be(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint16le(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint32(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint32be(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint32le(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uint8(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_get_uio(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_initm(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

md_next_record(9) -- set of functions to dissect an mbuf chain to various data types

microseq(9) -- ppbus microsequencer developer's guide

See ppbus(4) for ppbus description and general info about the microsequencer. The purpose of this document is to encourage developers to use the microsequencer mechanism in order to have: 1. a uniform...

microtime(9) -- get the current time

microuptime(9) -- get the time elapsed since boot

minor(9) -- calculate device ids

mi_switch(9) -- switch to another thread context

module(9) -- structure describing a kernel module

Each module in the kernel is described by a module_t structure. The structure contains the name of the device, a unique ID number, a pointer to an event handler function and to an argument, which is g...

MODULE_DEPEND(9) -- set kernel module dependencies

The MODULE_DEPEND() macro sets a dependency on another kernel module with name moddepend, which has been registered its version with MODULE_VERSION(). Three versions must be specified on which the mod...

MODULE_VERSION(9) -- set kernel module version

The MODULE_VERSION() macro sets the version of the module called name. Other kernel modules can then depend on this module (see MODULE_DEPEND(9)).

mono_time(9) -- system time variables

msleep(9) -- wait for events

The functions tsleep() and wakeup() handle event-based process blocking. If a process must wait for an external event, it is put on sleep by tsleep(). The parameter ident is an arbitrary address that ...

mtx_assert(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

Mutexes are the most basic and primary method of process synchronization. The major design considerations for mutexes are: 1. Acquiring and releasing uncontested mutexes should be as cheap as possible...

mtx_destroy(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_init(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_initialized(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_lock(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_lock_flags(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_lock_spin(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_lock_spin_flags(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_owned(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_pool(9) -- mutex pool routines

Mutex pools are designed to be used as short term leaf mutexes; i.e., the last mutex one might acquire before calling msleep(9). They operate using a shared pool of mutexes. A mutex may be chosen from...

mtx_pool_alloc(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_create(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_destroy(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_find(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_lock(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_lock_spin(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_unlock(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_pool_unlock_spin(9) -- mutex pool routines

mtx_recursed(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

MTX_SYSINIT(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_trylock(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_trylock_flags(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_unlock(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_unlock_flags(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_unlock_spin(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

mtx_unlock_spin_flags(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

MULTI_DRIVER_MODULE(9) -- kernel driver declaration macro

mutex(9) -- kernel synchronization primitives

namei(9) -- pathname translation and lookup operations

The namei facility allows the client to perform pathname translation and lookup operations. The namei functions will increment the reference count for the vnode in question. The reference count has to...

nanotime(9) -- get the current time

nanouptime(9) -- get the time elapsed since boot

NDFREE(9) -- pathname translation and lookup operations

NDINIT(9) -- pathname translation and lookup operations

net_add_domain(9) -- network domain management

panic(9) -- bring down system on fatal error

The panic() function terminates the running system. The message fmt is a printf(3) style format string. The message is printed to the console and the location panicstr is set to the address of the mes...

pbuf(9) -- functions for managing physical buffers

pci(9) -- PCI bus interface

The pci set of functions are used for managing PCI devices. The pci_read_config() function is used to read data from the PCI configuration space of the device dev, at offset reg, with width specifying...

pci_disable_busmaster(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_disable_io(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_enable_busmaster(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_enable_io(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_find_bsf(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_find_device(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_get_powerstate(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_read_config(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_set_powerstate(9) -- PCI bus interface

pci_write_config(9) -- PCI bus interface

pfctlinput(9) -- network domain management

pfctlinput2(9) -- network domain management

pffindproto(9) -- network domain management

pffindtype(9) -- network domain management

pfil(9) -- packet filter interface

The pfil framework allows for a specified function to be invoked for every incoming or outgoing packet for a particular network I/O stream. These hooks may be used to implement a firewall or perform p...

pfil_add_hook(9) -- packet filter interface

pfil_hook_get(9) -- packet filter interface

pfil_remove_hook(9) -- packet filter interface

pfind(9) -- locate a process by number

pfind() takes a pid as its argument and returns a pointer to the proc structure whose PID is specified in the argument only if the pid is on the allproc list. zpfind() takes a pid as its argument. If ...

pgfind(9) -- locate a process group by number

The pgfind() function takes a pgid as its argument and returns a pointer to the pgrp structure whose pg_id is specified in the argument. pgfind() locks the pgrp structure that is returned.

pgsigio(9) -- kernel signal functions

pgsignal(9) -- post signal to a process or process group

physio(9) -- initiate I/O on raw devices

The physio() is a helper function typically called from character device read() and write() routines to start I/O on a user process buffer. The maximum amount of data to transfer with each call is det...

pmap(9) -- machine-dependent portion of virtual memory subsystem

The pmap module is the machine-dependent portion of the FreeBSD VM (Virtual Memory) sub-system. Each function documented herein must have its own architecture-dependent implementation. The pmap module...

pmap_activate(9) -- activate a physical map

The pmap_activate() function activates the physical map for a user thread td. This function must be called before the thread's address space may be accessed.

pmap_addr_hint(9) -- get a hint for the best-fit mapping of a VM object

The pmap_addr_hint() function returns a hint for the best address at which to map the object obj at address addr of size bytes.

pmap_change_wiring(9) -- change physical wiring for a map or virtual address pair

The pmap_change_wiring() function changes the wiring attribute for the page at virtual address va in the physical map pmap. A wired page gets its name from being `wired' into the system page tables s...

pmap_clear_modify(9) -- set information about physical pages

The pmap_clear_modify() function clears the `modified' bit on the physical page m. The pmap_clear_reference() function clears the `referenced' bit on the physical page m.

pmap_clear_reference(9) -- set information about physical pages

The pmap_clear_modify() function clears the `modified' bit on the physical page m. The pmap_clear_reference() function clears the `referenced' bit on the physical page m.

pmap_copy(9) -- copy physical memory pages

The pmap_copy() function copies the range specified by src_addr and len from the source physical map src_pmap to the destination physical map dst_pmap at the address dst_addr. The pmap_copy_page() fun...

pmap_copy_page(9) -- copy physical memory pages

pmap_enter(9) -- insert a virtual page into a physical map

The pmap_enter() function inserts the given physical page p, into the physical map pmap, at the virtual address va, with the protection prot. If wired is TRUE, then increment the wired count for the p...

pmap_extract(9) -- map a virtual address to a physical page

The pmap_extract() function maps a virtual address to a physical page. In certain situations, callers may use pmap_extract_and_hold() instead, to ensure that the returned page is held. The pmap_extrac...

pmap_extract_and_hold(9) -- map a virtual address to a physical page

pmap_growkernel(9) -- grow the kernel virtual address (KVA) space

The pmap_growkernel() function grows the kernel virtual address space to the virtual address addr. It will allocate more page entries if required.

pmap_init(9) -- initialize the pmap subsystem

The pmap_init() function initializes the pmap(9) sub-system. It is called during system initialization by vm_init(), to initialize any structures that the pmap_init system needs in order to map betwee...

pmap_init2(9) -- initialize the pmap subsystem

pmap_is_modified(9) -- return information about physical pages

The pmap_is_modified() and pmap_ts_referenced() functions return information about physical pages.

pmap_is_prefaultable(9) -- determine if a page may be prefaulted

The pmap_is_prefaultable() function provides a means of determining if the page residing at virtual address va in the physical map pmap may be pre-faulted into main memory. This is a helper function w...

pmap_map(9) -- map a physical memory range into kernel virtual address (KVA) space

The pmap_map() function maps a range of physical addresses into kernel virtual address (KVA) space, from start to end, with protection bits prot. The value passed in *virt is treated as a hint for the...

pmap_mincore(9) -- determine if a virtual address is resident in physical memory

The pmap_mincore() function determines if the page at the virtual address addr in the physical map pmap is resident in physical memory. It is the machine-dependent interface used by mincore(2) system ...

pmap_object_init_pt(9) -- initialize page tables for a VM object

The pmap_object_init_pt() function preloads the page table entries into the specified physical map pmap, for the given object at the virtual address addr, for size bytes, beginning at the page index p...

pmap_page_exists_quick(9) -- determine if a page exists in a physical map

The pmap_page_exists_quick() function is used to quickly determine if the page m exists in the physical map pmap. It is typically called from the VM paging code.

pmap_page_protect(9) -- set physical page protection

The pmap_page_protect() function lowers the physical page permissions to prot for all mappings of a given page m. The pmap_protect() function sets the physical page permissions to prot for all physica...

pmap_pinit(9) -- initialize pmap structures

The pmap_pinit() function initializes the preallocated and zeroed structure pmap, such as one in a vmspace structure. The pmap_pinit0() function initializes the physical map pm, associated with proces...

pmap_pinit0(9) -- initialize pmap structures

pmap_pinit2(9) -- initialize pmap structures

pmap_protect(9) -- set physical page protection

pmap_qenter(9) -- manage temporary kernel space mappings

The pmap_qenter() function accepts a linear array of count pointers to wired pages *m, and enters each of these pages into the kernel virtual address (KVA) space, beginning at the address sva. The pma...

pmap_qremove(9) -- manage temporary kernel space mappings

pmap_release(9) -- release resources held by a physical map

The pmap_release() function releases any resources held by the physical map pmap. This function is called when a pmap initialized by the corresponding function, pmap_pinit() is being released.

pmap_remove(9) -- remove pages from a physical map

The pmap_remove() function removes the range of addresses between sva and eva from the physical map pmap. If eva is less than sva, then the result is undefined. It is assumed that both sva and eva are...

pmap_remove_all(9) -- remove pages from a physical map

pmap_remove_pages(9) -- remove pages from a physical map

pmap_resident_count(9) -- return page resident and wiring statistics

The pmap_resident_count() and pmap_wired_count() macros allow pmap consumers to retrieve statistics from the pm_stats member of the machinedependent structure struct pmap.

pmap_ts_modified(9) -- return information about physical pages

The pmap_is_modified() and pmap_ts_referenced() functions return information about physical pages.

pmap_wired_count(9) -- return page resident and wiring statistics

The pmap_resident_count() and pmap_wired_count() macros allow pmap consumers to retrieve statistics from the pm_stats member of the machinedependent structure struct pmap.

pmap_zero_area(9) -- zero-fill a page using

The pmap_zero_page() function zero-fills an entire page using machinedependent optimizations. The pmap_zero_page_area() function is used to zero-fill an area of a page. The range specified must not cr...

pmap_zero_idle(9) -- zero-fill a page using

pmap_zero_page(9) -- zero-fill a page using

postsig(9) -- kernel signal functions

printf(9) -- formatted output conversion

The printf(9) family of functions are similar to the printf(3) family of functions. The three functions each use a different output stream. The uprintf() function outputs to the current process' cont...

procrunnable(9) -- manage the queue of runnable processes

pseudofs(9) -- pseudo file system construction kit

The pseudofs module offers an abstract API for pseudo-file systems such as procfs(5) and linprocfs(5). It takes care of all the hairy bits like interfacing with the VFS system, enforcing access contro...

psignal(9) -- post signal to a process or process group

random(9) -- supply pseudo-random numbers

random_harvest(9) -- gather entropy from the kernel for the entropy device

The random_harvest() function is used by device drivers and other kernel processes to pass data that is considered (at least partially) stochastic to the entropy device. The caller should pass a point...

read_random(9) -- supply pseudo-random numbers

realloc(9) -- kernel memory management routines

reallocf(9) -- kernel memory management routines

relpbuf(9) -- functions for managing physical buffers

remrunqueue(9) -- manage the queue of runnable processes

resetpriority(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

resettodr(9) -- set battery-backed clock from system time

The resettodr() function sets the system's battery-backed clock based on the contents of the system time variable.

resource_int_value(9) -- get a value from the hints mechanism

These functions fetch a value from the ``hints'' mechanism. The functions take the following arguments: name The name of the device to get the resource value from. unit The unit number of the device...

resource_long_value(9) -- get a value from the hints mechanism

resource_string_value(9) -- get a value from the hints mechanism

rijndael(9) -- AES encryption

The rijndael_makeKey() function is used to set up the key schedule in key. The direction (which may be DIR_ENCRYPT or DIR_DECRYPT) specifies the intended use of the key. The length of the key (in bits...

rman(9) -- resource management functions

The rman set of functions provides a flexible resource management abstraction. It is used extensively by the bus management code. It implements the abstractions of region and resource. A region descri...

roundrobin(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

roundrobin_interval(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

rtalloc(9) -- look up a route in the kernel routing table

The kernel uses a radix tree structure to manage routes for the networking subsystem. The rtalloc() family of routines is used by protocols to query this structure for a route corresponding to a parti...

rtalloc1(9) -- look up a route in the kernel routing table

rtalloc_ign(9) -- look up a route in the kernel routing table

rtentry(9) -- structure of an entry in the kernel routing table

The kernel provides a common mechanism by which all protocols can store and retrieve entries from a central table of routes. Parts of this mechanism are also used to interact with user-level processes...

runqueue(9) -- manage the queue of runnable processes

runtime(9) -- system time variables

sbuf(9) -- safe string formatting

The sbuf family of functions allows one to safely allocate, construct and release bounded null-terminated strings in kernel space. Instead of arrays of characters, these functions operate on structure...

sbuf_cat(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_clear(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_cpy(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_data(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_delete(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_finish(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_len(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_new(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_overflowed(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_printf(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_putc(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_setpos(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_trim(9) -- safe string formatting

sbuf_vprintf(9) -- safe string formatting

schedclock(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

schedcpu(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

scheduler(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

sched_setup(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

selrecord(9) -- record and wakeup select requests

selrecord() and selwakeup() are the two central functions used by select(2), poll(2) and the objects that are being selected on. They handle the task of recording which threads are waiting on which ob...

selwakeup(9) -- record and wakeup select requests

sema(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

Counting semaphores provide a mechanism for synchronizing access to a pool of resources. Unlike mutexes, semaphores do not have the concept of an owner, so they can also be useful in situations where ...

sema_destroy(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_init(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_post(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_timedwait(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_trywait(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_value(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

sema_wait(9) -- kernel counting semaphore

setrunnable(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

setrunqueue(9) -- manage the queue of runnable processes

SETSETNEQ(9) -- kernel signal functions

SETSETOR(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGADDSET(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGDELSET(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGEMPTYSET(9) -- kernel signal functions

sigexit(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGFILLSET(9) -- kernel signal functions

siginit(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGISEMPTY(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGISMEMBER(9) -- kernel signal functions

signal(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGNOTEMPTY(9) -- kernel signal functions

signotify(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGPENDING(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGSETAND(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGSETCANTMASK(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGSETEQ(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIGSETNAND(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIG_CONTSIGMASK(9) -- kernel signal functions

SIG_STOPSIGMASK(9) -- kernel signal functions

sleep(9) -- wait for events

sleepinit(9) -- manage the queues of sleeping processes

sleepqueue(9) -- manage the queues of sleeping processes

spl(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

This API is deprecated. Use mutexes to protect data structures instead. See mutex(9) for more information. The spl() function family sets the interrupt priority ``level'' of the CPU. This prevents i...

spl0(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splbio(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splclock(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splhigh(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splimp(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splnet(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splsoftclock(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splsofttty(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splstatclock(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

spltty(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splvm(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

splx(9) -- manipulate interrupt priorities

srandom(9) -- supply pseudo-random numbers

store(9) -- store data to user-space

The store functions are designed to copy small amounts of data to userspace. The store routines provide the following functionality: subyte() Stores a byte of data to the user-space address base. susw...

style(9) -- kernel source file style guide

This file specifies the preferred style for kernel source files in the FreeBSD source tree. It is also a guide for the preferred userland code style. Many of the style rules are implicit in the exampl...

subyte(9) -- store data to user-space

suser(9) -- check if process has superuser privilege

The suser and suser_cred functions check if the credentials given include superuser powers. The suser function is the most common, and should be used unless special circumstances dictate otherwise. Th...

suser_cred(9) -- check if process has superuser privilege

suswintr(9) -- store data to user-space

susword(9) -- store data to user-space

suword(9) -- store data to user-space

swi(9) -- register and schedule software interrupt handlers

These functions are used to register and schedule software interrupt handlers. Software interrupt handlers are attached to a software interrupt thread, just as hardware interrupt handlers are attached...

swi_add(9) -- register and schedule software interrupt handlers

swi_sched(9) -- register and schedule software interrupt handlers

sx(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

Shared/exclusive locks are used to protect data that are read far more often than they are written. Mutexes are inherently more efficient than shared/exclusive locks, so shared/exclusive locks should ...

sx_assert(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_destroy(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_downgrade(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_init(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_slock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_sunlock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

SX_SYSINIT(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_try_slock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_try_upgrade(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_try_xlock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_xlock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

sx_xunlock(9) -- kernel shared/exclusive lock

SYSCALL_MODULE(9) -- syscall kernel module declaration macro

The SYSCALL_MODULE() macro declares a new syscall. SYSCALL_MODULE() expands into a kernel module declaration named as name. offset is a pointer to an int which saves the offset in struct sysent where ...

SYSCTL_ADD_INT(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_LONG(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_NODE(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

sysctl_add_oid(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_OID(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_OPAQUE(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_PROC(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_STRING(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_STRUCT(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_UINT(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

SYSCTL_ADD_ULONG(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

sysctl_ctx_entry_add(9) -- sysctl context for managing dynamically created sysctl oids

These functions provide an interface for managing dynamically created oids. The sysctl context is responsible for keeping track of created oids, as well as their proper removal when needed. It adds a ...

sysctl_ctx_entry_del(9) -- sysctl context for managing dynamically created sysctl oids

sysctl_ctx_entry_find(9) -- sysctl context for managing dynamically created sysctl oids

sysctl_ctx_free(9) -- sysctl context for managing dynamically created sysctl oids

sysctl_ctx_init(9) -- sysctl context for managing dynamically created sysctl oids

sysctl_remove_oid(9) -- runtime sysctl tree manipulation

These functions and macros provide an interface for creating and deleting sysctl oids at runtime (e.g. during lifetime of a module). The alternative method, based on linker sets (see

taskqueue(9) -- asynchronous task execution

These functions provide a simple interface for asynchronous execution of code. The function taskqueue_create() is used to create new queues. The arguments to taskqueue_create() include a name which sh...

taskqueue_create(9) -- asynchronous task execution

TASKQUEUE_DECLARE(9) -- asynchronous task execution

TASKQUEUE_DEFINE(9) -- asynchronous task execution

taskqueue_enqueue(9) -- asynchronous task execution

taskqueue_find(9) -- asynchronous task execution

taskqueue_free(9) -- asynchronous task execution

taskqueue_run(9) -- asynchronous task execution

TASK_INIT(9) -- asynchronous task execution

thread_exit(9) -- abandon current thread context

The thread_exit() function implements the machine independent prelude to a thread shutdown. It will not return, and will result in a call to mi_switch(9) to schedule some other thread. thread_exit() a...

time(9) -- system time variables

timeout(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

tprintf(9) -- formatted output conversion

trapsignal(9) -- kernel signal functions

trypbuf(9) -- functions for managing physical buffers

tsleep(9) -- wait for events

tvtohz(9) -- convert time interval to tick count

The tvtohz() function accepts a single argument tv which specifies the time interval over which to calculate the number of system ticks that would elapse.

ucred(9) -- functions related to user credentials

uidinfo(9) -- functions for managing UID information

The uidinfo family of functions is used to manage uidinfo structures. Each uidinfo structure maintains per uid resource consumption counts, including the process count and socket buffer space usage. T...

uifind(9) -- functions for managing UID information

uifree(9) -- functions for managing UID information

uihashinit(9) -- functions for managing UID information

uihold(9) -- functions for managing UID information

uio(9) -- device driver I/O routines

The function uiomove() is used to handle transfer of data between buffers and I/O vectors that might possibly also cross the user/kernel space boundary. As a result of any read(2), write(2), readv(2),...

uiomove(9) -- device driver I/O routines

uma(9) -- zone allocator

The zone allocator provides an efficient interface for managing dynamically-sized collections of items of similar size. The zone allocator can work with preallocated zones as well as with runtime-allo...

umajor(9) -- calculate device ids

uma_zalloc(9) -- zone allocator

uma_zcreate(9) -- zone allocator

uma_zdestroy(9) -- zone allocator

uma_zfree(9) -- zone allocator

uma_zone_set_max(9) -- zone allocator

uminor(9) -- calculate device ids

unsleep(9) -- manage the queues of sleeping processes

untimeout(9) -- execute a function after a specified length of time

updatepri(9) -- perform round-robin scheduling of runnable processes

uprintf(9) -- formatted output conversion

useracc(9) -- check memory regions for accessibility

utopia(9) -- Driver module for ATM PHY chips

This module is used by all ATM drivers for cards that use a number of known PHY chips to provide uniform functionality. The module implements status monitoring in either interrupt or polling mode, med...

vaccess(9) -- generate an access control decision using vnode parameters

This call implements the logic for the UNIX discretionary file security model common to many file systems in FreeBSD. It accepts the vnodes type type, permissions via file_mode, owning UID file_uid, o...

vaccess_acl_posix1e(9) -- generate a POSIX.1e ACL access control decision using vnode parameters

This call implements the logic for the UNIX discretionary file security model with POSIX.1e ACL extensions. It accepts the vnodes type type, owning UID file_uid, owning GID file_gid, access ACL for th...

vcount(9) -- get total number of references to a device

vdrop(9) -- acquire/release a hold on a vnode

The vhold() function increments the v_holdcnt of the given vnode. If the vnode has already been added to the free list and is still referenced, it will be removed. The vdrop() function decrements the ...

vflush(9) -- flush vnodes for a mount point

The vflush() function removes any vnodes in the vnode table that belong to the given mount structure. Its arguments are: mp The mount point whose vnodes should be removed. rootrefs The number of refer...

VFS(9) -- kernel interface to file systems

Calls used to set or query file systems for settings or information. File systems that don't implement a VFS operation should use the appropriate vfs_std function from src/sys/kern/vfs_default.c rath...

vfsconf(9) -- vfs configuration information

Each file system type known to the kernel has a vfsconf structure that contains the information required to create a new mount of that file systems type. struct vfsconf { struct vfsops *vfc_vfsops; /*...

vfs_busy(9) -- marks a mount point as busy

The vfs_busy() function marks a mount point as busy. The purpose of this function is to synchronize access to a mount point. It also delays unmounting by sleeping on mp if the MNTK_UNMOUNT flag is set...

VFS_CHECKEXP(9) -- check if a file system is exported to a client

This is used by the NFS server to check if a mount point is exported to a client. Its arguments are: mp The mount point to be checked. nam An mbuf containing the network address of the client. exflags...

VFS_FHTOVP(9) -- turn an NFS filehandle into a vnode

This is used by the NFS server to turn an NFS filehandle into a vnode. Its arguments are: mp The file system. fhp The filehandle to convert. vpp Return parameter for the new locked vnode. The contents...

vfs_getnewfsid(9) -- allocate a new file system identifier

The vfs_getnewfsid() function allocates a new file system identifier for the mount point given. File systems typically call vfs_getnewfsid() in their mount routine in order to acquire a unique ID with...

vfs_getvfs(9) -- returns a mount point given its file system identifier

The vfs_getvfs() function returns the mount point structure for a file system given its file system identifier. The file system ID should have been allocated by calling vfs_getnewfsid(9); otherwise, i...

VFS_INIT(9) -- initialize a file system

This function is called once to allow a file system to initialize any global data structures that it might have. It is either called when the operating system boots or, for dynamically loaded file sys...

vfs_modevent(9) -- vfs configuration information

VFS_MOUNT(9) -- mount a file system

Mount a file system into the system's namespace. Its arguments are: mp Structure representing the file system. path Pathname where the file system is being mounted. data File system specific data. Th...

vfs_mount(9) -- generic file system mount function

The vfs_mount() function handles the generic portion of mounting a file system, and calls the file system specific mount function after verifying its parameters and setting up the structures expected ...

vfs_mountedon(9) -- check if the vnode belongs to a mounted file system

vfs_mountedon() inspects the mount structure in vp to determine if it points to a valid mount point. If the mount is valid, the vnode is considered to be busy. A common use of vfs_mountedon() is to ca...

VFS_QUOTACTL(9) -- manipulate file system quotas

Implement file system quotas. See quotactl(2) for a description of the arguments.

vfs_register(9) -- vfs configuration information

VFS_ROOT(9) -- return the root vnode of a file system

Return a locked vnode for the root directory of the file system. Its arguments are: mp The file system. vpp Return parameter for the root vnode.

vfs_rootmountalloc(9) -- allocate a root mount structure

vfs_rootmountalloc() allocates a mount structure initialized from the vfsconf type that matches fstypename.

VFS_SET(9) -- set up loadable file system vfsconf

VFS_SET() creates a vfsconf structure for the loadable module with the given vfsops, fsname and flags, and declares it by calling DECLARE_MODULE(9) using vfs_modevent() as the event handler. Possible ...

VFS_START(9) -- make a file system operational

This is called after VFS_MOUNT(9) and before the first access to the file system. Its arguments are: mp The file system. flags ?? td Thread which is starting the file system.

VFS_STATFS(9) -- return file system status

This call returns various pieces of information about the file system, including recommended I/O sizes, free space, free inodes, etc. Its arguments are: mp The file system. sbp Return parameter for th...

VFS_SYNC(9) -- flush unwritten data

This writes out all unwritten data in a file system. Its arguments are: mp The file system. waitfor Whether the function should wait for I/O to complete. Possible values are: MNT_WAIT synchronously wa...

vfs_timestamp(9) -- generate current timestamp

The vfs_timestamp() function fills in tsp with the current time. The precision is based on the value of the vfs.timestamp_precision sysctl variable: 0 seconds only; nanoseconds are zeroed. 1 seconds a...

vfs_unbusy(9) -- unbusy a mount point

The vfs_unbusy() function un-busies a mount point by unlocking mp->mnt_lock. The lock is typically acquired by calling vfs_busy(9) prior to this call. Its arguments are: mp The mount point to unbusy (...

VFS_UNMOUNT(9) -- unmount a file system

Unmount a file system. Its arguments are: mp The file system. mntflags Various flags. td Thread which is unmounting the file system. If the MNT_FORCE flag is specified then open files should be forcib...

vfs_unmountall(9) -- unmount all file systems

The vfs_unmountall function, run only at system shutdown, unmounts all mounted file systems from most recent to oldest in order to avoid handling dependencies.

vfs_unregister(9) -- vfs configuration information

VFS_VGET(9) -- convert an inode number to a vnode

This converts an inode number into a locked vnode. Its arguments are: mp The file system. ino The inode representing the file. flags Additional locking flags to pass through. vpp Return parameter for ...

VFS_VPTOFH(9) -- turn a vnode into an NFS filehandle

This is used by the NFS server to create an opaque filehandle which uniquely identifies the file and which can be used by an NFS client to access the file in the future. Its arguments are: vp The vnod...

vget(9) -- get a vnode from the free list

Get a vnode from the free list and increment its reference count. vp the vnode to remove from the free list lockflag if non-zero, the vnode will also be locked When not in use, vnodes are kept on a fr...

vgone(9) -- prepare a vnode for reuse

vgone() and vgonel() prepare a vnode for reuse by another file system. The preparation includes the cleaning of all file system specific data and the removal from its mount point vnode list. If the vn...

vgonel(9) -- prepare a vnode for reuse

vhold(9) -- acquire/release a hold on a vnode

vinvalbuf(9) -- flushes and invalidates all buffers associated with a vnode

The vinvalbuf() function invalidates all of the buffers associated with the given vnode. This includes buffers on the clean list and the dirty list. If the V_SAVE flag is specified then the buffers on...

vm_fault_prefault(9) -- cluster page faults into a process's address space

The vm_map_prefault() function provides a means of clustering pagefaults into a process's address space. It operates upon the physical map pmap. The entry argument specifies the entry to be prefaulte...

vm_map(9) -- virtual address space portion of virtual memory subsystem

The vm_map subsystem is used to manage virtual address spaces. This section describes the main data structures used within the code. The struct vm_map is a generic representation of an address space. ...

vm_map_check_protection(9) -- check memory protection for a vm_map

The vm_map_check_protection() function asserts that the target map allows the specified privilege protection over the entire address range from start to end. The region MUST be contiguous; no holes ar...

vm_map_clean(9) -- push dirty pages to their pager

The vm_map_clean() function forces any dirty cached pages in the range start to end within the map to be pushed to their underlying pager. If syncio is TRUE, dirty pages are written synchronously. If ...

vm_map_create(9) -- create a new vm_map structure

The vm_map_create() function creates and returns a new, empty map structure, associated with the physical map pmap, and with the upper and lower address bounds specified by max and min respectively.

vm_map_delete(9) -- deallocate an address range from a map

The vm_map_delete() function deallocates the address range bounded by start and end from the map.

vm_map_find(9) -- find a free region within a map, and optionally map a vm_object

The vm_map_find() function attempts to find a free region in the target map, with the given length, and will also optionally create a mapping of object. The arguments offset, prot, max, and cow are pa...

vm_map_findspace(9) -- find a free region within a map

The vm_map_findspace() function attempts to find a region with sufficient space in the map for an object of size length at the address addr.

vm_map_growstack(9) -- manage process stacks

The function maps a process stack for a new process image. The stack is mapped addrbos in map, with a maximum size of max_ssize. Copy-on-write flags passed in cow are also applied to the new mapping. ...

vm_map_inherit(9) -- set fork inheritance flags for a range within a map

The vm_map_inherit() function sets the inheritance flags for the range start to end within the target map to the value new_inheritance. The new_inheritance flag must have one of the values VM_INHERIT_...

vm_map_init(9) -- initialize a vm_map structure for process zero

The vm_map_init() function initializes the system map map by setting its upper and lower address bounds to max and min respectively. It also initializes the system map mutex.

vm_map_insert(9) -- insert an object into a map

The vm_map_insert() function inserts a mapping for the entire vm_object object into the target map map. The offset argument specifies the offset into the object at which to begin mapping. The object'...

vm_map_lock(9) -- vm_map locking macros

The vm_map_lock() macro obtains an exclusive lock on map. The vm_map_unlock() macro releases an exclusive lock on map. The vm_map_lock_read() macro obtains a read-lock on map. Currently this is implem...

vm_map_lock_downgrade(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_lock_read(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_lock_upgrade(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_lookup(9) -- lookup the vm_object backing a given virtual region

The vm_map_lookup() function attempts to find the vm_object, page index and protection, for the given virtual address vaddr, in the map var_map, assuming a page fault of the type fault_type had occurr...

vm_map_lookup_done(9) -- lookup the vm_object backing a given virtual region

vm_map_madvise(9) -- apply advice about use of memory to map entries

The vm_map_madvise() function applies the flags behav to the entries within map between start and end. Advisories are classified as either those affecting the vm_map_entry structure, or those affectin...

vm_map_max(9) -- return map properties

The function vm_map_max() returns the upper address bound of the map map. The function vm_map_min() returns the lower address bound of the map map. The function vm_map_pmap() returns a pointer to the ...

vm_map_min(9) -- return map properties

vm_map_pmap(9) -- return map properties

vm_map_protect(9) -- apply protection bits to a virtual memory region

The vm_map_protect() function sets the protection bits of the address region bounded by start and end within the map map to new_prot. If set_max is TRUE, new_prot is treated as the new max_protection ...

vm_map_remove(9) -- remove a virtual address range from a map

The vm_map_remove() function removes the given address range bounded by start and end from the target map.

vm_map_simplify_entry(9) -- simplify a vm_map_entry

The vm_map_simplify_entry() function simplifies the given entry by merging with either neighbour. The map must be locked upon entry. This function also has the ability to merge with both neighbours. T...

vm_map_stack(9) -- manage process stacks

vm_map_submap(9) -- create a subordinate map

The vm_map_submap() function marks the range bounded by start and end within the map map as being handled by a subordinate map sub_map. It is generally called by the kernel memory allocator.

vm_map_trylock(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_trylock_read(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_unlock(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_unlock_read(9) -- vm_map locking macros

vm_map_unwire(9) -- manage page wiring within a virtual memory map

The vm_map_wire() function is responsible for wiring pages in the range between start and end within the map map. Wired pages are locked into physical memory, and may not be paged out as long as their...

vm_map_wire(9) -- manage page wiring within a virtual memory map

vm_page_alloc(9) -- allocate a page for a vm_object

The vm_page_alloc() function allocates a page at pindex within object. It is assumed that a page has not already been allocated at pindex. The page returned is inserted into the object, but is not ins...

vm_page_bits(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_bits() calculates the bits representing the DEV_BSIZE range of bytes between base and size. The byte range is expected to be within a single page, and if size is zero, no bits will be set. vm_...

vm_page_busy(9) -- handle the busying and unbusying of a page

These functions handle the busying, unbusying and notification of the unbusying of a page. vm_page_busy() sets the PG_BUSY flag in the page. vm_page_flash() checks to see if there is anybody waiting o...

vm_page_cache(9) -- move a page onto the cache queue

The vm_page_cache() function moves a page onto the cache queue, and removes any protection that may be set on the page. If the page is busy, wired or unmanaged then the move to the cache queue will fa...

vm_page_clear_dirty(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_copy(9) -- copy a page

The vm_page_copy() function copies the contents of src_m into dst_m. The entire contents of dst_m are marked as valid. The actual copy is performed by pmap_copy_page().

vm_page_deactivate(9) -- deactivate a page

The vm_page_deactivate() function moves the given page to the inactive queue as long as it is unmanaged and is not wired.

vm_page_dirty(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_dontneed(9) -- indicate that a page is not needed anymore

The vm_page_dontneed() function advises the VM system that the given page is no longer required. If the page is already in the inactive queue or in the cache queue, this function does nothing; otherwi...

vm_page_flag(9) -- change page flags

The vm_page_flag_clear() atomically clears the specified bits on the page's flags. The vm_page_flag_set() atomically sets the specified bits on the page's flags. The functions arguments are: m The p...

vm_page_flag_clear(9) -- change page flags

vm_page_flag_set(9) -- change page flags

vm_page_flash(9) -- handle the busying and unbusying of a page

vm_page_free(9) -- free a page

The vm_page_free_toq() function moves a page into the free queue, and disassociates it from its object. If the page is held, wired, already free, or its busy count is not zero, the system will panic. ...

vm_page_free_toq(9) -- free a page

vm_page_free_zero(9) -- free a page

vm_page_grab(9) -- returns a page from an object

The vm_page_grab() function returns the page at pindex from the given object. If the page exists and is busy, vm_page_grab() will sleep while waiting for it. If the page does not exist, it is allocate...

vm_page_hold(9) -- update a page's hold count

The vm_page_hold() function increases the hold count on a page. This prevents the page daemon from freeing the page. vm_page_hold() should only be used for very temporary wiring of a page, as that pag...

vm_page_insert(9) -- add/remove page from an object

The vm_page_insert() function adds a page to the given object at the given index. The page is added to both the VM page hash table and to the object's list of pages, but the hardware page tables are ...

vm_page_io(9) -- ready or unready a page for I/O

The vm_page_io_start() function prepares the page for I/O by incrementing its busy flag by 1. The vm_page_io_finish() function lowers the busy count on the page by one, if the resulting busy count is ...

vm_page_io_finish(9) -- ready or unready a page for I/O

vm_page_io_start(9) -- ready or unready a page for I/O

vm_page_is_valid(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_lookup(9) -- lookup a vm page

The vm_page_lookup() function searches for a VM page given its VM object and index. If the page is not found, NULL is returned. Its arguments are: object The VM object to search on. pindex The page in...

vm_page_protect(9) -- lower a page's protection

The vm_page_protect() function lowers a page's protection. The protection is never raised by this function; therefore, if the page is already at VM_PROT_NONE, the function does nothing. Its arguments...

vm_page_remove(9) -- add/remove page from an object

vm_page_rename(9) -- move a page

The vm_page_rename() function removes a page from one object, and adds it to another at the given page index. The page is added to the given object, and is removed from the object that is currently as...

vm_page_set_invalid(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_set_validclean(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_sleep_busy(9) -- wait for a busy page to become unbusy

The vm_page_sleep_busy() function waits until the PG_BUSY flag is cleared. If also_m_busy is non-zero, it also waits for m->busy to become zero.

vm_page_test_dirty(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_try_to_free(9) -- free a page

vm_page_undirty(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_page_unhold(9) -- update a page's hold count

vm_page_unmanage(9) -- make a page unmanaged

The vm_page_unmanage() function flags that the page should no longer be managed by the VM system like other pages. The page is removed from any page queue it may be on, and after its PG_UNMANAGED flag...

vm_page_unwire(9) -- wire and unwire pages

The vm_page_wire() function increments the wire count on a page, and removes it from whatever queue it is on. The vm_page_unwire() function releases one of the wirings on the page. When write_count re...

vm_page_wakeup(9) -- handle the busying and unbusying of a page

vm_page_wire(9) -- wire and unwire pages

vm_page_zero_fill(9) -- zero fill a page

The vm_page_zero_fill() function zeros the given vm page by calling the machine dependent pmap_zero_page() routine. vm_page_zero_fill() always returns TRUE.

vm_page_zero_invalid(9) -- manage page clean and dirty bits

vm_set_page_size(9) -- initialize the system page size

The vm_set_page_size() function initializes the system page size. If cnt.v_page_size (see ) equals 0, PAGE_SIZE is used; otherwise, the value stored in cnt.v_page_size is used. If cnt.v...

vnode(9) -- internal representation of a file or directory

The vnode is the focus of all file activity in UNIX. A vnode is described by struct vnode. There is a unique vnode allocated for each active file, each current directory, each mounted-on file, text fi...

vn_isdisk(9) -- checks if a vnode represents a disk

The vn_isdisk() function checks to see if vp represents a disk. In order for vp to be a disk, it must be a character device, v_rdev must be valid, and the cdevsw entry's flags must have D_DISK set. I...

vn_lock(9) -- serialize access to a vnode

These calls are used to serialize access to the file system, such as to prevent two writes to the same file from happening at the same time. The arguments are: vp the vnode being locked or unlocked fl...

VOP_ACCESS(9) -- check access permissions of a file or Unix domain socket

This entry point checks the access permissions of the file against the given credentials. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file to check mode the type of access required cred the user credential...

VOP_ACLCHECK(9) -- check an access control list for a vnode

This vnode call may be used to determine the validity of a particular access control list (ACL) for a particular file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory type the ty...

VOP_ADVLOCK(9) -- advisory record locking

The arguments are: vp the vnode being manipulated id the id token which is changing the lock op the operation to perform (see fcntl(2)) fl description of the lock flags One of more of the following: F...

VOP_ATTRIB(9) -- get and set attributes on a file or directory

These entry points manipulate various attributes of a file or directory, including file permissions, owner, group, size, access time and modification time. The arguments are: vp the vnode of the file ...

VOP_BWRITE(9) -- write a file system buffer

The arguments are: vp the vnode of the file being written to bp the buffer to be written

VOP_CLOSE(9) -- open or close a file

The VOP_OPEN() entry point is called before a file is accessed by a process and the VOP_CLOSE() entry point is called after a file is finished with by the process. The arguments are: vp the vnode of t...

VOP_CREATE(9) -- create a file, socket, fifo, device, directory or symlink

These entry points create a new file, socket, fifo, device, directory or symlink in a given directory. The arguments are: dvp the locked vnode of the directory vpp the address of a variable where the ...

VOP_CREATEVOBJECT(9) -- VM object interaction

These calls are used to control the association of a VM object with a particular vnode. The arguments specific to these functions are: vp the vnode of the file objpp the VM object being returned, or N...

VOP_DESTROYVOBJECT(9) -- VM object interaction

VOP_FSYNC(9) -- flush file system buffers for a file

This call flushes any dirty file system buffers for the file. It is used to implement the sync(2) and fsync(2) system calls. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file cred the caller's credentials ...

VOP_GETACL(9) -- retrieve access control list for a vnode

This vnode call may be used to retrieve the access control list (ACL) from a file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory type the type of ACL to retrieve aclp a pointer...

VOP_GETATTR(9) -- get and set attributes on a file or directory

VOP_GETEXTATTR(9) -- retrieve named extended attribute from a vnode

This vnode call may be used to retrieve a specific named extended attribute from a file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory attrnamespace integer constant indicating...

VOP_GETPAGES(9) -- read or write VM pages from a file

The VOP_GETPAGES() method is called to read in pages of virtual memory which are backed by ordinary files. If other adjacent pages are backed by adjacent regions of the same file, VOP_GETPAGES() is re...

VOP_GETVOBJECT(9) -- VM object interaction

VOP_INACTIVE(9) -- reclaim file system resources for a vnode

The arguments are: vp the vnode being reclaimed VOP_INACTIVE() is called when the kernel is no longer using the vnode. This may be because the reference count reaches zero or it may be that the file s...

VOP_IOCTL(9) -- device specific control

Manipulate a file in device dependent ways. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file (normally representing a device) command the device specific operation to perform cnp extra data for the specifi...

VOP_ISLOCKED(9) -- serialize access to a vnode

VOP_LEASE(9) -- validate a vnode for a particular set of credentials and operation type

This entry point is currently not implemented. The idea is to validate a vnode for a particular set of user credentials and operation type. The two operation types supported are LEASE_READ and LEASE_W...

VOP_LINK(9) -- create a new name for a file

This links a new name in the specified directory to an existing file. Its arguments are: dvp the vnode of the directory vp the vnode of the file to be linked cnp pathname information about the file Th...

VOP_LISTEXTATTR(9) -- retrieve a list of named extended attribute from a vnode

This vnode call may be used to retrieve a list of named extended attributes from a specified namespace on a file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory attrnamespace in...

VOP_LOCK(9) -- serialize access to a vnode

VOP_LOOKUP(9) -- lookup a component of a pathname

This entry point looks up a single pathname component in a given directory. Its arguments are: dvp the locked vnode of the directory to search vpp the address of a variable where the resulting locked ...

VOP_MKDIR(9) -- create a file, socket, fifo, device, directory or symlink

VOP_MKNOD(9) -- create a file, socket, fifo, device, directory or symlink

VOP_OPEN(9) -- open or close a file

VOP_OPENCLOSE(9) -- open or close a file

VOP_PATHCONF(9) -- return POSIX pathconf information

The arguments are: vp the vnode to get information about name the type of information to return retval the place to return the information The value of name specifies what should be returned: _PC_LINK...

VOP_PRINT(9) -- print debugging information

The arguments are: vp the vnode to print

VOP_PUTPAGES(9) -- read or write VM pages from a file

VOP_RDWR(9) -- read or write a file

These entry points read or write the contents of a file The arguments are: vp the vnode of the file uio the location of the data to be read or written ioflag various flags cnp the credentials of the c...

VOP_READ(9) -- read or write a file

VOP_READDIR(9) -- read contents of a directory

Read directory entries. vp the vnode of the directory uio where to read the directory contents cred the caller's credentials eofflag return end of file status (NULL if not wanted) ncookies number of ...

VOP_READLINK(9) -- read the target of a symbolic link

This reads the target pathname of a symbolic link vp the vnode of the symlink uio the location of the data to be read or written cred the credentials of the caller

VOP_REALLOCBLKS(9) -- rearrange blocks in a file to be contiguous

The arguments are: vp the file to manipulate buflist a list of buffers to rearrange This seems to be part of a work in progress.

VOP_RECLAIM(9) -- reclaim file system resources for a vnode

VOP_REMOVE(9) -- remove a file or directory

These entry points remove files and directories respectively. The arguments are: dvp the vnode of the directory vp the vnode of the file to be removed cnp pathname information about the file

VOP_RENAME(9) -- rename a file

This renames a file and possibly changes its parent directory. If the destination object exists, it will be removed first. Its arguments are: fdvp the vnode of the old parent directory fvp the vnode o...

VOP_REVOKE(9) -- revoke access to a device and its aliases

VOP_REVOKE() will administratively revoke access to the device specified by vp, as well as any aliases created via make_dev_alias(9). Further file operations on any of these devices by processes which...

VOP_RMDIR(9) -- remove a file or directory

These entry points remove files and directories respectively. The arguments are: dvp the vnode of the directory vp the vnode of the file to be removed cnp pathname information about the file

VOP_SETACL(9) -- set the access control list for a vnode

This vnode call may be used to set the access control list (ACL) for a file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory type the type of ACL to set aclp a pointer to an ACL ...

VOP_SETATTR(9) -- get and set attributes on a file or directory

VOP_SETEXTATTR(9) -- set named extended attribute for a vnode

This vnode call may be used to set specific named extended attribute for a file or directory. Its arguments are: vp the vnode of the file or directory attrnamespace integer constant indicating which e...

VOP_STRATEGY(9) -- read or write a file system buffer

The arguments are: vp the vnode that the buffer is for bp the buffer to be read or written This call either reads or writes data from a file, depending on the value of bp->b_io.bio_cmd. The call may b...

VOP_SYMLINK(9) -- create a file, socket, fifo, device, directory or symlink

VOP_UNLOCK(9) -- serialize access to a vnode

VOP_WRITE(9) -- read or write a file

vput(9) -- decrement the use count for a vnode and unlock it

Decrement the v_usecount field of a vnode and unlock the vnode. vp the vnode to decrement This operation is functionally equivalent to calling VOP_UNLOCK(9) followed by vrele(9).

vref(9) -- increment the use count for a vnode

Increment the v_usecount field of a vnode. vp the vnode to increment Each vnode maintains a reference count of how many parts of the system are using the vnode. This allows the system to detect when a...

VREF(9) -- increment the use count for a vnode

vrele(9) -- decrement the use count for a vnode

Decrement the v_usecount field of a vnode. vp the vnode to decrement Any code in the system which is using a vnode should call vrele() when it is finished with the vnode. If the v_usecount field of th...

vslock(9) -- lock/unlock user space addresses in memory

The vslock() and vsunlock() functions respectively lock and unlock a range of addresses belonging to the currently running process into memory. The actual amount of memory locked is a multiple of the ...

vsunlock(9) -- lock/unlock user space addresses in memory

wakeup(9) -- wait for events

wakeup_one(9) -- wait for events

zero_copy(9) -- 0zero_copy, zero_copy_sockets

The FreeBSD kernel includes a facility for eliminating data copies on socket reads and writes. This code is collectively known as the zero copy sockets code, because during normal network I/O, data wi...

zero_copy_sockets(9) -- 0zero_copy, zero_copy_sockets

zone(9) -- zone allocator

zpfind(9) -- locate a process by number

newsletter delivery service